. 
HCAlBOOKb 

LIVE  ST.    ST.LOUIS 


, 


THE  LIBRARY 

OF 

THE  UNIVERSITY 
OF  CALIFORNIA 

LOS  ANGELES 


GIFT 

Dr.    and  Mrs.   W.    Libby 


DECIAL:  STS 


A.  DALE  COVEY,  M.  D. 


•'Prove  all  things  and  hold  fast  that  which  is  grood." 


FIRST   EDITION. 


PHYSICIANS  SUPPLY  COMPANY. 

PUBLISHERS, 

in  LKDYARD  STREET, 

DETROIT,        -        MICHIGAN. 


Copyrighted,  190;,, 

BY 
A.  DALE  COVEY,  M.  D. 


PREFACE. 


In  offering  this  publication  to  the  medical  profession 
it  has  been  the  author's  aim  to  unfold  the  somber 
robe  which  has  formerly  clothed  some  of  the  secrets  and 
mysteries  connected  with  the  healing  art,  and  present  in 
a  convenient  form  for  reference  information  which  is  not 
generally  found  in  medical  text  books,  relating  to  the  dif- 
ferent methods  of  treatment  which  are  successfully  used 
by  medical  men  who  style  themselves  as  specialists. 

It  has  been  said  that  "one-half  the  world  knows  very 
little  what  the  other  half  is  doing."  It  is  also  said  that 
"there  are  tricks  in  all  trades."  This  is  particularly  so  in 
the  practice  of  medicine,  for  the  regular  physician  is 
seldom  familiar  with  the  methods  which  are  used  and 
have  made  fame  and  fortune  for  many  of  the  so-called 
irregular  and  other  specialists. 

The  object  of  this  book  is  not  only  to  expose  the 
secret  methods  used  by  these  medical  men  and  pro- 
fessional promoters  who  are  fleecing  the  profession  by  the 
sale  of  some  secret  system  with  an  extra  charge  for 
territorial  right,  but  also  to  offer  many  suggestions  and 
methods  of  treatment,  and  legitimate  medical  specialties 
which  have  exceptional  merit,  and  are  indispensable  in 
curing  diseases,  and  establishing  and  increasing  an  office 
practice  either  for  a  specialist  or  general  practitioner. 


4  PREFACE. 

Although  this  is  not  an  exhaustive  treatise,  I  believe 
that  it  fills  a  vacancy  which  has  long  existed,  more  thor- 
oughly than  any  other  work  of  its  kind  ever  published, 
and  I  only  hope  that  the  practical  application  of  many  of 
the  methods  given  will  prove  to  be  as  successful  in  other 
hands  as  they  have  in  mine. 

The  compilation  of  this  volume  has  necessitated  the 
examination  of  a  large  amount  of  medical  literature,  and  a 
considerable  outlay  of  money  investigating  the  different 
secret  methods  used  by  specialists.  While  I  have  no 
apology  to  make  to  the  latter,  as  they  were  paid  in  full, 
I  feel  under  special  obligations  to  the  writings  of  Drs. 
Andrews,  Agnew,  Albright,  Moll,  Cortland,  Usher, 
Shears,  Waugh,  Scudder,  Hammond  and  others,  whose 
efforts  have  always  been  to  expose  the  methods  used  by 
the  irregular  practitioner.  I  also  feel  indebted  to  the 
Medical  World,  New  Idea,  Western  Druggist,  Medical 
Brief,  Alkaloidal  Clinic,  and  other  medical  journals,  whose 
formulae  I  have  used  with  due  credit. 

I  would  be  pleased  to  affiliate  with  members  of  the 
medical  profession  in  weeding  out  the  mysteries  which 
lurk  around  the  practice  of  medicine,  with  a  view  of 
throwing  more  light  on  the  subject  in  future  editions 
of  this  book.  The  information  here  contained  has  been 
gained  and  can  only  be  maintained  by  a  hearty  co- 
operation on  the  part  of  the  profession,  and  I  hope  the 
same  liberal  policy  will  govern  our  relations  in  the 
future  as  it  has  in  the  past. 

A.  DALE  COVEY,  M.  D. 


THE   SPECIALIST. 


THE  SPECIALIST. 


A  medical  specialist  has  been  defined  as  a  physician 
or  a  surgeon  who  knows  something  about  every  dis- 
ease, and  everything  about  some  disease,  but  we  find 
that  this  definition  is  not  applicable  to  all  physicians 
who  are  in  special  practice,  for  we  find  men  at 
the  highest  pinnacle  of  the  profession  adding  the  title  of 
specialist  to  their  names,  while  the  caption  is  also  adopted 
by  the  boldest  kind  of  an  advertising  quack. 

We  therefore  find  that  under  the  above  title  we  could 
discuss  many  types  of  medical  men,  but  inasmuch  as 
every  general  practitioner  is  familiar  with  the  work  of 
the  Regular  Medical  Specialist,  we  shall  first  discuss 
this  subject  from  an  advertising  and  non-ethical  stand- 
point. What  is  to  be  said  regarding  advertising,  is  to 
explain  the  method  rather  than  to  encourage  the  prac- 
tice. 

These  specialists  might  be  classed  as  the  itinerant  ad- 
vertising specialist;  the  local  advertising  specialist;  the 
special  disease  advertising  specialist;  the  mail  order 
specialist;  the  ethical  specialist;  the  office  specialist;  the 
observing  specialist,  etc. 

All  of  these  except  the  ethical  and  the  office  specialist 
are  considered  irregular  practitioners,  whose  methods 
we  wish  to  briefly  outline.  Those  who  think  all  ad- 
vertising physicians  are  destitute  of  a  sound  knowledge 
of  medicine  are  entertaining  an  erroneous  idea,  which 
should  be  released  as  soon  as  possible.  While  I  must 
admit  that  there  are  a  great  many  advertising  physicians 
who '"are1.,  nothing  more  than  medical  ignoramuses,  and 


6  THE  SPECIALIST. 

are  justly  entitled  to  the  name  "quack,"  which  best 
identifies  them,  on  the  other  hand  we  find  among  them 
some  of  the  best  therapeutists  we  have  ever  had  the 
pleasure  of  meeting1.  These  physicians  are  advertising 
purely  from  choice,  as  they  are  better  remunerated  for 
their  services  and  their  labors  are  not  so  hard. 

Many  advanced  methods  of  treatment  have  origin- 
ated with  the  irregular  practitioner.  Many  condemnable, 
demoralizing  influences  have  also  come  from  the  same 
source.  In  all  other  lines  of  business,  if  a  man  makes  a 
discovery  he  can  have  it  patented  and  his  rights  pro- 
tected, but  if  a  physician  holds  his  special  method  of 
treatment  a  secret,  or  sells  the  right  to  use  it,  he  is  at 
once  denounced  by  the  regular  physicians. 

The  estates  of  Drs.  Keeley  and  Brinkerhoff,  and  the 
promoters  of  the  various  injection  treatments  for  hernia 
and  other  methods,  would  not  have  been  so  large  if  they 
had  made  their  treatments  publicly  known.  Fortunate- 
ly "the  tricks  of  medicine  will  out,"  and  I  doubt  if  there 
is  a  secret  in  the  practice  of  medicine  today  which  cannot 
be  exposed  or  duplicated  with  equal  therapeutical  re- 
sults. I  shall  endeavor  to  throw  some  light  on  the  sub- 
ject in  the  following  pages,  but  I  shall  scarcely  be  able 
to  begin  to  tell  what  might  be  said. 

There  have  been  many  discussions  at  medical  so- 
cieties as  to  the  best  methods  of  eliminating  the  quack, 
but  to  my  knowledge  there  has  never  been  any  definite 
decision.  My  answer  to  this  perplexing  question  would 
be,  to  adopt  his  methods,  whenever  they  are  worthy  of 
recognition. 

Advertising  physicians  are,  generally  speaking,  good 
financiers  and  business  men.  They  advertise  as  special- 
ists for  revenue  instead  of  for  the  honor  of  practicing 
medicine.  Oftentimes  they  depend  upon  their  business 
ability  more  than  on  their  knowledge  of  medicine  to 
make  a  success.  At  least,  I  have  seen  many  cases  in 
which  their  skill  was  not  apparent,  even  if  they  pos- 
sessed any. 

Of  the  advertising  specialists  I  have  met,  I  would 
say  that  fifty  per  cent,  of  them  have  a  medical  educa- 


THE  SPECIALIST.  7 

tion  equal  to  that  of  the  average  general  practitioner. 
Twenty  per  cent,  have  a  superior  knowledge  of  certain 
diseases;  the  remaining  thirty  per  cent,  are  far  below 
the  average,  and  why  they  should  class  themselves  as 
specialists  is  beyond  my  comprehension. 

The  inducements  from  a  financial  standpoint  are  cer- 
tainly such  as  to  encourage  one  to  enter  the  advertising 
arena,  for  advertising  specialists  often  receive  more 
money  for  one  day's  labor  than  many  physicians  do  in 
a  year.  You  may  think  this  is  an  overdrawn  statement, 
but  it  is  a  fact. 

I  believe  that  there  comes  a  time  in  life  when  a  large 
percentage  of  physicians  feel  that  they  would  like  to 
enter  the  advertising  field,  but,  owing  either  to  a  lack 
of  confidence  in  themselves,  or  to  the  fear  of  being  called 
a  quack  by  their  brother  practitioners  they  confine  them- 
selves to  the  code  of  ethics,  and  it  is  well  that  these 
objections  are  considered,  for  advertising  practices  are 
not  all  sunshine,  and  they  have  been  the  means  of  ruin- 
ing both  the  reputation  and  financial  standing  of  many  a 
physician. 

Many  of  the  most  successful  advertisers  will  tell  you 
that  if  they  had  their  lives  to  live  over  again  they  would 
prefer  the  general  practice  of  medicine,  wherein  they 
could  enjoy  the  esteem,  confidence  and  respect  of  their 
patients  and  the  many  social  functions  of  which  the 
advertiser  knows  very  little.  I  do  not  mean  to  say  that 
advertising  physicians  have  no  grateful  patients,  but 
there  is  not  the  same  friendly  and  respectful  feeling 
towards  them  that  there  is  between  the  general  practi- 
tioner and  his  patients. 


THE    ITINERANT    SPECIALIST. 


These  specialists  travel  from  town  to  town  and  gen- 
erally plan  their  circuit  so  as  to  make  each  point  either 
once  a  month  or  once  in  two  months.  They  advertise 


8  THE    SPECIALIST. 

either  to  treat  all  chronic  diseases  or  else  they  limit 
their  practice  to  one  or  more  diseases,  such  as  piles, 
rupture,  etc. 

Most  of  the  chronic  disease  specialists  who  travel 
have  a  deficient  knowledge  of  medicine,  and  could  not 
make  a  living  if  they  had  a  permanent  residence.  It 
is  rather  discouraging  for  the  local  physician,  who  labors 
night  and  day  for  the  good  of  his  patients,  and  does 
more  work  for  sweet  charity's  sake  than  any  one  else 
in  the  community,  to  read  the  advertisements  of  one  of 
these  specialists  and  witness  the  financial  success  of  his 
visit,  for,  no  doubt,  he  has  received  more  cash  in  his 
pocket  for  his  day's  work  than  the  local  practitioner 
could  book  in  a  month. 

There  seems  to  be  no  way  to  suppress  the  practice 
of  the  itinerants,  unless  it  is  done  by  legislation.  The 
laws  of  many  states  are  so  rigid  that  it  prevents  their 
operations  to  a  certain  extent. 

The  itinerant  specialist  treats  his  patients  by  the 
month;  his  charges  range  from  five  dollars  to  as  much 
as  he  can  get  for  each  month's  treatment,  which,  of 
course,  includes  all  medicine.  He  always  tries  to  bind 
them  by  a  contract  to  take  several  months'  treatment 
for  a  certain  consideration ;  for  this  he  takes  their  notes, 
which  are  indorsed  by  responsible  parties.  These  notes 
are  made  payable  each  month  as  he  visits  the  city.  If 
possible,  he  will  dispose  of  the  notes  at  the  bank  and 
leave  the  city  with  cash  on  hand. 


THE  LOCAL  ADVERTISING  SPECIALIST. 


This  man  advertises  either  under  his  own  name  or 
under  the  name  of  a  Medical  Institute,  or  both.  His 
business  methods  are  conducted  very  much  like  those  of 
the  itinerant.  Many  of  these  specialists  advertise  to  treat 
all  diseases  in  general;  others  confine  their  advertising 


THE    SPECIALIST.  9 

to  eye  and  ear,  throat,  nose  and  lungs,  catarrh  and 
catarrhal  deafness,  hemorrhoids,  hernia,  etc.,  but  the 
advertisement  most  frequently  seen  in  the  daily  papers 
is  one  concerning  the  diseases  of  the  sexual  system. 

I  once  asked  a  physician,  who  had  had  a  large  experi- 
ence in  advertising  and  treating  all  general  diseases,  why 
he  finally  confined  his  advertising  to  treatment  of  dis- 
eases of  the  sexual  organs.  He  replied  that  in  his  experi- 
ence he  has  found  that  people  would  pay  more  money 
for  the  treatment  of  diseases  in  that  part  of  their  anatomy 
than  in  any  other.  He  also  stated  that  if  he^had  a  patient 
who  was  suffering  with  both  consumption  and  impotency 
he  would  be  requested  to  cure  him  of  impotency  first. 

There  is  a  world  of  truth  in  what  he  said,  for  people 
will  neglect  every  other  disease  longer  than  they  will 
any  disorder  of  the  sexual  system.  Another  reason  which 
makes  sexual  diseases  a  profitable  specialty  is,  that  most 
people  do  not  care  to  consult  their  family  physician  in 
such  matters,  and,  seeing  the  advertisement  of  a  special- 
ist, will  drift  into  his  hands. 

Many  of  these  specialists  endeavor  to  advertise  in  a 
modest  way,  but  the  majority  are  bold  and  offensive,  for 
the  louder  they  shout  the  more  victims  they  will  secure. 
Their  advertisements  are  often  decidedly  misleading, 
with  bold  headlines  of  "Free  until  Cured,"  "One  Month 
Treatment  free,"  etc.  Such  advertisements  are,  of  course, 
only  to  get  the  patient  to  call  at  the  office  and  the  pro- 
cess of  landing  them  is  an  easy  one,  for  instead  of  giving 
them  one  month  treatment  free,  they  tell  the  patient 
that  they  only  offer  their  services  free,  but  they  will  ex- 
pect the  patient  to  pay  for  the  medicine  for  which  they 
will  only  charge  from  five  to  fifty  dollars  a  month.  Their 
medicines  are,  of  course,  very  expensive  (?).  They  also 
issue  circulars  depicting  the  despairing  future  of  the 
masturbator.  These  are  illustrated  with  pictures  of  a 
brainless  child  born  of  a  masturbator,  or  a  half-naked 
man  behind  the  bars,  made  insane  by  self-abuse. 

No  words  can  tell  the  demoralizing  influence  that 
such  publications  have  'on  the  half-educated  youth  who 
gets  hold  of  them.  >  They  are  led  to  believe  if  they 


10  THE    SPECIALIST. 

have  one  or  two  emissions  a  month  they  are  afflicted 
with  some  incurable  disease.  It  is  this  state  of  mind 
that  is  desired  by  the  advertisers,  for  the  more  morbid- 
ness and  despair,  the  more  money  in  their  pockets.  This 
systematized  method  of  attempting  to  create  disease  and 
to  fatten  on  the  distress  of  their  victims  is  the  foulest 
possible  prostitution  of  medicine. 

This  class  of  physicians  also  treat  syphilis,  gonor- 
rhoea, and  other  venereal  diseases.  When  business  gets 
a  little  dull  they  buy  a  list  of  letters  from  some  mail 
order  man  who  is  in  the  same  business,  and  get  a  new 
list  of  patients.  They  often  exchange  names  in  order 
that  each  may  work  the  discarded  or  discontented  pati- 
ents of  the  other  and  thus  keep  the  machinery  running. 
Some  of  the  methods  of  treatment  used  by  these  spe- 
cialists will  be  discussed  in  the  chapter  on  genito-urinary 
diseases. 


THE   SPECIAL   DISEASE   SPECIALIST. 


We  find  that  these  men  are  of  a  more  refined  nature, 
and  generally  very  skillful  in  the  special  branch  of  medi- 
cine or  surgery  which  they  are  practicing.  They  are 
entitled  in  every  sense  of  the  word  to  be  called  specialists. 
They  are  conscientious  and  are  interested  in  the  welfare 
of  their  patients;  they  believe  that  their  methods  of 
treatment  are  the  best  and  they  demonstrate  in  many 
cases  that  they  are.  Under  this  class  we  find  rectal, 
hernia,  diseases  of  the  stomach,  cancer  and  other  special- 
ists, many  of  whom  would  be  shining  lights  in  the  med- 
ical fraternity  if  it  were  not  for  their  advertising,  which 
is  devoid,  however,  of  objectionable  matter.  Whether 
or  not  advertising  by  such  men  should  be  allowed  by  the 
medical  profession,  I  am  not  in  a  position  to  say,  but  it 
seems  to  me  that  if  a  man  devotes  his  time  in  perfecting  a 
treatment  for  some  special  disease,  which  his  brother 


THE    SPECIALIST.  11 

practitioner  has  failed  to  cure  or  recognizes  as  incurable, 
he  should  for  the  sake  of  humanity  let  the  world  know 
it,  and  the  easiest  way  is  through  printer's  ink,  unless 
he  teaches  his  method  to  the  profession,  the  members  of 
which  often  do  not  care  to  spend  the  time  to  learn. 

This  has  been  illustrated  hundreds  of  times  by  rectal, 
hernia,  and  cancer  specialists.  I  have  seen  many  patients 
with  cancer  and  hernia  cured  by  these  specialists,  who 
were  offered  little  or  no  encouragement  from  their  family 
physician. 

In  the  following  pages  we  shall  give  several  methods 
which  are  worthy  of  adopting  in  your  practice,  and  by 
making  use  of  them  you  will  receive  large  financial  re- 
turns. 


THE  MAIL-ORDER   SPECIALIST. 


Most  physicians  have  very  little  conception  of  the 
amount  of  business  done  by  the  mail-order  specialist. 
Up  to  a  few  years  ago,  if  any  one  had  told  you  that  he 
could  establish  a  large  medical  practice  through  the  mail, 
you  would  have  thought  that  he  was  a  fit  subject  for  the 
lunatic  asylum;  but  at  the  present  time  there  are  hund- 
reds of  thousands  of  dollars  spent  every  year  in  adver- 
tising, and  many  more  thousands  of  dollars  received  by 
the  advertisers. 

There  are  about  one  hundred  and  seventy  periodicals 
published  for  the  sole  convenience  of  the  advertisers. 
These  are  called  Mail  Order  Journals  or  Magazines.  The 
rates  for  advertising  in  these  publications  range  all  the 
way  from  ten  cents  to  six  dollars  a  line.  A  four-line 
advertisement  inserted  once  in  the  entire  list,  would  cost 
$529.20. 

This  will  give  you  an  idea  of  the  enormous  amount  of 
money  that,  can  be  spent  in  advertising.  A  four-line  ad- 
vertisement is  the  smallest  space  some  papers  will  allow 
you  to  take. 


12  THE    SPECIALIST. 

A  Marl  Order  Medical  Specialist  who  uses  only  from 
two  to  four  inches  of  space  each  month  is  considered 
rather  a  small  advertiser,  although  he  is  paying  $2,272.20 
each  month  for  his  advertising,  if  he  uses  the  entire  list. 
There  are  many  specialists  who  appropriate  $100,000.00 
each  year  for  their  advertising. 

By  advertising  in  the  so-called  Mail  Order  Journals, 
you  reach  patients  in  the  most  remote  parts  of  the  coun- 
try. You  will  have  no  idea  from  what  country  you  may 
receive  a  reply  from  your  advertisement.  You  may  re- 
ceive letters  from  Australia,  Japan  or  Iceland,  or  from 
a  mining  or  logging  camp,  which  is  many  miles  from  the 
nearest  railroad.  On  the  other  hand,  you  may  receive  a 
reply  from  your  own  or  from  a  distant  city.  Of  all  the 
medical  advertising  businesses,  the  mail  order  business 
is  the  most  fascinating,  for  when  one  once  gets  into  it, 
it  is  hard  for  him  to  get  out. 

The  specialists  who  are  following  the  mail  order  in- 
dustry generally  confine  their  practice  to  one  disease  or 
to  one  remedy  and  advertise  a  specific  treatment  for 
Kidney  complaint,  Rheumatism,  Catarrh,  Obesity,  Deaf- 
ness, Diseases  of  the  Eye,  Impotency,  Female  Com- 
plaints, Consumption,  Asthma,  Epilepsy,  etc. 

The  remedies  for  the  cure  of  these  diseases  are  gen- 
erally first  furnished  to  the  patient  in  the  way  of  free 
samples.  If  the  remedy  has  any  merit,  the  patient  is 
quite  sure  to  order  a  supply.  In  this  way  he  is  induced 
to  continue  the  treatment  for  several  months. 

There  are  two  important  things  to  be  considered  in 
remedies  to  be  sent  through  the  mail.  They  should 
possess  a  certain  degree  of  merit,  and  should  contain  few 
or  no  poisonous  ingredients;  but  this  rule  is  not  always 
adhered  to,  as  will  be  seen  by  the  formulas  which  are 
to  follow. 

The  physician  who  treats  all  chronic  diseases,  sup- 
plies his  patients  with  question  blanks  which  the  patient 
can  fill  out  and.  send  to  the  doctor,  together  with  a 
description  of  Jiis  case  in  his  own*  language.  The  physi- 
cian may  then  prepare  any  treatment  he  .deems  the  case 
requires.  The  fees  for  such  treatments  are  from  one  to 


THE    SPECIALIST.  13 

ten  or  more  dollars  a  month.  Mail  order  specialists 
generally  treat  their  patients  by  the  month,  as  do  other 
advertising  specialists.  , 

Mail  order  patients  should  be  treated  with  the  same 
integrity  and  respect  as  local  patients,  and,  under  all  cir- 
cumstances the  specialist  should  endeavor  to  hold  the 
esteem  and  good-will  of  his  patients.  If  a  patient  should 
write  a  tart,  pointed,  or  impudent  letter,  it  should  never 
be  answered  by  one  of  the  same  character,  although  the 
specialist  may  feel  justified  in  doing  so.  No  good  can  be 
accomplished  from  such  correspondence,  and  much  harm 
is  often  done.  If  one  can  succeed  in  holding  the  con- 
fidence of  his  patient  and  the  treatment  benefits  him,  he 
is  sure  to  send  other  patients,  but  if  the  treatment  is  abso- 
lutely worthless,  he  will  not  hesitate  to  denounce  it  as  a 
fraud.  This  is  oftentimes  done  very  unjustly,  for  no 
physician  can  expect  as  great  a  number  of  cures  in  a 
mail  order  practice  as  he  can  in  patients  who  are  con- 
stantly under  his  observation. 

Although  there  are  several  preparations  given 
throughout  this  book  which  have  or  can  be  used  in  mail 
order  practice,  I  will  add  several  more  which  have  come 
to  my  notice  and  which  can  be  used  successfully  by  the 
general  practitioner. 

ASTHMA. 

Remedies  for  this  distressing  disease  have  always 
found  a  steady  and  increasing  sale.  I  know  of  one 
gentleman  who  has  made  a  large  fortune  through  the 
sale  of  the  following  Asthma  cure,  which  is  compounded 
after  the  formula  of  Dr.  Covert.  The  formula  is  a  good 
one  and  has  been  published  in  several  Medical  Journals : 

J$     Iodide  of  ammonium 2  dr. 

Fl.  ext.  grindelia  robusta 4  dr. 

Fl.   ext.   glycyrrhiza 4  dr. 

Tinct.    lobelia 2  dr. 

Tinct.  belladonna 2  dr. 

Syr.  Tolu q.  s.  ad.  4  oz. 

Dose — Teaspoonful  three  times  a  day;  extra  doses 
during  a  paroxysm. 


14  THE    SPECIALIST. 

CONSUMPTION  CURE. 

The  Slocum  system  of  treatment  for  consumption  has 
established  quite  a  reputation,  and  the  company  is  among 
the  largest  of  mail-order  advertisers.  I  sent  for  a  sample 
of  their  preparations,  which  consist  of  a  bottle  ol 
Psychine,  Ozomulsion,  Coltsfoot  Expectorant  and  Ozo- 
jell. 

The  Ozomulsion  is  about  a  twenty  per  cent,  cod  liver 
oil  emulsion  with  the  addition  of  guaiacol.  Psychine,  the 
"greatest  of  all -tonics,"  is  a  decoction  of  nux  vomica  and 
cinnamon,  which  is  to  be  taken  in  a  wine-glass  full  of 
whiskey  before  each  meal  to  build  up  the  appetite.  The 
Coltsfoot  Expectorant  is  a  preparation  very  much  re- 
sembling Ayer's  Cherry  Pectoral,  given  on  another  page. 
This  treatment  will  cost  from  five  dollars  to  ten  dollars 
a  month. 

RHEUMATISM  CURE. 

These  are  also  freely  advertised  and  the  patient  lib- 
erally sampled.  A  gentlemen  who  had  the  management 
of  a  large  mail-order  Rheumatism  Cure  Co.,  said  that 
they  only  used  one  drug  and  that  was  prepared  as  fol- 
lows in  large  quantities: 

I£     Ammonium  chloride 160  gr. 

Aromatic  elix q.  s.  ad.     I  oz. 

Mix. — A  teaspoonful  from  three  to  six  times  a  day. 

Each  teaspoonful  of  the  above  mixture  represents 
twenty  grains  of  ammonium  chloride,  and  it  is  often  sur- 
prising to  note  the  influence  which  this  drug  has  in  con- 
trolling muscular  rheumatism.  The  cheapness  of  the 
drug  makes  it  a  very  profitable  remedy  to  handle,  and 
it  is  a  preparation  that  will  establish  a  reputation  upon 
its  own  merits,  as  the  thousands  of  testimonials  which 
this  company  possesses  will  attest. 


THE    SPECIALIST.  15 

EPILEPSY. 

"I  cure  fits"  is  a  headline  seen  in  all  mail-order  pub- 
lications, and  several  men  have  accumulated  large  es- 
tates by  selling  remedies  for  fits.  A  very  convenient  and 
profitable  remedy  for  epilepsy  and  the  neuroses  is 
hydrocyanate  of  iron.  Although  this  remedy  has  been 
used  by  a  few  physicians  for  several  years,  it  has  never 
gained  the  confidence  of  the  profession  which  it  fully 
deserves.  It  will  seldom  disappoint  reasonable  expecta- 
tions and  has  the  advantage  for  mail-order  purposes  that 
it  can  be  dispensed  in  pill  form,  each  pill  composed  of  the 
following: 

I£     Hydrocyanate  of  iron I  gr. 

Extract  hyoscyamus y2  gr. 

Powdered  valerian  (English) 2  gr. 

Sig.  A  pill  morning  and  night,  gradually  increasing. 

HEART  DISEASE. 

The  frequency  of  diseases  of  the  heart  has  created  a 
demand  for  a  "heart  cure."  The  accompanying  formula 
is  used  by  one  firm  and  I  am  told  that  they  have  the 
tablets  manufactured  in  car-load  lots.  The  formula  is  an 
old  one  and  extensively  used  by  the  medical  profession. 
Each  tablet  represents : 

]£     Glonoin    i-ioo  gr. 

Tinct.  strophanthus 2  min. 

Tinct.  digitalis 2  min. 

Tinct.  belladonna y2  min. 

STOMACH  DISEASES. 

A  physician  who  has  a  large  local  and  mail  order  prac- 
tice and  advertises  as  a  stomach  specialist,  claims  he 
can  cure  ninety  per  cent,  of  all  cases  of  dyspepsia  by 
confining  his  patient  to  a  raw  or  very  slightly  cooked  beef 


16  THE    SPECIALIST. 

diet.    In  connection  with  this  diet,  his  favorite  stomach 
or  digestive  tablet  is  as  follows: 

3     Pepsin i  gr. 

Sulphite  of  soda 2  gr. 

Resorcin 2  gr. 

Charcoal 2  gr. 

Capsicum ...:... %  gr. 

Nux  vomica. %  gr. 

This  treatment  is  certainly  a  very  successful  one  and 
the  raw  meat  diet  should  never  be  overlooked  in  treat- 
ing stomach  diseases,  as  it  has  a  very  soothing  influence 
on  the  stomach  when  it  is  in  an  irritable  or  a  diseased 
state. 

ENURESIS. 

A  western  physician  has  extensively  advertised  a  cure 
for  "bed  wetting,"  which  is  put  up  in  tablet  form  accord- 
ing to  this  formula : 

I£     Atropine    1-120  gr. 

Santonin J4  gr- 

Rus  aromatica 5  gr. 

The  directions  which  accompany  the  treatment  in- 
struct children  to  retain  their  urine  as  long  as  possible 
during  the  day  and  not  to  drink  any  liquid  for  two  hours 
before  going  to  bed. 

CANDY  CARTHARTIC. 

The  following  formula  makes  a  preparation  very 
much  like  Cascarets,  which  has  had  a  remarkable  sale : 

I£     Powd.  ext.  senna i  oz. 

Powd.  ext.  cascara  sagrada i  oz. 

Powd.  ext.  licorice 2  oz. 

Powd.  sugar 2  oz. 

Oil  anise 2  dr. 

Oil  wintergreen: 2  dr. 

Aqua   q.  s. 

Mix  the  first  six  remedies  and  add  sufficient  water  to 
make  a  paste,  then  divide  into  tablets  of  thirty  grains 
each. 


THE    SPECIALIST.  17 

DISEASES  OF  THE  EYE. 

The  oculist  has  been  somewhat  handicapped  in  treat- 
ing mail-order  patients  until  Cineraria  Maritima  was  In- 
troduced as  a  solvent  for  cataract.  This  remedy  has 
proven  to  be  a  panacea  for  them  in  treating  blindness  and 
all  other  diseases  of  the  eye,  which,  together  with  the 
fitting  of  glasses,  makes  a  very  profitable  industry. 

OBESITY. 

Pills  for  reducing  weight  have  found  a  great  demand. 
These  pills  are  made  from  the  active  principles  of  the 
phytolacca  berry  and  bladder  wrack,  and  put  on  the 
market  under  different  names. 


THE  OBSERVING  SPECIALIST. 


DIAGNOSING     DISEASES     WITHOUT     ASKING 
ANY  QUESTIONS. 

This  is  a  new  feature  which  is  being  introduced  by 
many  advertising  specialists  and,  although  this  method 
cannot  be  applied  to  all  cases,  it  is  surprising  to  note  how 
often  they  will  hit  the  nail  on  the  head. 

I  had  occasion  recently  to  visit  one  of  those  physi- 
cians for  the  purpose  of  learning  his  secret  if  possible, 
and  was  somewhat  surprised  at  the  accuracy  in  which 
he  would  often  describe  symptoms,  and  the  weight  it 
had  in  gaining  the  confidence  of  the  patients,  which  is 
a  very  important  feature  from  a.  financial  standpoint. 
People  generally  think  that  if  a  physician  can  tell  their 
ailments  without  asking  any  questions  he  must  be  a 
healer  of  wonderful  skill  and  ability. 

This  physician  had  charge  of  one  of  the  largest  med- 
ical and  surgical  institutes  in  our  country,  which  afforded 
him  an  opportunity  to  examine  from  twenty  to  seventy- 

[2] 


18  THE    SPECIALIST. 

five  patients  a  day,  and  after  watching  him  take  cases,  I 
am  thoroughly  convinced  that  the  face  will  map  out 
many  diseases  and  the  physician,  who  is  the  least  ob- 
serving and  familiar  with  the  symptoms  of  disease,  can 
tell  many  of  them  by  studying  the  physiognomy  of  his 
patients. 

The  expression  and  the  color  of  the  face,  tempera- 
ment, the  carriage  of  the  body,  conversation,  breathing, 
eye,  the  pulse,  tongue,  and,  last,  but  not  least,  the  oc- 
cupation, are  the  principal  things  upon  which  these 
"physiognomy  diagnostitions"  locate  disease. 

There  are  only  three  questions  which  are  asked  the 
patient,  namely:  To  see  the  tongue,  his  age,  and  his  oc- 
cupation. 

During  my  stay  with  this  physician  1  watched  him 
take  many  interesting  cases,  and  I  think  it  will  be  of 
sufficient  interest  to  outline  the  ones  which  are  quite 
familiar  to  every  physician. 

The  first  patient  was  a  gentleman,  forty-six  years  old, 
who  entered  the  consulting  room  rather  slowly  and  took 
a  seat.  There  was  an  expression  of  melancholy  on  his 
face ;  he  looked  sad  and  friendless ;  the  skin  and  com- 
plexion was  slightly  yellow,  but  not  decidedly  noticeable ; 
the  doctor  looked  at  his  tongue,  which  had  a  brown  coat, 
and  told  him  he  had  disease  of  the  liver;  a  feeling  of 
fullness  in  the  right  side,  laying  his  hand  on  the  right 
hypochondriac  region;  he  also  told  him  that  he  had  a 
pain  under  the  right  shoulder  blade ;  at  times  would  feel 
drowsy ;  had  no  ambition ;  the  urine  at  times  was  scanty 
and  high-colored;  was  troubled  with  indigestion.  He  » 
also  mentioned  other  symptoms  which  are  generally  as- 
sociated with  diseases  of  the  liver.  In  this  case  you  will 
see  that  his  diagnosis  was  founded  upon  the  color  of  the 
skin,  the  general  torpidness  of  the  body  and  the  coating 
of  the  tongue. 

The  next  case  was  still  less  difficult.  A  young  lady 
eighteen  years  old,  whose  face  at  once  would  explain  her 
symptoms,  for  she  had  a  pronounced  case  of  anaemia. 
The  doctor  immediately  told  her  that  her  disease  was  due 
tc  lack  of  red  blood  corpuscles  in  the  blood;  that  her 


THE    SPECIALIST.  19 

menstrual  periods  were  scanty  and  irregular;  that  her 
heart  would  palpitate  on  the  least  exertion ;  that  she 
would  get  dizzy  when  rising  from  a  recumbent  posi- 
tion, etc. 

The  next  patient  was  a  lady  thirty-seven  years  old, 
mother  of  four  children;  was  nearly  as  pale  and  anaemic 
as  the  former  patient.  The  doctor  examined  her  care- 
fully and  told  her  that  she  was  suffering  with  female 
trouble;  that  her  menses  were  too  profuse  and  appeared 
oftener  than  they  should ;  that  this  excessive  loss  of  blood 
would  not  allow  her  body  the  proper  nourishment,  and  at 
times  she  was  extremely  nervous  and  irritable;  and  also 
that  her  digestive  organs  were  feeble,  due  to  lack  of 
nourishment  from  the  excessive  loss  of  blood,  and  that 
like  the  former  anaemic  patient,  she  had  palpitation  of 
the  heart,  faintness,  etc.,  all  of  which  she  admitted  to 
be  true. 

After  this  patient  was  dismissed,  I  asked  the  doctor 
why  he  should  diagnose  her  disease  as  originating  in  the 
female  organs.  He  discussed  the  temperament  of  the 
patient;  the  tissues  of  the  body  were  sleazy  in  texture 
and  would  readily  yield  to  the  congestion  in  the  parts 
during  the  menstruation,  and  owing  to  this  excessive  loss 
of  blood  would  naturally  bring  other  organs  into  sym- 
pathetic suffering. 

The  next  patient  was  a  man,  fifty-one  years  old,  who 
apparently  seemed  to  be  enjoying  the  best  of  health,  but, 
after  examining  the  tongue,  he  was  immediately  told  that 
he  had  dyspepsia.  The  tongue  had  a  heavy  white  coat, 
1  which  indicated  that  an  excessive  amount  of  acid  was 
being  secreted  by  the  stomach  and  that  he  would  have 
sour  eructions,  heart-burn,  occasionally,  pain  in  the  pit 
of  the  stomach  and  soreness  on  pressure,  etc. 

In  this  case  it  was  plain  to  see  that  the  tongue  told 
the  story. 

The  next  case  was  a  man  sixty-one  years  old,  with 
rather  a  plethoric  temperament.  After  the  doctor  felt  of 
his  pulse,  he  at  once  advised  him  that  he  had  a  valvular 
disease  of  the  heart.  He  called  my  attention  to  the  re- 
ceding pulse  which  was  particularly  characteristic  with 


20  THE  SPECIALIST. 

its  forcible  impulse,  which  rapidly  declined ;  the  so-called 
"water-hammer"  pulse.  The  blood  vessels  throughout 
the  body  would  pulsate  so  that  they  were  visible  to  the 
eye.  The  use  of  the  stethoscope  showed  plainly  that 
the  patient  was  suffering  with  aortic  regurgitation. 

The  above  only  illustrate  a  small  number  of  cases  met 
with  and,  although  he  made  many  failures,  he  was  rea- 
sonably successful  in  the  majority  of  cases.  I  have  seen 
him  locate  diseased  organs  by  finding  a  sore  spot  on  the 
spinal  column,  and  relieve  pain  by  making  pressure  on 
this  spot  and  desensitizing  the  nerve  supply,  which  is 
the  method  used  by  the  osteopaths.  He  would  locate 
rectal  diseases  by  the  position  which  the  patient  sits  in 
the  chair.  Kidney  troubles  can  also  be  located  by  the 
condition  of  the  eye,  and  the  desire  of  the  patient  to  press 
the  small  of  his  back  upon  some  hard  substance.  The 
color  of  the  skin  will  point  out  diseases  of  the  blood  and 
liver ;  the  character  of  a  cough  will  locate  diseases  of  the 
throat,  bronchial  tubes  or  lungs  by  its  volume. 

Acna  rosacea  is  not  always  due  to  the  use  of  alcohol, 
but  is  frequently  associated  with  diseases  of  the  stomach 
and  bowels.  Falling  out  of  hair  is  also  connected  with 
diseases  of  the  kidneys.  Masturbators  and  those  who 
indulge  in  sexual  excesses  can  often  be  identified  by  the. 
sheepish  expression  of  their  faces.  Notched  teeth  are 
often  a  symptom  of  hereditary  syphilis,  etc. 

The  late  Dr.  J.  K.  Scudder,  of  Cincinnati,  was  among 
the  first  to  call  attention  to  the  different  coatings  of  the 
tongue  and  their  relation  to  diseases  of  the  stomach, 
bowels  and  blood.  The  doctor  says,  "If  the  tongue  is 
heavily  coated  at  its  base  with  a  yellowish  white  fur, 
we  know  that  there  are  morbid  accumulations  in  the 
stomach.  If  the  tongue  is  uniformly  coated  from  base 
to  tip  with  a  yellowish  fur,  rather  full,  and  moist,  we 
have  the  history  of  atony  of  the  small  intestines.  If  the 
tongue  is  elongated  and  pointed,  red  at  tip  and  edges, 
papillae  elongated  and  red,  we  have  evidence  of  irrita- 
tions of  the  stomach  with  deterioration  of  the  blood. 

"Again,  we  have  a  tongue  that  might  be  designated 
as  'slick/  It  is  variously  colored,  but  it  looks  as  if  a 


THE   SPECIALIST.  21 

fly  should  light  on  it  he  would  slip  up  and  break  his  neck. 
It  is  evidence  of  a  want  of  functional  power,  not  only  of 
the  stomach  and  the  bowels,  but  of  all  parts  supplied 
by  the  sympathetic  nerves. 

"The  tongue  tells  us  of  acidity  and  alkalinity  of  the 
blood  in  language  so  plain  that  it  cannot  be  mistaken. 
The  pallid  tongue  with  white  fur  is  an  index  of  acidity  of 
the  stomach  and  blood,  and  it  is  surprising  to  note  how 
rapidly  these  conditions  can  be  cured  by  the  use  of  sul- 
phite of  soda.  A  deep  red  tongue  indicates  alkalinity  and 
is  readily  cured  by  the  employment  of  an  acid. 

"Impoverishment  of  the  blood  (sepsis)  is  indicated 
by  a  dirty  dark  colored  fur,  and  requires  a  treatment  that 
will  antagonize  this  septic  process." 

You  will  notice  that  this  "unruly  member"  alone  tells 
us  a  good  deal  and  by  careful  study  might  tell  us  more. 
It  is  with  these  objective  and  semi-objective  symptoms, 
together  with  the  senses  of  touch,  that  these  spe- 
cialists become  familiar  and  use  as  a  foundation  for  their 
diagnosis.  Although  I  have  only  given  you  a  rough 
sketch  of  the  subject  and  present  this  article  only  as 
good  material  for  thought,  hoping  that  it  may  prove  of 
some  assistance  to  you  in  locating  diseases  by  observa- 
tion. 


THE  ETHICAL   SPECIALIST. 
i 


We  find  that  medical  men,  even  of  this  description, 
often  like  to  see  their  names  in  print,  which  will  react 
to  a  financial  advantage  on  their  part,  but  these  men 
differ  from  the  regular  advertisers  inasmuch  as  they  do 
not  pay  for  their  advertising.  There  is  hardly  an  edition 
of  a  local  paper  that  does  not  contain  an  account  of  the 
discovery  of  some  physician  or  the  dexterity  of  some 
surgeon  in  a  certain  operation. 

The  detailed  copy  was,  no  doubt,  handed  to  the  editor 
by  the  physician  himself,  with  a  request  that  it  should 


22  THE   SPECIALIST. 

be  printed.  This  is,  of  course,  profitable  advertising  for 
the  practitioner,  but  the  editor  is  led  to  believe  that  the 
article  was  written  for  the  advancement  of  science. 

This  is  well  illustrated  in  the  world-wide  advertising 
which  Profs.  Koch  and  Brown-Sequard  have  received  out 
of  their  consumption  lymph  and  the  "elixir  of  life."  Al- 
though they  were  only  scientific  bubbles,  the  advertis- 
ing these  gentlemen  received  has  had  much  to  do  in 
bringing  their  names  before  the  public. 

In  smaller  towns  local  items  of  births,  fractures,  etc., 
are  handed  to  the  editor  with  the  name  of  the  doctor 
attached  as  being  the  attending  physician.  This  is  a 
very  judicious  way  of  advertising. 

I  remember  once  meeting  a  young  physician,  who 
had  just  located  in  a  small  city,  who  was  called  to  ad- 
just a  fracture.  The  papers  wished  to  encourage  the 
young  man  and  devoted  a  half  column  to  praising  his 
success.  He  afterwards  told  me  that  the  editorial  wab 
instrumental  in  placing  several  cases  of  fracture  in  his 
hands  that  year. 

Accoucheurs  have  also  established  a  large  obstetric 
practice  by  having  their  names  published  in  connection 
with  births. 

The  mention  of  a  physician's  name  in  connection  with 
any  case,  medical  or  surgical,  will  be  of  more  or  ress 
advantage  to  the  physician  and  is  considered  legitimate 
advertising.  There  are  two  things  to  be  avoided,  how- 
ever. Be  sure  that  the  case  you  are  treating  is  out  of 
danger,  and  never  allow  your  business  card  to  appear 
under  that  of  an  undertaker. 


THE    OFFICE    SPECIALIST. 


I  fully  realize  that  most  physicians  do  not  care  to  ad- 
vertise, and,  as  I  have  stated  before,  I  do  not  wish  to  be 
understood  as  advocating  the  practice,  but,  owing  to  the 
purpose  of  this  book,  I  thought  that  it  would  not  be  out 


THE  SPECIALIST. 

of  place  to  briefly  outline  some  of  the  methods  of  adver- 
tising, which  are  in  use  at  the  present  day.  We  have 
now  come  to  a  point  when  we  can  consider  one  of  the 
most  greatly  neglected  features  of  a  general  practitioner's 
work — office  practice.  Inasmuch  as  a  large  part  of  the 
methods  of  treatment  given  on  the  following  pages  are 
applicable  to  office  practice,  I  want  to  suggest,  if  possible, 
a  means  whereby  they  can  be  used  to  the  best  advantage 
from  a  financial  and  therapeutical  standpoint,  and  in  a 
way  which  will  advertise  itself,  which  is  always  the 
best,  for  "By  their  works,  ye  shall  know  them." 

"Many  general  practitioners  who  are  enjoying  an  in- 
come of  from  two  to  four  thousand  dollars  a  year,  have 
offices  which  look  more  like  junk-shops  than  a  physi- 
cian's office.  Their  entire  office  equipment  would  not 
invoice  at  more  than  one  or  two  hundred  dollars.  If 
they  enjoy  this  method  of  conducting  their  business,  I 
have  no  objection,  but  I  have  often  observed  that  the 
physician  who  has  a  well  furnished  and  equipped  office 
is  the  one  who  gets  the  cream  of  the  office  practice, 
which  he  justly  deserves.  He  is  also  more  successful  in 
the  treatment  of  diseases,  for  he  has  every  modern  ap- 
pliance at  his  hand  for  the  benefit  of  his  patients. 

If  a  physician  were  to  enter  any  commercial  business 
one  thousand  dollars  would  be  considered  very  small 
capital  to  commence  with,  and  yet,  by  appropriating  this 
amount  for  the  purpose  of  an  equipment  which  will  assist 
him  in  his  life  work,  he  can  have  nearly  every  modern 
appliance  and  be  better  able  to  meet  the  demands  of  the 
public,  then  the  physician  who  confines  his  stock  in  trade 
within  the  walls  of  his  cranium. 

I  have  seen  this 'plan  of  properly  equipping  offices 
carried  out  on  four  different  occasions.  It  was  done 
largely  to  ascertain,  if  possible,  whether  or  not  the  plan 
would  be  sufficiently  remunerative  to  justify  the  physi- 
cian in  making  the  extra  expenditure,  and  it  was  a  de- 
cided success  in  every  instance.  Three  of  the  offices 
were  conducted  in  the  physician's  own  name,  the  other 
was  called  the  Red  Cross  Sanitarium.  All  of  the  physi- 
cians had  been  residents  of  the  cities  for  some  time 


24 


THE   SPECIALIST. 


previous  and  were  enjoying  a  large  practice,  but  they 
wished  to  retire  from  general  practice  and  devote  their 
time  to  office  specialties. 

It  requires  considerable  room  to  operate  offices  of  this 
kind  and  a  good,  modern,  centrally  located  residence  or 
flat  over  some  store  will  be  best  suited  for  the  purpose. 
The  smallest  of  these  offices  contained  a  reception  room, 
consultation  room,  operating  room,  electrical  room  and 
bath  room.  General  office  furniture,  such  as  carpets, 
chairs,  desks,  etc.,  will  cost  about  one  hundred  and  fifty 


The  above  cut  illustrates  THE  PHYSICIANS'  SUPPLY  Go's  IMPROVED  OPERA- 
TING TABLE. 

This  table  is  made  of  oak,  highly  polished,  and  fills  all  the  requirements  of  a 
physician's  operating  table  or  chair.    Both  ends  can  be  raised  or  lowered  inde- 

Kendently,  at  any  desired  angle.     It  is  provided  with  an  extension,  sliding  out 
rom  either  side,  convenient  for  holding  the  arm  or  instruments  during  an  opera- 
tion.   It  has  two  stirrups,  which  can  be  adjusted  to  any  length  and  concealed 
when  not  ia  use. 

As  an  economical  (Price  $10.00)  and  desirable  piece  of    office  furniture  it  is 
doubtful  if  the  table  can  be  excelled. 

dollars.  The  furniture  and  appliances  for  the  operating 
room,  including  a  surgical  chair  or  table,  nebulizer  and 
compressed  air  apparatus,  instrument  case,  etc.,  will  cost 
about  one  hundred  and  fifty  dollars.  The  electrical  treat- 
ment room  should  have  a  static  machine,  an  X-ray  out- 
fit and  a  galvanic  and  faradic  battery.  These  will  cost 
in  the  neighborhood  of  two  hundred  and  fifty  or  three 


THE   SPECIALIST.  25 

hundred  dollars.  This  is  for  the  best  machines  and  you 
should  avoid  securing  cheaper  ones.  You  can  allow  two 
hundred  dollars  for  equipping  the  bath  room,  which  will 
include  all  the  modern  bath  apparatus.  The  balance  of  the 
thousand  dollars  can  be  used  in  the  purchase  of  instru- 
ments, drugs,  etc.  This  will  give  you  a  decidedly  modern 
and  up-to-date  office,  and  I  dare  say  that  there  is  not 
another  office  anywhere  near  you  which  is  prepared  to 
offer  the  treatment  for  diseases  that  you  can  supply. 
The  bathroom  should  be  arranged  into  different  apart- 
ments and  should  have  a  lady  and  gentleman  attendant. 
They  need  not  be  in  constant  attendance,  for  baths  are 
generally  given  by  appointment.  The  price  of  a  vapor, 
medicated  or  alcohol  bath  is  generally  one  dollar,  and  of 
this  the  attendant  gets  from  twenty-five  to  fifty  cents. 
The  attendant  should  have  some  knowledge  of  massage 
treatment,  Swedish  movements,  etc.,  which  can  be  easily 
obtained  by  securing  some  works  on  the  subject.  One 
might  think  that  there  is  no  profit  in  baths,  but  I  wish 
to  say  that  it  is  all  profit,  as  one  of  these  offices  referred 
to  netted  over  nineteen  hundred  dollars  the  first  year 
from  the  baths  alone,  for  there  was  no  other  place  in  the 
city  where  the  same  baths  could  be  obtained. 

I  know  of  no  other  field  which  will  yield  as  large  and 
as  rich  a  harvest  for  the  physician  as  a  well  equipped 
office  like  the  one  just  outlined,  which  in  reality  is  a 
small  sanitarium,  and  offers  all  treatments  given  at  these 
health  resorts.  It  is  sure  to  be  a  success,  but  in  select- 
ing a  location  a  city  of  five  thousand  people  or  more 
should  be  chosen. 


"  Go  to  the  pillow  of  disease 

When  night  brings  no  repose, 

And  on  the  cheek  where  sickness  preys 

Bid  health  to  plant  a  rose." 


26  ALCOHOL    AND   DRUG   HABIT. 


THE  ALCOHOL  AND  DRUG 
HABIT  SPECIALIST. 


What  are  the  factors  which  predispose  certain  indi- 
viduals to  the  excessive  use  of  liquor,  while  others  do  not 
care  to  use  it  at  all?  This  is  a  question  that  has  never 
been  satisfactorily  answered.  I  believe  that  certain  in- 
dividuals are  born  drunkards,  just  as  I  believe  that 
others  are  born  thieves,  and  there  are  children  born  every 
day  cursed  in  their  mother's  womb  by  the  dissipation  of 
one  or  both  parents.  Bad  company  and  poor  literature 
contribute,  perhaps,  more  towards  the  development  of  the 
drink  habit  than  any  other  cause.  A  man  with  a  timid 
disposition  often  thinks  he  is  better  able  to  combat  with 
the  world  if  he  imbibes  freely  of  the  amber-colored 
liquid,  while  a  man  with  an  unevenly  balanced  mind  be- 
lieves he  can  be  made  more  worldly  if  he  flushes  his 
stomach  with  the  fiery  fluid.  A  poor  man  feels  rich  if  he 
is  in  a  state  of  semi-intoxication,  and  especially  so  if  he 
is  in  a  glittering  .bar-room  with  company  in  a  similar 
state.  Finally,  the  intoxication  increases,  stupor  comes 
on,  and  after  this  has  worn  off  in  the  morning  comes 
thirst,  misery,  headache,  tremor  and  nervous  irritability. 
Again  he  seeks  relief  by  the  usual  "eye  opener,"  and 
again  he  keeps  his  jaded  nervous  system  stimulated  dur- 
ing the  day  until  outraged  nature  rebels,  and  his 
stomach  will  no  longer  retain  the  poison,  and  the  dis- 
ordered brain  and  nervous  system  are  on  the  border  of 


ALCOHOL   AND    DRUG    HABIT.  27 

collapse  unless  rest  or  medical  aid  will  restore  him  to  the 
normal,  and  compel  him  to  leave  alcoholic  liquors  alone 
for  a  few  weeks  or  months.  This  is  the  history  of  the 
average  periodical  drinker. 

There  is  another  class  of  men  whom  we  generally 
find  in  active  business  who  do  not  intoxicate  themselves 
to  the  extent  just  described,  but  who  consume  a  large 
amount  of  liquor  every  day  and  keep  it  up  for  years, 
without  much  apparent  injury,  but  by  carefully  watch- 
ing these  subjects,  we  find  that  they  finally  die  from 
some  disease  for  which  alcohol  is  responsible.  Possibly 
the  heart  may  become  exhausted  or  the  liver  or  the  kid- 
neys give  out,  or  the  weakened  blood  vessels  at  some 
point  of  the  brain  will  yield  and  apoplexy  result. 

There  is  another  class  of  men  who  may  properly  be 
called  degenerates.  These  individuals  are  certainly 
physically  and  mentally  weak,  and,  if  allowed,  will  con- 
sume as  much  liquor  as  they  can  get  their  hands  on. 
They  wish  to  keep  in  a  state  of  intoxication  all  the  time, 
until  they  are  finally  taken  to  the  prison  or  madhouse  or 
wear  out  the  lives  of  their  most  devoted  friends. 

From  so  high  authority  as  Sir  William  Roberts  we 
find  in  his  excellent  little  work  on  "Diet  and  Digestion," 
that  tea,  coflfee,  tobacco  and  alcohol  have  been  bene- 
ficial in  strengthening  both  f,/ie  muscles  and  the  brains 
of  Americans.  He  argues  that  this  is  one  of  the  reasons 
why  we  have  outstripped  our  eastern  brethren  in  civiliza- 
tion and  intellectual  attainments.  If  such  be  the  case,  we 
have  bought  our  civilization  and  our  intelligence  at  an 
enormous  expense. 

There  has  been  much  discussion  in  medical  literature 
as  to  whether  the  excessive  use  of  alcohol  is  a  disease  or 
a  habit.  I  am  inclined  to  think  that  it  is  both,  and  that 
it  may  be  either  hereditary  or  acquired.  If  a  man  goes 
on  an  occasional  spree  and  has  no  particular  taste  or 
craving  for  liquors,  we  may  say  that  he  has  a  habit.  If 
he  has  an  uncontrollable  appetite  for  alcohol  and  feels 
that  he  cannot  exist  without  the  stimulant,  we  must 
admit  that  it  is  a  disease,  for  there  are  certain  path- 
ological changes  which  take  place  in  his  nervous  system. 


28  ALCOHOL  AND  DRUG  HABIT. 

Whether  or  not  alcohol  may  be  used  without  being 
abused  is  too  broad  a  question  to  be  discussed  here,  but 
we  all  know  that  it  is  a  dangerous  companion  with  which 
to  associate,  and  we  may  live  longer  and  better  lives  if 
we  disinherit  this  king  of  many  crimes. 


HOW  TO  ADMIT  PATIENTS  FOR  TREATMENT. 


When  a  person  applies  for  treatment  for  alcoholism 
he  is  generally  in  a  state  of  intoxication ;  he  wants  sym- 
pathy and  a  friend.  Possibly  he  has  been  called  a 
drunken  cur  and  a  brute,  and  from  time  to  time  has 
drowned  his  sorrows  in  the  cup,  which  has  made  matters 
worse. 

Any  man  of  ordinary  intelligence  knows  right  from 
wrong,  and  by  explaining  to  him  the  evil  effects  of  his 
habits  and  how  his  dissipation  has  reflected  upon  himself 
and  family;  how  he  and  his  have  been  shunned  by  so- 
ciety ;  how  his  noble  and  faithful  wife  has  patiently 
waited  for  the  time  to  come  when  he  would  abandon  the 
evil  habit  and  become  the  same  kind  father,  brother  or 
son  that  he  once  was.  She  has,  no  doubt,  many  times 
knelt  in  prayer,  and  implored  the  Divine  Giver  of  Life 
to  shield  her  loved  one  from  this  terrible  curse.  Have 
your  patient  to  understand  that  he  is  able  to  live  a  dif- 
ferent and  a  better  life  and  that  he  has  applied  to  you 
for  the  purpose  of  having  you  cure  him  of  an  uncon- 
trollable disease,  alcoholism,  and  when  he  has  completed 
his  treatment,  he  will  return  to  his  loved  ones  a  much 
different  man.  But  in  order  to  be  successful,  he  must 
avoid  his  former  associates  and  places  where  liquor  is 
sold,  and  in  order  that  the  treatment  may  be  properly 
carried  out,  you  must  have  his  fullest  co-operation. 


AI.COHOL    AND    DRUG    HABIT.  29 

THE   TREATMENT. 


As  stated  before,  patients  will  usually  apply  for  treat- 
ment when  they  are  intoxicated,  and  this  is  generally  the 
best  way  to  receive  them,  but  the  physician  will  often 
find  that  there  are  many  things  which  will  require  his 
immediate  attention.  The  patient's  stomach  may  be  so 
weak  that  it  cannot  tolerate  solid  food.  In  such  cases,  we 
find  milk  or  invalids'  food  the  best  diet.  If  he  is  on  the 
verge  of  delirium  tremens,  he  needs  nature's  sweet  re- 
storative— sleep — which  can  be  obtained  by  fifteen  grains 
each  of  bromide  of  potassium  and  hydrate  of  chloral  re- 
peated as  required. 

He  may  be  in  a  state  of  mela  ncholy  and  a  kind  word 
will  give  him  much  encouragement.  His  brain,  liver  and 
kidneys  may  be  congested,  and  may  require  specific 
treatment,  so  we  find  that  the  preliminary  treatment 
should  consist  of  proper  nutrition,  rest,  kind  suggestions 
and  elimination. 

Patients  have  been  educated  by  the  former  founders 
of  the  so-called  Gold  Cure  Institutes  to  believe  that  they 
may  have  all  the  liquor  they  require.  Thus,  we  may  find 
it  necessary  to  carry  out  our  treatment  on  the  same  plan, 
or  the  patient  will  think  your  treatment  an  inferior  one. 
Therefore,  after  giving  the  above  conditions  the  atten- 
tion they  require,  give  the  patient  a  four-ounce  bottle  of 
whiskey  and  tell  him  to  see  how  long  he  can  make  that 
last.  I  also  instruct  him  that  he  is  not  to  enter  any  place 
where  liquor  is  sold  and  not  to  take  any  intoxicating 
liquors  except  those  which  he  receives  from  me.  At  night 
he  should  take  a  hot  bath  and  two  drachms  of  phosphate 
of  soda  or  perhaps  a  full  dose  of  calomel.  This  will  relieve 
the  congestion  of  the  liver  and  bowels  and  remove  all 
foreign  matter. 

In  order  that  the  reader  may  know  the  value  of  the 
different  methods  of  treatment,  I  will  give  the  formulae 
of  several  which  I  have  used  and  which  may  be  properly 
called  curative  agents.  You,  of  course,  can  judge  for 


30  ALCOHOIv    AND    DRUG   HABIT. 

yourself  as  to  their  adaptability  in  different  cases  and 
their  relative  merits. 

The  first  treatment  I  ever  used  was  that  known  as 
the  Dunlap  Cure,  which  is  approximately  the  same 
treatment,  somewhat  modified,  as  that  used  by  Dr.  Gray, 
the  formulae  of  which  were  made  public  through  the 
efforts  of  Dr.  Andrews,  of  Chicago;  and  it  is  my  belief 
that  this  treatment  is  quite  as  good  as  any  in  use  at  the 
present  time. 

I  commence  giving  the  patient  hypodermically : 

^     Gold  and  sodium  chloride 4  gr. 

Aqua,    dis I  oz. 

M.  Sig.  Inject  five  to  ten  minims  at  six  and  eleven- 
thirty  a.  m.,  and  at  six  p.  m.  Each  ten  minims  represents 
one-twentieth  grain  of  the  chloride  of  gold  and  sodium. 

I  also  give  the  following  internally: 

^     Atropine ; %  gr. 

Strychnine  nitrate I  gr. 

Tinct.  capsicum 2  dr. 

F.  E.  erythroxylon  coca I  oz. 

F.  E.  avena  sativa i  oz. 

Compound  F.  E.  cinchona .3  oz. 

Glycerine    I  oz. 

Aqua  dis I  oz. 

Mix.  Sig.  A  teaspoonful  every  two  hours  while 
awake. 

After  the  patient  has  taken  this  treatment  for  a  few 
days,  he  generally  loses  his  desire  for  liquor  and  dis- 
continues its  use,  but  the  treatment  should  be  continued 
for  a  period  of  three  or  four  weeks.  On  the  other  hand, 
we  occasionally  find  a  patient  who  thinks  he  is  overly- 
wise  and  can  "beat  the  cure."  These  patients  are  gen- 
erally of  the  lower  classes  and  will  drink,  drink,  and 
drink  until  compelled  to  stop.  They  are  easily  managed, 
however,  and  it  is  rather  amusing  to  see  how  quickly 


ALCOHOL   AND    DRUG   HABIT.  31 

you  can  relieve  their  minds  of  these  erroneous  ideas. 
After  a  patient  has  been  taking  the  treatment  a  few  days 
and  you  feel  that  he  is  fighting  the  treatment,  when  the 
time  comes  for  the  hypodermic  injection,  give  him  an 
extra  large  drink  of  whiskey.  Have  him  secure  it  at  the 
drug  store,  so  that  he  will  not  think  you  have  doctored 
it,  and  instead  of  the  regular  injection,  give  him  one-tenth 
grain  of  apomorphine.  This,  of  course,  will  make. him 
sick  at  his  stomach  and  vomit.  In  nine  cases  out  of  ten 
you  cannot  get  him  to  touch  liquor  any  more,  but  once 
in  a  while  a  patient  will  attempt  to  drink  again.  I  re- 
member once  giving  a  patient  seventeen  of  these  injec- 
tions before  I  could  conquer  him. 

Apomorphine  and  the  "sickening  process"  have  al- 
ways formed  one  of  the  "trade  secrets"  of  the  different 
gold-cure  institutes,  and  I  believe  that  apomorphme  is 
one  of  the  most  valuable  drugs  we  have  as  an  emergency 
treatment  in  the  cure  of  alcoholism,  as  it  makes  you 
master  of  the  situation,  and  at  the  same  time,  impresses 
the  patient  with  the  fact  that  the  treatment  you  are  giv- 
ing is  a  complete  antidote  to  alcohol,  and  that  the  two 
can  not  be  taken  at  the  same  time.  You  will  also  find 
that  some  patients  before  quitting  the  treatment  wish  to 
see  if  they  can  take  a  drink  of  liquor,  to  learn  whether  or 
not  the  cure  has  been  complete.  In  many  cases  I  have 
requested  them  to  drink  and  then  given  them  an  injec- 
tion of  apomorphine  at  the  same  time.  This  satisfies 
them,  in  the  extreme.  This  might  be  condemned  by  some 
as  an  unprincipled  and  injudicious  practice,  but,  such  as 
it  is,  it  is  effective  and  curative  and  I  believe  that  there 
is  a  larger  percentage  of  cures  in  those  who  have  under- 
gone the  sickening  process  at  least  once  while  taking 
treatment  than  in  those  who  have  not. 

This  is  what  is  known  at  most  gold-cure  institutes  as 
the  "barber  pole  shot."  They  have  three  solutions  for  in- 
jecting, labeled  number  one,  two  and  three.  Number 
one  is  white  and  contains  a  solution  of  nitrate  of  strych- 
nine; number  two  contains  gold  and  sodium  and  is  col- 
ored red ;  number  three  contains  the  apomorphine,  which 
if  mixed  with  water  will  turn  a  bluish  green,  hence,  by 


32  ALCOHOL   AND    DRUG   HABIT. 

taking  medicine  from  each  bottle,  we  get  the  red,  white 
and  blue. 

I  can  see  no  especial  advantage  in  treating  alcoholism 
by  the  use  of  the  hypodermic,  except  that  you  have 
patients  under  your  immediate  control  by  the  use  of 
apomorphine,  which  is  much  better  than  an  emetic  given 
in  whiskey,  and  is  not  so  easily  detected.  Although 
many  cases  do  not  require  an  emetic,  it  would  be  almost 
impossible  to  cure  some  people  without  its  use. 

The  combined  treatment  which  I  have  just  outlined 
is  the  one  that  I  prefer  for  the  general  class  of  patients 
and  it  will  establish  as  great  a  number  of  cures  as  any 
treatment  in  present  use.  It  can  be  used  in  either  private 
a  sanitarium  practice  with  equal  success. 

The  following  treatment  is  what  is  known  as  the 


MARVELLA  CURE. 


This  is  very  similar  to  the  numerous  treatments  which 
are  extensively  advertised  to  the  medical  profession 
under  different  names.  The  following  formula  is  called : 

MARVELLA  ALCOHOLIC  SPECIFIC  NO.  2. 

Formula  A. 

fy     Hyoscine    1-20  gr. 

Strychnine  nitrate I  gr. 

Tincture  of  hydrastis 2^4  oz. 

Tincture  of  valerian 2.^/2  oz. 

Tincture  of  capsicum YZ  oz. 

Tincture  of  cinchona  comp. .  .q.  s.  ad.     8  oz. 

Mix.    Sig.    Two  teaspoonsful  every  four  to  six  hours. 

After  taking  this  treatment  for  a  few  days,  the  patient 
will  take  much  less  liquor  than  was  his  custom  and  his 
general  health  will  be  very  much  improved,  when  you 
may  commence  the  hypodermic  treatment,  which  is  as 
follows : 


ALCOHOL   AND    DRUG   HABIT. 

Formula  B. 

Hyoscine  hydrobromate I  gr. 

Sol.  boracic  acid  (2  per  cent) 2  oz. 

Mix.     Sig.     Five  to  ten  minims  hypodermically. 
DIRECTIONS    FOR    USE. 


The  patient  is  instructed  to  take  two  drachms  of 
formula  A  for  a  few  days  until  the  desire  for  liquor  is 
somewhat  lessened,  and  then  to  commence  the  use  of 
formula  B.  At  intervals  of  three  or  four  hours,  after 
the  patient  has  taken  this  treatment  four  or  five  days,  ask 
him  if  he  still  has  a  desire  for  liquor.  If  he  answers 
"yes,"  continue  the  treatment  longer  or  else  cut  it  short 
by  the  apomorphine  injections  until  he  does  not  care  for 
it,  then  continue  the  use  of  formula  A.  I  have  used 
this  treatment  in  several  cases  with  good  results,  but 
I  can  not  see  that  it  offers  any  advantages  over  the 
former  treatment.  While  hyoscine  is  a  splendid  remedy 
for  the  treatment  of  the  opium  habit,  I  prefer  the  former 
treatment  for  the  liquor  habit.  I  will  give  several  other 
successful  treatments  for  the  alcohol  habit  later,  but  first 
will  discuss 


TREATMENT      FOR     OPIUM,      COCAINE      AND 
CHLORAL  HABITS. 


There  are  several  types  of  habitues  who  use  the  above 
named  drugs,  who  will  apply  to  you  for  treatment.  First, 
the  young  and  vigorous  patients,  who  have  not  taken 
the  drug  long  enough  to  produce  any  marked  patho- 
logical changes  in  their  anatomy.  Second,  the  one  who 

[3] 


34  ALCOHOL   AND    DRUG   HABIT. 

has  used  the  drug  for  several  years  without  its  seem- 
ingly producing  any  ill  effects.  Third,  the  one  who  uses 
the  drugs  for  the  relief  of  pain  of  some  co-existing  dis- 
ease, such  as  cancer,  chronic  sores,  hepatic  and  renal 
calculi,  etc.  Fourth,  the  old  and  feeble  who  have  ex- 
isted upon  the  drugs  for  years  and  have  brought  about 
pathological  changes  which  are  beyond  repair. 

As  the  digestive  and  assimilative  organs  are  prac- 
tically paralyzed ;  the  secretions  of  the  stomach,  liver  and 
bowels  are  checked.  They  become  emaciated  and  live 
upon  their  reserve  of  former  years. 

The  first  and  second  class  will  generally  yield  to 
proper  treatment.  The  third  class  may  also  be  cured, 
providing  you  can  establish  a  cure  for  the  painful  dis- 
ease, but,  as  a  rule,  the  fourth  class  is  beyond  all  medical 
aid  and  the  patients  should  be  allowed  to  use  the  drug 
as  long  as  they  live. 

Opium  and  other  drug  habitues  are  always  secretive 
in  their  disposition  and  the  physician  who  treats  them 
should  exercise  his  skill  in  receiving  the  confidence  and 
co-operation  of  his  patients.  They  are  wedded  to  their 
drug  and  believe  that  it  is  part  of  their  existence ;  there- 
fore they  should  have  the  assurance  that  they  can  have 
all  of  the  drug  their  system  requires  during  the  treat- 
ment, but  that  they  are  to  take  only  that  which  they 
receive  from  you.  There  are  several  things  to  be  con- 
sidered in  carrying  out  a  treatment  for  the  drug  habits. 
We  have  to  combat  the  physical  and  mental  disturbances, 
which  are  sure  to  follow  the  withdrawal  of  the  drug. 
We  have  to  relieve  the  patient  from  the  craving  for  the 
drug,  that  we  may  enable  him  to  permanently  discon- 
tinue its  use.  We  have  to  restore  his  mental  and  physical 
condition  so  that  'he  will  not  depend  upon  the  drug  for 
support.  These  are  problems  which  often  confuse  the 
minds  of  the  most  skillful  physicians,  but  they  can  be 
solved  by  appropriate  therapeutical  measures. 

The  preliminary  treatment  for  drug  addicts  should 
be  very  much  the  same  as  that  for  alcohol.  If,  in  your 
judgment,  you  think  the  case  is  a  curable  one,  for  a  few 
days  previous  to  the  treatment  you  adopt,  the  patient 


ALCOHOL   AND    DRUG    HABIT.  35 

should  take  sweat  baths  and  open  the  pores  of  his  skin. 
The  alimentary  tract  should  be  cleaned  out  by  the  use  of 
calomel  and  phosphate  of  soda.  Acetate  of  potassium 
will  be  found  a  good  remedy  to  stimulate  the  secretions 
of  the  kidneys.  The  patient  will  then  be  ready  for  the 
regular  routine  treatment.  There  are  several  ways  in 
which  the  drug  habit  may  be  treated,  viz : — the  gradual 
reduction  method;  the  rapid  reduction  method,  and  the 
immediate  withdrawal  method. 


THE  GRADUAL  REDUCTION  METHOD. 


Although  this  method  takes  a  little  longer  to  estab- 
lish the  desired  results,  I  believe  it  is  the  best  treatment 
that  can  be  instituted  for  the  general  run  of  patients,  and 
it  can  be  used  in  private  as  well  as  in  sanitarium  practice. 
This  process  will  require  a  tonic  treatment  to  support 
the  system  while  the  drug  is  being  reduced  from  day  to 
day.  The  time  required  to  effect  a  cure  depends  some- 
what upon  the  condition  of  the  patient.  The  more  of 
the  drug  the  patient  is  in  the  habit  of  taking,  the  longei 
the  time  in  effecting  a  cure.  After  the  patient  has  taken 
the  preparatory  treatment  for  a  few  days,  he  should  be 
given  a  hypodermic  injection  of  strychnine  nitrate — 1-40 
grain.  Use  at  six  and  eleven-thirty  a.  m.  and  six  p.  m. 
He  should  also  take  the  following: 


TONIC    COMPOUND. 

I£     Atropine   ^4  gr. 

F.  E.  hyoscyamus 2  dr. 

F.  E.  lupulin y2  oz. 

F.  E.  avena  sativa 1^2  oz. 

F.  E.  Erythroxylon  coca I  oz. 

Simple  elixir q.  s.     6  oz. 

Mix.     Sig.  A  teaspoonful  at  seven,  nine  and  eleven- 
thirty  a.  m.  and  at  one,  three,  five,  seven  and  nine  p.  m. 


36  ALCOHOL   AND   DRUG    HABIT. 


THE  METHOD   OF  REDUCTION. 


The  drug  may  be  reduced  either  in  liquid  or  powder 
form.  I  prefer  the  powder,  which  should  be  triturated 
with  sugar  of  milk.  If  you  are  treating  a  patient  for  the 
morphine  habit,  duplicate  quinine  for  the  morphine  as 
you  withdraw  the  latter.  This  will  give  the  powder  a 
bitter  taste  so  that  it  will  not  be  noticed  by  the  patient 
that  you  are  using  less  morphine  each  day,  and  at  the 
same  time  you  get  the  tonic  effect  from  the  quinine. 

The  amount  by  which  the  morphine  is  reduced  each 
day  will  depend  upon  the  amount  consumed.  To  illus- 
trate, if  the  patient  is  in  the  habit  of  consuming  fifteen 
grains  of  morphine  in  twenty-four  hours,  it  should  be 
prepared  with  sugar  of  milk  as  follows: 

^    -Morphine   sulphate 15  gr. 

Sugar  of  milk 45  gr. 

Triturate  and  divide  in  as  many  powders  as  the 
patient  wishes.  He  can  take  these  powders  at  the  same 
intervals  as  was  his  former  custom.  The  next  day  we 
will  make  a  reduction  of  two  grains  and  add  quinine  as 
follows : 

I£     Quinine  sulphate 2  gr. 

Morphine  sulphate 13  gr. 

Sugar  of  milk 45  gr. 

Triturate  and  divide  in  powders  as  required. 

We  will  attempt  to  reduce  the  morphine  two  grains  a 
day  for  the  first  five  days  and  add  two  grains  of  quinine 
each  day,  then  one  grain  a  day  for  three  days,  then,  half 
a  grain  a  day  for  four  days.  After  this,  the  drug  should 
not  be  given  at  all,  if  possible.  Now  we  commence  to  re- 
duce the  quinine  as  we  did  the  morphine  until  the  patient 
requires  none  of  the  powders.  This  is  the  general  plan  of 


ALCOHOL   AND   DRUG   HABIT.  37 

treatment  by  the  simple  reduction  method,  but  often- 
times we  have  to  deviate  from  this,  and  not  reduce  the 
drug  so  rapidly,  also  giving  an  extra  dose  of  morphine 
to  allay  the  nervousness.  But  this  method  of  treatment 
should  be  adhered  to  as  nearly  as  possible,  and  be  sure 
that  the  patient  gets  a  smaller  quantity  of  the  drug  each 
day.  The  tonic  treatment  may  be  kept  up  for  some 
time  after  the  powders  are  abandoned,  but  it  should  be 
taken  in  smaller  doses  each  day  and  withdrawn  alto- 
gether a  week  or  two  after  the  quinine  is  stopped. 


THE   RAPID    REDUCTION    METHOD. 


This  method  may  be  used  with  a  marked  degree  of 
success  in  a  large  number  of  curable  cases  and.  has  the 
advantage  that  it  does  not  require  much  of  the  physi- 
cian's time,  as  it  can  be  administered  at  the  patient's  own 
home  as  well  as  at  a  sanitarium,  and  the  percentage  of 
cures  are  similar  in  cases  of. those  who  use  two  or  sixty 
grains  a  day.  During  this  treatment  the  patient  should 
not  be  allowed  to  do  any  work  or  attempt  to  attend 
to  any  business,  but  he  may  take  exercise  in  the  open 
air  if  he  wishes.  This  treatment  is  known  as  Marvelle 
Anti-Narcotic  Specific  No.  3,  somewhat  modified. 

Formula  No.  i. 

I£     Powdered  ext.  cannabis  indica 4  gr. 

Res.   podophyllum 3  gr. 

Atropine   sulphate l/%  gr. 

Strychnine  nitrate }/$  gr. 

M.  Ft.  Caps.  No.  xvj. 

Sig.  One  capsule  with  every  dose  of  the  following 
preparation : 


38  ALCOHOL   AND    DRUG   HABIT. 

Formula  No.  2. 

I£     F.  E.  avena  sativa I  oz. 

F.  E.  passiflora  incarnata il/2  oz. 

Bromidia   (Battle  &  Co.) i^  oz. 

Spts.  ammonia  aromatic 2  oz. 

Syr.  lactucarium  virosa 2  oz. 

M.  Sig.  Four  drachms  as  directed. 


DIRECTIONS   FOR   USING. 


The  preliminary  treatment  should  be  the  same  for  this 
as  for  the  former  treatment.  After  the  bowels  have 
moved  freely  in  the  morning  give  one  capsule  o'f  formula 
No.  i  and  a  teaspoonful  of  formula  No.  2.  These 
should  be  given  in  one  dose.  This  should  be  taken  at 
six,  nine  and  eleven-thirty  a.  m.  and  three,  six  and  nine 
p.  m.  and  every  three  hours  through  the  night  if  re- 
quired. If  the  patient  sleeps,  he  should  not  be  disturbed, 
but  in  most  cases  he  will  be  very  restless,  and  fifteen 
grains  each  of  hydrate  of  chloral  and  bromide  of 
potassium  may  be  required.  After  the  patient  has  taken 
the  treatment  this  way  for  two  days,  the  dose  should  be 
given  at  intervals  of  about  every  six  hours,  at  six  and 
eleven-thirty  a.  m.  and  six  and  eleven-thirty  p.  m.,  for 
two  days.  If  the  patient  is  addicted  to  large  quantities 
of  the  drug,  he  may  be  extremely  nervous  and  while  he 
is  taking  the  regular  treatment  at  intervals  of  six  hours, 
he  may  also  take  one-half  to  one  drachm  of  F.  E.  passi- 
flora incarnata  between  the  other  doses  as  required. 
Should  the  nervousness  be  extreme,  you  will  also  find 
that  twenty  or  thirty  drops  of  F.  E.  avena  sativa  will  be 
valuable  every  few  hours. 

From  now  on  all  medicines  should  be  gradually  with- 
drawn by  reducing  the  dose  from  time  to  time,  until  none 
is  required,  and  the  cure  completed.  You  should  not 
give  any  of  the  drug  to  which  the  patient  is  addicted 


ALCOHOL    AND   DRUG   HABIT.  39 

throughout  this  treatment,  unless  it  is  absolutely  neces- 
sary, as  in  extreme  nervous  prostration,  when  it  may  be 
administered  in  doses  as  are  required  without  interfering 
with  the  treatment  to  any  marked  degree. 


THE  IMMEDIATE  WITHDRAWAL  METHOD. 


This  is  sometimes  called  the  three-day  cure,  and  is 
also  known  as  the  Marvelle  Anti-Narcotic  Specific  No.  I. 
It  is  this  method  which  is  used  in  most  of  the  quick-cure 
institutes  throughout  the  country  and  can  only  be 
adopted  to  a  good  advantage  in  young,  vigorous  and  new 
cases. 

Formula  No.  i. 

1$     Hyoscine   hydrobromate YZ  gr. 

Tincture  rhus  tox 5  min. 

Tincture  apis  mellifica 5  min. 

Solution  boracic  acid  (2  per  cent) ...    i  oz. 

Mix.  Sig.  Use  hypodermically.  Maximum  dose  ten 
minims,  minimum  dose  five  minims;  use  according  to  the 
directions  which  follow : 

Formula  No.  2. 

I£     Hyoscine  hydrobromate ^  gr. 

Strychnine  nitrate i  gr. 

Nitro-glycerine   Y$  gr- 

F.  E.  avena  sativa 2  oz. 

Simple  elixir. .  .  .7. . q.  s.  ad.  6  oz. 

Mix.     One  teaspoonful  every  four  to  six  hours. 

The  patient  is  prepared  for  this  treatment  in  the  same 
manner  as  in  the  former  treatment,  and  he  is  then  re- 
quested to  abstain  from  the  use  of  the  drug  to  which 
he  is  addicted,  until  he  can  no  longer  resist  the  craving. 


40  ALCOHOL   AND    DRUG   HABIT. 

Then  he  may  be  given  a  hypodermic  injection  of  five 
minims  of  formula  No.  I.  At  the  end  of  fifteen  minutes, 
give  him  five  minims  more,  and  in  a  half  hour  he  can  take 
ten  minims  more.  The  patient  will  now  tell  you  that  his 
throat  is  very  dry,  and  he  will  fall  asleep ;  his  sleep  will 
probably  last  four  or  five  hours.  If  he  should  become 
sleepy  after  the  second  dose,  five  minims  will  be  sui- 
ficient  for  the  last  injection. 

When  the  patient  awakens  he  will  complain  of  being 
dizzy;  his  pupils  will  be  dilated  and  his  face  flushed.  If 
he  has  been  asleep  four  or  five  hours,  he  should  have 
another  injection  of  ten  minims. 

By  this  time  he  is  getting  the  characteristic  physiologi- 
cal effects  of  the  hyoscine.  Hewlil  imagine  and  do  all  sorts 
of  things.  He  may  cry,  sing  or  imagine  he  sees  funny 
people ;  he  will  pick  at  the  bed  clothes,  etc.  This  should 
not  cause  you  to  be  alarmed,  as  all  these  symptoms  are 
due  to  the  denarcotizing  effects  of  the  hyoscine.  The 
patient  should  be  given  hypodermic  injections  at  in- 
tervals of  four  or  five  hours  until  he  has  been  kept  in 
this  condition  for  a  period  of  twenty-four  hours;  then 
discontinue  their  use  and  allow  the  patient  to  resume  his 
normal  mind.  He  may  ask  for  more  of  his  accustomed 
drug  or  he  may  say  that  he  has  no  desire  for  it  what- 
ever. If  he  should  still  crave  the  drug,  he  should  be  kept 
under  the  influence  of  hyoscine  for  a  period  of  twelve 
hours  longer;  then  stop  the  treatment  again  until  he  is 
rational.  If  he  still  has  a  craving,  you  may  again  pro- 
duce the  semi-intoxicated  condition  with  the  hypodermic 
injections  of  formula  No.  I,  for  a  few  hours  longer,  but 
if  he  states  he  has  no  further  use  for  the  drug,  and  is  free 
from  the  craving,  you  should  discontinue  the  hypo- 
dermic injections  and  at  once  commence  giving  him 
formula  No.  2. 

During  the  time  you  are  giving  the  hypodermic  injec- 
tions, the  patient  may  manifest  a  variety  of  symptoms. 
His  heart  action  generally  remains  about  normal,  but  if 
it  should  become  weak,  give  him  a  hypodermic  injection 
of  1-40  grain  strychnine  nitrate  or  i-ioo  grain  nitro- 


AND    DRUG   HABIT.  41 

glycerine,  if  his  body  is  cold.  The  patient  will  almost  al- 
ways vomit  freely  and  feel  much  better  afterwards.  He 
may  also  have  fetid  breath,  dry  tongue  and  free  saliva- 
tion. None  of  these  symptoms  should  cause  you  alarm. 

Respiration  may  be  accelerated,  but  this  is  of  little 
concern.  If  it  should  become  labored,  one-fourth  or  one- 
half  grain  of  morphine  may  be  given,  which  will  give  im- 
mediate relief  without  retarding  the  treatment.  During 
the  treatment,  the  patient  should  have  all  the  water  he 
wants  and  nutrition  should  be  kept  up  as  much  as  pos- 
sible with  milk  or  with  some  one  of  the  prepared  in- 
valid foods. 

After  the  patient  tells  you  he  has  no  desire  for  his 
accustomed  drug,  he  should  commence  taking  a  tea- 
spoonful  every  four  hours  of  formula  No.  2.  This  should 
be  continued  for  a  few  days,  according  to  the  needs  of 
the  patient,  when  it  should  be  gradually  withdrawn. 

The  most  common  complaint  of  one  who  has  taken 
the  opium  cure  is  insomnia,  and  it  is  always  best 
to  omit  hypnotics.  If  possible,  try  to  induce  sleep  by 
having  the  patient  take  hot  or  cold  baths,  but,  if  it  is  ab- 
solutely necessary,  you  may  give  from  seven  to  fifteen 
grains  each  of  hydrate  of  chloral  and  bromide  of 
potassium. 

A  patient  undergoing  this  treatment  should  be  un- 
dressed and  confined  to  his  room,  and  have  the  constant 
attention  of  a  nurse,  who  should  watch  the  patient  very 
closely  and  see  that  he  has  a  hot  or  cold  bath  every  day. 
This  has  a  remarkable  soothing  effect.  Allow  the  patient 
to  sit  up  or  lie  down  as  he  prefers.  The  bowels  should 
move  at  least  every  other  day,  but,  if  diarrhoea  should 
exist,  it  should  be  checked  by  appropriate  treatment. 

This  method  of  treatment  may  be  considered  rather 
heroic,  but  it  is  not  dangerous  in  selected  cases.  The 
patient  should  never  be  told  beforehand  the  effects  of  the 
treatment,  but  you  can  inform  his  friends  if  you  wish. 
This  is  a  very  successful  treatment  and  will  produce  re- 
markable results  in  curable  cases,  but  I  prefer  the  grad- 
ual reduction  method  when  it  can  be  applied. 


42  ALCOHOL    AND    DRUG    HABIT. 


A  CURE  FOR  THE  TOBACCO  HABIT. 


It  may  seem  rather  unreasonable  to  state  that  the 
tobacco  habit  is  one  of  the  most  difficult  to  conquer, 
but  such  is  the  case,  and  in  order  to  effect  a  cure,  the 
patient  has  to  exercise  his  will-power  to  its  fullest  extent. 
In  this  habit  we  have  what  may  be  termed  a  machanical 
as  well  as  a  physical  and  mental  condition  to  overcome. 

Those  who  use  tobacco  are  accustomed  to  having 
something  in  their  mouth  and  they  miss  this  as  much 
or  more  than  they  do  the  narcotic  effect  of  the  tobacco. 
I  once  treated  a  patient  for  the  tobacco  habit,  who  used 
at  least  three  ounces  of  fine-cut  every  day,  and  after  the 
cure  was  completed,  he  stated  that  he  had  no  desire  for 
tobacco,  but  he  must  have  something  in  his  mouth ;  he, 
therefore,  chewed  wheat.  He  was  still  keeping  up  this 
practice  when  I  saw  him.  last,  four  years  after  taking 
the  treatment.  Others  want  gum,  while  cigarette,  cigar 
and  pipe  smokers  often  like  to  hold  a  lead-pencil  in  their 
mouth. 

The  following  formula  has  proved  that  it  meets  the 
demands  in  curing  the  tobacco  habit  in  many  cases  in  my 
practice : 

I£     Atropine   sulphate ^£  gr. 

Tr.  nux  vomica y2  dr. 

Tr.   humulus I  oz. 

Tr.  quassia \y2  oz. 

Tr.   gentian \y2  oz. 

Tr.  cinchona  comp 2  oz. 

M.  Sig.  A  teaspoonful  every  two  or  three  hours  while 
awake. 

For  the  chewing  tobacco  habit  the  patient  should  be 
allowed  a  small  amount  for  a  few  days ;  he  should  use 
fine-cut  and  use  a  piece  no  larger  than  a  bean. 

This  may  be  used  every  three  hours  for  the  first 
day;  every  five  hours  the  second  day;  the  third  day  it 


ALCOHOL    AND    DRUG    HABIT.  43 

may  be  used  twice,  and  the  fourth  day  it  should  be  given 
up  altogether ;  but  every  time  the  patient  thinks  he  wants 
a  chew  from  this  time  on  he  should  take  a  few  drops  of 
medicine  on  his  tongue.  This  will  stop  his  craving. 

If  the  patient  smokes,  he  should  be  instructed  to 
smoke  a  pipe  instead  of  cigars  or  cigarettes.  He  may 
have  a  short  smoke  of  not  more  than  a  quarter  of  a 
pipe  full  at  a  time  every  three  hours  the  first  day,  and 
every  five  hours  the  second  day ;  twice  the  third  day,  and 
none  the  fourth  day.  The  same  plan  of  treatment  of 
taking  a  few  drops  of  medicine  on  the  tongue  will  apply 
to  smoking  the  same  as  it  does  for  chewing.  From  now 
on  he  need  not  take  a  teaspocrtful  of  the  treatment 
every  three  hours,  as  the  medicme  he  takes  when  he 
has  a  desire  to  use  tobacco  will  be  sufficient  to  cure  him. 
The  treatment  should  be  kept  up  for  a  month  or  more. 


WHAT    CONSTITUTES   A   CURE   FOR   THE   AL- 
COHOL, MORPHINE  AND  OTHER  HABITS. 


The  physicians  in  charge  of  institutes  or  sanitariums 
where  these  habits  are  exclusively  treated,  differ  greatly 
as  to  the  percentage  of  cures,  some  claiming  ninety-five 
per  cent.,  and  others  as  low  as  fifty  per  cent.  These  dif- 
ferent percentages  of  success  naturally  lead  us  to  in- 
quire what  may  be  considered  a  cure. 

I  believe  that  if  we  can  succeed  by  proper  treatment 
in  placing  a  patient  in  a  condition  in  which  he  does  not 
require  or  crave  any  alcohol,  morphine  or  other  drug  to 
which  he  is  addicted,  for  a  period  of  six  months,  he  may 
be  considered  cured,  and,  if  he  has  any  strength  of  char- 
acter, he  can  let  it  alone  from  that  time  on.  There  are 
always  periods  after  a  patient  has  taken  treatment  when 
he  has  a  feeling  of  loneliness  or  absent-mindedness  steal 
over  him.  This  cannot  be  termed  a  craving,  but  he  can- 


44  ALCOHOL    AND   DRUG   HABIT. 

not  help  realizing  the  delightful  sensations  that  were 
present  when  he  was  full  of  his  once  accustomed  poison. 
It  is  therefore  many  times  beneficial  to  give  a  good  tonic 
preparation  after  the  regular  treatment  is  abandoned  and 
to  tell  him  that  if  he  should  ever  have  a  desire  for  his 
liquor  or  drug  to  take  this  preparation  for  a  day  or  so. 
This  in  many  cases  will  carry  him  through. 

Patients  of  this  kind  should  have  their  minds  oc- 
cupied either  with  work,  amusement,  travel  or  change  of 
scene,  or  some  other  diversion. 

If  we  consider  a  term  of  six  months  a  sufficient  length 
of  time  to  pronounce  a  case  cured,  the  percentage  of 
cures  will  be  much  larger  than  they  would  if  we  accept 
only  those  cases  which  are  permanently  cured.  Of  the 
first  fourteen  cases  I  treated  for  alcoholism,  the  first  to 
relapse  was  at  seven  months.  From  this  time  up  to  two 
years,  eight  went  back  to  their  former  habits,  one  died 
six  months  after  taking  treatment,  of  pneumonia.  Some 
of  these  eight  took  the  treatment  again,  however,  and  did 
not  drink  again  for  many  months.  The  last  time  I  heard 
from  the  remaining  five,  they  were  still  total  abstainers. 
I  have  had  occasion  to  note  patients  who  have  taken  the 
Keeley  and  other  treatments,  and  I  found  that  the  per- 
centage of  cures  are  about  the  same.  Owing  to  the  lack 
of  association,  I  believe  that  the  percentage  of  cures  in 
drug  habits  is  greater.  We  will  always  notice  that  those 
who  drink  alcohol  want  associates,  while  those  who  in- 
dulge in  drugs  want  secretiveness. 

Even  if  the  percentage  of  permanent  cures  may  be 
considered  small,  this  treatment  has  been  instrumental 
in  doing  more  good  than  any  other  temperance  cause  ever 
instituted.  If  its  only  field  of  importance  were  to  make 
homes  happy  for  a  period  of  six  months  or  a  year,  it 
would  be  a  worthy  practice,  but  we  find,  on  the  other 
hand,  a  certain  percentage  of  permanent  cures,  which 
bring  with  them  new  manhood  and  happy  families. 

Last  year  a  gentleman  representing  a  concern  from 
Knoxville,  Tenn.,  canvassed  this  state,  selling  the  form- 
ulae and  "system"  of  the  Triumph  Cure,  for  liquor,  mor- 
phine, cocaine,  chloral  and  tobacco  habits.  The  price 


ALCOHOL   AND    DRUG   HABIT.  45 

charged  for  the  system  was  from  $10.00  up,  according  to 
territorial  right ;  the  purchaser  pledging  himself  under  a 
$500.00  contract  never  to  disclose  the  secrets.  This  is  a 
fair  example  of  the  many  things  which  are  offered  the 
medical  profession,  although  this  system  is  above  the 
average  in  merit.  I  have  used  some  of  the  formulae  with 
good  results,  and  will  give  a  verbatim  copy  of  the  orig- 
inal, which  was  bought  for  ten  dollars  by  a  physician  re- 
siding in  Indiana.  The  information  given  may  add  to 
your  knowledge  in  treating  these  habits. 


TRIUMPH     FORMULAE     FOR     LIQUOR,     MOR- 
PHINE, COCAINE,  CHLORAL  AND  TOBACCO. 


WHISKEY  TREATMENT. 

Drunkenness  is  now  recognized  as  a  disease.  Since  it 
is  a  disease  of  the  nervous  system,  or  pathological  condi- 
tion which  disturbs  the  mental  equilibrium,  or  as  it  were, 
a  defect  in  the  will  power,  termed  dipsomania.  Being 
convinced,  therefore,  that  we  have  a  disease  of  a  spe- 
cific nature  to  deal  with,  we  must  set  out  to  find  a  specific 
treatment,  using  such  therapeutic  re-agents  as  will  main- 
tain or  bring  back  the  nervous  system  to  its  original 
physiological  equilibrium,  or  normal  condition  of  will- 
power. This  may  be  accomplished  by  improving  the 
patient's  general  tone,  by  stimulating  and  strengthening 
his  nervous  system  and  by  surrounding  him  with  good 
moral  influences.  It  has  been  proved  that  strychnine  is  a 
specific  remedy,  as  it  is  the  most  powerful  and  valuable 
neurotic  which  we  possess.  Atropine  has  a  specific  ac- 
tion in  decreasing  the  appetite  for  alcohol ;  hence,  a  cpm- 
bination  of  the  two  remedies  with  others  gives  us  as 
nearly  a  specific  as  can  be  wished  for.  I  would  advise 
that  you  get  the  full  confidence  and  consent  of  the 
patient  before  commencing  treatment  and  have  him  stop 
all  work  and  worry  for  the  first  few  days.  This  should 


46  ALCOHOL   AND   DRUG    HABIT. 

always  be  the  case  with  morphia,  cocaine,  chloral  01 
cigarette  habits.  If  you  follow  this  rule,  you  will  cure 
every  case.  If  you  do  not,  your  percentage  of  cures  will 
be  smaller.  If  a  patient  stubbornly  presists  in  drinking 
liquor,  give  him  a  full  drink  of  whiskey,  and  immediately 
follow  it  with  apomorphia.  This  will  soon  nauseate  him 
so  that  he  will  not  attempt  a  repetition  while  under  treat- 
ment, and  he  will  be  fully  convinced  of  the  fact  that  his 
disgust  for  the  taste  or  even  the  smell  of  liquor  is  due 
to  the  whiskey  and  not  to  the  apomorphia  which  he  has 
taken.  Then  push  the  treatment  to  its  fullest  extent; 
even  to  the  point  of  toxic  effect. 

The  maximum  dose  must  be  reached  gradually  until 
the  drug  effect  becomes  manifest,  then  gradually  de- 
creased. Should  any  antidote  be  needed,  give  chloral 
hydrate. 

It  is  necessary  to  use  considerable  judgment  with 
some  patients,  as  they  have  physiological  idiosyncrasies 
regarding  the  drug  employed.  With  all  patients,  es- 
pecially those  who  are  weak,  nervous  or  worn  out,  begin 
the  treatment  cautiously,  with  two-thirds  of  a  dose.  Pro- 
long the  treatment  and  do  not  be  in  too  great  a  hurry. 
In  all  cases  it  is  necessary  to  give  an  internal  medicine  as 
tonic.  When  the  patient  refuses  liquor  it  is  well  to  dis- 
continue the  atropine  entirely  and  substitute  picrotoxine, 
and  if  perspiration  should  be  copious,  discontinue  this 
also.  Have  all  your  patients  take  a  warm  bath  every 
two  or  three  days,  and  keep  the  liver  acting  and  bowels 
open  with  calomel  in  combination  with  ipecac  and  soda. 
If  you  follow  the  above  treatment  and  use  discretion 
when  needed,  studying  each  individual  case,  you  will 
meet  with  no  disasters,  nor  fail  to  perfect  a  cure.  You 
may  give  the  patient  all  the  whiskey  he  wishes,  having 
him  drink  in  your  presence,  but  I  would  not  advise  it. 
Stop  them  immediately,  or  in  a  day  or  two,  at  most.  This 
can  be  done  by  moral  persuasion  and  encouragement. 
The  diet  should  consist  largely  of  vegetables  and  fruits. 

Directions  for  compounding  these  medicines  and  for 
using  them  successfully  are  found  on  the  following  pages, 
classified  under  their  respective  diseases. 


ALCOHOL   AND   DRUG   HABIT.  47 


HYPODERMIC    INJECTIONS. 


This  is  a  certified  copy  of  the  original  formula  No. 
10041  registered  with  Sharp  &  Dohme,  pharmacists,  of 
Baltimore,  Md.,  from  whom  it  may  be  ordered,  at  fifty 
cents  a  pint  or  one  dollar  per  quart : 

J$     Strychnine    85-100  gr. 

Atropine   sulph 40-100  gr. 

Acid  boracic 10  gr. 

Hydrastis   canadensis 10  drops. 

Aqua  destillata q.  s.  ad.  i  oz. 

Mix.  Sig.  According  to  directions  as  below. 

Then  I  have  four  empty  two-drachm  vials,  corked ; 
upon  one  cork  I  mark  No.  i,  in  ink,  and  upon  another 
cork  I  mark  No.  2,  and  so  on  to  4.  Then  I  put  100  drops 
of  the  original  formula  No.  10041  in  each  of  the  four  two- 
drachm  vials.  Understand,  now,  all  four  vials  are  like 
the  original  formula.  Vial  No.  i  leave  as  the  original 
formula,  without  adding  any  tablets  of  strychnine  nitrate 
as  it  is  the  weakest  proportion  used.  Vials  Nos.  2,  3  and 
4  I  will  make  each  so  many  points  stronger  than  the 
other,  as  shown  below: 

To  vial  No.  2  I  add  5  1-40  gr.  tablets  of  strychnia  nitrate. 
To  vial  No.  3  I  add  10  1-40  gr.  tablets  of  strychnia  nitrate. 
To  vial  No.  4  I  add  20  1-40  gr.  tablets  of  strychnia  nitrate. 

Five  drops  is  a  dose  from  any  of  the  vials  Nos.  i  to  4. 
Give  this  hypodermically  or  by  the  mouth  at  8  a.  m.,  12 
m.,  4  p.  m.,  8  p.  m. 

Always  commence  hypodermic  injection  with  one 
dose  from  vial  No.  i ;  then  one  dose  of  vial  No.  3 ;  then 
one  dose  of  vial  No.  2 ;  then  one  dose  of  vial  No.  i,  skip- 
ping backward  and  forward  this  way. 

If  you  need  a  stronger  dose,  work  in  vial  No.  4  in  the 
same  manner  as  stated  above.  Use  picrotoxine — 1-40 
grain,  by  adding  to  a  dose  from  any  of  the  vials  (i  to  4) 


48  ALCOHOL  AND  DRUG  HABIT. 

hypodermically  or  by  the  mouth,  enough  to  make  the 
patient  sweat  the  poison  out  of  the  system  and  to  bring: 
back  the  natural  color. 

If  you  want  to  treat  a  patient  entirely  by  the  mouth, 
instead  of  treating  him  hypodermically,  use  vial  No.  3 
through  the  whole  course  of  treatment;  use  the  same 
sized  dose,  with  alcoholic  tonic,  as  if  you  were  treating 
hypodermically;  and  you  should  know  the  patient  gets 
the  medicine  regularly  to  make  a  cure.  I  advise  you  in 
all  cases  to  treat  hypodermically  if  possible;  then  you 
know  that  the  patient  gets  the  medicine  regularly,  and 
you  are  sure  of  success. 

Don't  expect  physiological  effect  before  five  or  six 
days,  viz.,  twitching  of  muscles,  dryness  of  mouth,  etc., 
and  as  soon  as  you  get  the  toxic  effect,  go  back  to  vial 
No.  i  and  stay  after  it  is  obtained.  You  may  now  hold 
the  effect  with  the  weakest  vial,  No.  i.  As  the  least 
medicine  given  to  any  patient  is  always  the  best,  give 
always  the  smallest  dose  that  will  produce  the  desired 
effect.  After  you  have  reached  the  maximum  dose  you 
may  decrease  the  amount  and  still  hold  the  physiological 
effect,  which  is  best.  Then  the  fourth  day  always  ask 
your  patients  if  they  still  want  whiskey  or  beer.  Of 
course  some  of  them  will  say  yes.  Don't  be  alarmed 
at  this.  Then  tell  them  you  don't  see  how  it  is,  as  you 
are  sure  the  medicine  is  taking  effect,  or  is  about  to,  at  any 
rate,  as  now  is  the  time  to  make  it  take  effect,  etc.  As  the 
patient  has  entire  confidence  in  you  by  this  time,  since 
he  is  feeling  so  much  better,  eating  and  sleeping  well, 
and  the  thirst  and  desire  is  leaving  him,  tell  him  you  want 
to  see  him  drink  in  your  presence.  This  may  be  done 
on  the  fourth  day  after  you  have  commenced  treating 
the  patient;  then  tell  him  to  go  and  get  some  whiskey 
or  beer,  as  you  don't  want  to  furnish  it  to  him,  for  he 
would  say  you  had  "drugged"  it  and  would  lose  con- 
fidence in  you.  In  this  way  he  sees  you  had  no  chance 
to  touch  the  whiskey  or  beer,  and  he  is  perfectly  satisfied 
you  have  not  tampered  with  either.  This  must  be  done 
at  one  of  the  regular  times  of  the  hypodermics.  Then, 
in  place  of  giving  the  regular  dose,  skip  one  and  give 


ALCOHOL    AND    DRUG    HABIT.  49 

instead  i-io  grain  of  apomorphia  immediately  after  he 
has  taken  the  whiskey  or  beer.  Of  course,  you  know  the 
result.  Repeat  this  once  or  twice  a  day,  until  whiskey 
is  disgusting  to  him  in  sight,  smell  or  taste.  Then  keep 
up  the  regular  treatment  three  weeks,  or  longer  if  the 
case  should  demand  it.  Never  increase  the  size  of  the 
hypodermic  or  dose.  If  you  want  a  stronger  dose,  go 
from  vial  to  vial,  as  you  see  each  vial  is  marked  so  many 
points  stronger  than  the  other,  as  tabulated.  Cases  of 
delirium  tremens  are  best  treated  by  giving  hypodermic 
from  vial  No.  I,  and  by  adding  to  each  injection  1-250 
grain  of  hydrobromate  of  hyosciamine.  By  using  the 
drug  in  this  way  you  see  that  there  can  be  no  bad  re- 
sults obtained,  as  by  using  morphine  to  quiet  the 
patient,  to  make  him  sleep,  and  taking  the  chances  of 
adding  to  the  whiskey  or  beer  habit  the  morphine  desire. 

Keep  the  dispensing  vials  clean,  rinsing  them  well 
before  refilling,  being  careful  not  to  inject  sediment  or 
deposit  in  solution  in  the  arm,  as  it  will  produce  an  ab- 
cess.  All  air  must  be  excluded  from  the  syringe  before 
injecting.  Wipe  off  the  needle  after  using  on  one 
patient  and  before  using  on  another. 

As  a  tonic  for  whiskey  patients  I  use  a  private  formula 
which  you  will  find  below,  No.  10043,  registered  with 
Sharp  &  Dohme,  Pharmacists,  Baltimore,  Md.,  from 
whom  it  may  be  ordered  at  $3.25  per  gal. : 


ALCOHOLIC    TONIC. 


^     Acid  muriatic,  C.  P.  free 2048  gr. 

Powdered  phosphate  of  lime 768  gr. 

Powdered  phosphate  magnesia.  ...  1024  gr. 

Fl.  ext.  hydrastis  canandensis 256  gr. 

Powdered  quinine  muriate 256  gr. 

Crystal  strychnine  nitrate io-^4  gr- 

Fl.  ext.  pulsatilla 255  gr. 

Simple  syrup . .  .  q.  s.  ad.       I  gal. 

Mix.     Sig.    As  directed  below. 

[4] 


SO  ALCOHOL  AND  DRUG  HABIT. 

Teaspoonful  every  four  hours  in  a  little  water,  and 
taken  between  hypodermic  injections  or  doses.  In  case 
this  tonic  cannot  be  had,  you  will  find  a  good  substitute 
in  Phillips'  Phospho-Muriate  of  Quinine  Compound,  ad- 
ministered as  above.  This  is  considered  by  all  physicians 
the  best  tonic.  It  is  sold  by  druggists.  Ours  is  better 
and  less  expensive.  Compare  the  formulae  and  prices. 
This  is  given  at  6  a.  m.,  10  a.  m.,  2  p.  m.,  6  p.  m.  and  10 
p.  m.,  when  the  patient  is  up  at  the  first  and  last  hour. 
After  stopping  the  use  of  hypodermics  it  is  necessary  to 
give  the  tonic  twice  a  day  for  a  week  or  so,  with  one 
tablet  of  1-60  grain  of  strychnine  nitrate  added  to  every 
teaspoonful  contained  in  the  bottle. 


A   FEW   WORDS    OF    CAUTION. 


Examine  each  case  thoroughly  before  treatment,  es- 
pecially the  action  of  the  heart  and  the  nervous,  system, 
that  you  may  note  with  benefit  to  yourself  the  changes 
that  will  be  produced  by  the  action  of  the  remedies  used. 
Question  patients  particularly  as  to  why  they  drink; 
whether  from  the  love  or  the  taste  of  whiskey  or  beer  or 
the  effect  produced.  If  a  patient  drinks  from  love  of  the 
taste  of  whiskey  or  beer,  you  need  not  hesitate  to  take 
him  and  guarantee  a  cure,  for  you  can  make  the  taste  or 
smell  of  whiskey  or  beer  disgusting  to  him,  and  he  will 
not  drink  it  again  when  the  fascinating  taste  is  gone. 
This  is  accomplished  by  giving  the  treatment  with  one 
dose  of  apomorphia.  If  the  patient  drinks  for  the  effect 
of  whiskey  or  beer,  don't  fail  to  give  hypodermic  of  apo- 
morphia on  the  fourth  day,  just  after  giving  him  a  drink 
of  whiskey  or  beer  in  your  presence,  repeating  the  dose 
once  or  twice  a  day  until  whiskey  or  beer  becomes  nause- 
ating to  him  in  sight,  smell  and  taste.  If  the  patient 
who  drinks  for  the  love  of  whiskey  or  beer  persists  in 
drinking,  or  it  is  difficult  to  turn  him  against  it,  give  apo- 
morphia in  manner  as  stated  above  until  you  do  obtain 
the  desired  results. 


ALCOHOL   AND    DRUG    HABIT.  51 

MORPHINE,  OPIUM,  LAUDANUM,  COCAINE 
AND  CHLORAL  TREATMENT. 


The  most  perfect  antidote  for  these  poisons  is  per- 
manganate of  potash.  For  all  cases  give  one  injection  of 
the  antidote,  and  let  one  grain  of  permanganate  of  potash 
be  the  maximum  dose  to  be  given  at  the  beginning  of 
treatment,  hypodermically.  It  matters  not  what  amount 
of  morphine  taken  in  24  hours.  If  they  take  less  than  one 
grain  of  morphine  in  24  hours  let  the  dose  of  the  perman- 
ganate of  potash  be  governed  accordingly. 

Usually  you  can  get  your  patient  off  morphine  at 
once  by  the  addition  of  1-200  grain  of  hydrobromate  of 
hyosciamine  to  the  hypodermic  injection  from  vials  No.  I 
to  4.  Use  in  the  same  way  as  in  whiskey  cases,  whatever 
strength  you  deem  sufficient. 

Don't  give  the  hydrobromate  of  hyosciamine  oftener 
than  is  necessary  to  control  the  patient,  viz.,  his  nervous- 
ness, sleeplessness,  etc.  Then  keep  up  the  same  injec- 
tion as  for  whiskey  cases  from  vials,  viz.,  Nos.  I  to  4, 
given  every  four  hours  and  continued  from  one  to  five 
weeks  or  longer  as  the  case  demands. 

The  tonic  I  use  for  the  above  mentioned  diseases  is 
No.  10042,  which  you  will  find  below.  Then  I  have  two 
four-ounce  bottles  filled  with  the  tonic.  To  one  bottle 
add.  about  three-fourths  the  amount  of  morphine  taken 
by  the  patient  each  day.  You  must  multiply  three- 
fourths  of  the  morphine  taken  by  the  patient  for  one  day 
by  eight,  as  four-ounce  bottle,  No.  2,  has  thirty-two 
doses ;  four  doses  per  day  will  last  eight  days.  This  bot- 
tle we  mark  No.  2;  the  other  bottle,  without  the  mor- 
phine, as  No.  i.  Have  the  patient  take  a  teaspoonful  out 
of  the  bottle  with  morphine,  No.  2,  four  times  a  day, 
adding  to  this  bottle  with  morphine,  viz.,  No.  2,  a  tea- 
spoonful  from  the  bottle  without  morphine,  No.  I,  after 
each  dose  taken.  These  doses  are  to  be  taken  between 
the  hypod'ermic  injections.  By  treating  this  way  you 


52  ALCOHOL    AND   DRUG    HABIT. 

see  bottle  No.  2  will  last  sixteen  days.  The  patient  has 
been  taken  off  morphine  in  this  way  so  easily  and  quickly 
that  he  is  not  aware  of  it,  and  you  can  hold  him.  After 
taking  these  two  bottles,  continue  the  hypodermic  injec- 
tion three  weeks  or  longer,  as  in  whiskey  cases,  and  also 
the  tonic  from  private  formula  No.  10042,  which  you  will 
find  below,  without  adding  any  morphine,  registered  with 
Sharp  &  Dohme,  Pharmacists,  Baltimore,  Md.,  who  sell 
it  at  $4.00  per  gallon : 


MORPHINE,  OPIUM,  LAUDANUM,   COCAINE 
AND  CHLORAL  TONIC. 


J$     Powd.  red  cinchona I  ft). 

Powd.  Hydrastis  canandensis ^  ft>. 

Powd.   pulsatilla y*  tt>. 

Powd.  nux  vomica 2  oz. 

Powd.  xanthoxylum  berries 2  oz. 

Powd.    capsicum YZ  oz. 

Powd.  avena  sativa 8  oz. 

Dilute  alcohol q.  s.  ad.  i  gal. 

Mix.  Sig..  Teaspoonful  every  four  hours  of  the  above 
tonic. 

The  morphine  patient  cannot  be  trusted,  and  you 
must  examine  him  thoroughly  for  any  morphine,  opium, 
or  hypodermic  that  he  may  have  in  his  possession,  de- 
manding that  they  be  given  up.  An  attendant  should 
be  with  patients  for  some  time  and  the  physician  with 
them  should  always  be  on  the  alert,  examining  the  pupils 
of  the  eye  constantly,  for  the  drug  will  first  show  its 
effect  there.  If  you  can  keep,  them  from  using  morphine 
or  opium  for  a  week  you  may  be  certain  of  a  cure.  The 
bowels  are  at  first  likely  to  be  affected,  and  patients  may 
have  cramps  in  their  limbs.  For  this  condition  use  10 
per  cent  solution  veratrum  album  in  four  or  five  drop 
doses,  which  will  greatly  benefit  and  relieve  them.  You 


ALCOHOL    AND    DRUG    HABIT.  53 

may  tell  them  that  you  will  reduce  the  quantity  of  the 
drug  gradually,  but  do  not  let  them  know  at  what  time 
you  cease  to  give  them  morphine.  Should  these  cases  at 
any  .time  need  something  to  make  them  sleep,  give  them 
whiskey.  Do  not  labor  under  any  delusion  that  you  must 
increase  the  size  of  the  dose  and  the  strength  of  the 
hypodermic  injection,  if  you  fail  to  obtain  the  physio- 
logical effects  of  the  remedies  used  within  a  few  days, 
and  under  no  circumstances  add  any  additional  strychnia 
nitrate  tablets  to  the  doses  or  vials  as  tabulated  under 
hypodermic  injections.  Increase  doses  by  using  solutions 
from  vial  to  vial. 


CIGARETTE  TREATMENT. 


Begin  this  treatment  with  hypodermic  injections  of 
picrotoxine  in  1-40  grain  dose  added  to  one  of  the  hypo- 
dermic injections  from  vials  Nos.  I  to  4,  treat  in  the 
same  way  as  for  whiskey  cases  until  copious  perspiration 
ensues ;  then  have  an  attendant  give  the  patient  a  hot 
sponge  or  steam  bath,  cooling  him  off  gradually  with  a 
shower,  at  first  warm,  then  cold,  rubbing  until  dry.  The 
cigarette  habit  in  time  will  cause  the  user  to  be  affected 
with  a  mental  condition  resembling  insanity  more  than 
any  of  the  foregoing  habits.  It  particularly  affects  the 
will-power,  and  is  similar  to  insanity,  pitiable,  yet  harm- 
less. 

1^     Formula  No.  10041 2  dr. 

Tr.  cannabis  indica 5  drops. 

Mix.    Sig.    As  directed  below. 

Inject  hypodermically  from  five  to  ten  drops,  from 
two  to  four  times  a  day,  using  your  judgment  in  indi- 
vidualizing your  case  and  the  dose  to  be  used,  as  in 
whiskey  cases;  continue  treatment,  however,  from  three 
to  five  weeks  hypodermically,  and  the  tonic,  as  mentioned 
below,  for  a  week  or  ten  days  longer. 


54  ALCOHOL   AND   DRUG   HABIT. 


CIGARETTE  TONIC. 


I£     Phillips'   phospho   muriate   of   quinine 

compound   5  oz- 

Commercial  avena  sativa i  oz. 

Mix.    Sig.    As  directed  below. 

Teaspoonful  at  a  dose,  from  three  to  four  times  per 
day.  If  the  patient  becomes  nervous  you  have  to  use 
the  following  prescription,  viz. : 

3     Thein    (Merck's) 8  gr. 

Acid  boracic 2  gr. 

Aqua  destillata q.  s.  ad.  i  oz. 

Mix.    Sig.    As,  directed  below. 

Injection  from  five  to  ten  drops  hypodermically,  re- 
peating the  dose  as  your  discretion  dictates.  Treat  cases 
in  the  following  manner:  Giving  injections  hypo- 
dermically at  8  a.  m.,  4  p.  m.  and  8  p.  m.,  giving  a  tonic 
at  6  a.  m.,  if  the  patient  is  up  at  the  first  and  last 
hours;  then  at  10  a.  m.,  2  p.  m.,  6  p.  m.  and  10  p.  m. 

The  cigarette  habit  is  about  the  most  difficult  of  all 
we  have  to  contend  with  and  requires  from  three  to  five 
weeks  to  perfect  a  cure.  It  is  about  as  good  a  plan  as 
any  in  the  treatment  of  these  cases  to  cut  them  short. 
If  you  do  not  adopt  this  plan,  have  them  decrease  the 
number  of  cigarettes  each  day  by  one-third  or  one-half, 
and  in  four  or  five  days  you  may  stop  them  entirely. 
Patients  will  get  very  nervous  and  weak,  but  encourage 
them  in  every  way  you  can. 

If  the  patient  stubbornly  persists  in  smoking,  after 
the  first  nine  days,  give  him  i-io  grain  apomorphia  hypo- 
dermically, just  after  you  have  given  him  a  cigarette  to 
smoke  in  your  presence,  and  keep  this  up  until  the  sight, 
smell  and  taste  is  disgusting  to  him.  Give  this  at  one  of 
the  regular  hours  of  treatment,  instead  of  the  regular 
hypodermic  at  that  hour. 


ALCOHOL   AND    DRUG    HABIT.  55 


TOBACCO  TREATMENT. 


I£     Formula  No.  10041 ^  dr. 

Tr.  plantago  magor 24  ^r> 

Tr.  avena  sativa •  •  24  dr. 

Mix.    Sig.    As  directed  below. 

Give  the  patient  three  drops  by  turning  the  bottle  on 
the  cork  and  touching  it  to  the  tongue  each  time  he  feels 
like  taking  a  chew  or  a  smoke,  especially  a  dose  after 
each, meal,  asking  .the  patient  to  assist  you  by  lessening 
the  number  of  chews  of  tobacco  or  cigars  each  day. 
Give  the  patient  treatment  hypodermically,  in  the  same 
manner  as  for  whiskey  patients,  from  vials  Nos.  i  to  4, 
five  drops  at  a  dose,  three  times  a  day.  In  from  nine 
to  fourteen  days'  treatment,  tobacco  will  be  disgusting  to 
his  sight,  smell  and  taste.  Then  stop  the  tobacco  en- 
tirely and  continue  the  prescription  for  tobacco  cure  by 
touching  it  to  his  lips  or  tongue  when  he  feels  like  using 
tobacco.  If  necessary  give  alcoholic  tonic  No.  10043,  a 
teaspoonful  three  times  a  day.  If  the  patient  becomes 
very  weak  and  nervous  for  the  first  few  days  give  ten 
per  cent  solution  veratrum  album  in  four  and  five  drops 
at  a  dose.  If  the  patient  is  stubborn  and  persists  in 
smoking  or  chewing  tobacco  after  the  ninth  day,  give 
him  i-io  grain  apomorphia  hypodermically,  just  after 
taking  a  chew  or  smoke,  in  your  presence,  and  keep  this 
up  once  or  twice  a  day  until  the  sight,  smell  and  taste 
of  tobacco  is  disgusting  to  him.  Give  this  at  one  of  the 
regular  hours  of  treatment  instead  of  regular  hypodermic 
at  that  hour. 

You  will  find  many  things  to  worry  and  disappoint  you 
in  the  treatment  of  patients  for  these  diseases,  but  do  not 
lose  your  temper  and  do  not  get  disheartened,  but  hang 
on  to  them  as  long  as  there  is  any  hope  of  reclaiming  a 
wreck  to  his  friends,  family  and  society. 


56  ALCOHOL    AND    DRUG    HABIT. 

The  foregoing  treatment  is  the  best  known  for  dipso- 
mainia,  morphia,  cocaine,  chloral,  tobacco  and  cigarette 
habits  that  is  today  endorsed  by  the  medical  profession 
as  can  be  verified  by  the  experience  of  numerous  physi- 
cians throughout  the  United  States. 


THE  KEELEY  TREATMENT. 


A  physician  who  was  in  charge  of  one  of  the  Keeley 
Institutes  and  who  afterwards  conducted  a  sanitarium  of 
his  own,  for  the  cure  of  alcohol,  drug  habits  and  nervous 
and  mental  diseases,  published  a  little  booklet  giving  the 
methods  of  treatment  which  .he  used,  which  he  claims 
were  identical  with  the  methods  used  at  the  Keeley  In- 
stitute. This  booklet  was  sold  to  physicians  for  $25.00, 
and  had  many  purchasers,  and  I  believe  the  treatment  he 
gives  is  reasonably  correct,  as  I  have  met  several  physi- 
cians who  had  charge  of  similar  institutes  and  are  will- 
ing to  vouch  for  its  accuracy.  Space  will  not  allow  me 
to  publish  the  entire  article,  which  to  a  certain  extent 
would  be  only  a  repetition  of  what  has  been  said,  but  I 
will  give  the  formulae  of  some  of  the  preparations  used, 
and  the  reader  can  judge  for  himself  as  to  their  value. 


HYPODERMIC    SOLUTIONS. 


Solution  "S." 

$     Boracic  acid 4  gr. 

Strychnine  nitrate y2  gr. 

Aqua  des 2  oz. 

Tr.  cudbear .  q.  s.  color. 

Sig.  Dose  five  to  ten  minims,  four  times  a  day. 


ALCOHOL    AND    DRUG    HABIT.  57 

Solution  "A." 

£     Atropine   sulphate */2  gr. 

Boracic   acid 20  gr. 

Aqua  des i  oz. 

Mix.     Sig.     Dose  five  to  eight  minims. 


Solution  "A  P." 

^     Apomorphine    4  gr. 

Boracic    acid 20  gr. 

Aqua  des i  oz. 

Mix.     Sig.     Dose  six  to  ten  minims. 


Solution  "T." 

£     Thein.    mur 8  gr. 

Boracic    acid 20  gr. 

Aqua  des i  oz. 

Sig.     Dose  five  to  ten  minims. 


Solution  "P." 

$     Pilocarpine  mur 8  gr. 

Boracic   acid 20  gr. 

Aqua  des i  oz. 

Mix.     Sig.     Dose  five  to  six  minims. 


Solution  "M." 

1$     Morphine   sulph 8  gr. 

Aqua  des I  oz. 

Mix.    Sig.    Dose  fifteen  to  thirty  minims. 

It  will  be  noticed  that  the  name  of  the  solution  is  an 
abbreviation  of  the  active  ingredient  contained.  To  illus- 
trate, Solution  "A"  is  atropine,  "S"  is  strychnine,  etc. 


58  ALCOHOL  AND  DRUG  HABIT. 

TREATMENT  FOR  ALCOHOLISM. 


When  the  patient  enters  the  institute  he  is  given  a 
mixture  containing  the  following: 

I£     Gold  and  sodium  chloride 30  gr. 

Strychnine  nitrate 4  gr- 

Atropine   sulphate i  gr. 

Glycerine    2  oz. 

Fl.  ext.  cinchona  comp q.  s.  ad.  16  oz. 

Mix.  Sig.  One  teaspoonful  in  water  three  times  a 
day. 

In  addition  to  the  internal  remedy,  the  patient  is  also 
given  hypodermic  injections  from  the  solutions  that  the 
physician  deems  the  patient  requires.  The  atropine  solu- 
tion is  generally  pushed,  until  patients  get  the  full 
physiological  effect  of  the  drug.  The  apomorphine  is 
used  when  it  is  desired  to  produce  the  "sickening  pro- 
cess." You  will  notice  that  the  solutions  are  colored 
conveniently  for  the  "barber  pole  shot."  After  the  desire 
for  liquor  has  been  conquered,  the  patient  is  given  hypo- 
dermic injections  from  solution  "S,"  and  the  following 
internal  remedies  throughout  the  balance  of  the  treat- 
ment: 

I£     Ext.  cinchona  solid 40  gr. 

Grd.  gentian  root 2  oz. 

Powd.  capsicum 20  gr. 

Grd.  bitter  orange  peel y2  oz. 

Glycerine    3  oz. 

Aqua 2  quarts. 

Caramel q.  s.  to  color. 

Mix  the  first  four  drugs  in  the  water  and  boil  twenty 
minutes;  remove  and  filter;  then  add  the  glycerine  and 
caramel. 

Sig.     One  teaspoonful  every  two  hours  in  water. 


ALCOHOL    AND    DRUG    HABIT.  59 


FOR    ALCOHOLIC    GASTRITIS. 


^     Pepsin  sacch I  dr. 

Bismuth  sub-nit I  dr. 

Powd.    capsicum 20  gr. 

Mix.    Ft.  powders  XXX.    Sig.    A  powder  every  three 
or  four  hours. 


FOR  NEURASTHENIA. 


£     Tr.  cinchona  rub 2  oz. 

F.  E.  kola 2  oz. 

F.  E.  scutellaria I  oz. 

Elix.  aromatic q.  s.  ad.  6  oz. 

Mix.    Sig.    On  teaspoonful  in  water  four  times  a  day. 


THE   TOBACCO   TREATMENT. 


I£      F.  E.  calumba y2  oz. 

Tr.  quassia ^  oz. 

Alcohol  y>  oz. 

Aqua q.  s.  ad.  4  oz. 

The  hypodermic  treatment  consists  of  injections  from 
solution  "T"  four  times  a  day,  and  an  occasional  injection 
from  solution  "P,"  or  if  the  "sickening  process"  is  re- 
quired, from  solution  "A  P." 


60  ALCOHOL    AND    DRUG    HABIT. 


DR.   GRAY'S   TREATMENT. 


Dr.  J.  L.  Gray,  of  Indiana,  was  among  the  first  to  use 
the  so-called  "'Gold  Cure"  for  the  alcohol  habit,  and  his 
method  was  made  publicly  known  through  Prof.  Edmond 
Andrews,  of  Chicago,  who  published  an  article  on  it  in 
one  of  the  Chicago  papers.  The  treatment  given  was  as 
follows :  On  entering  the  institute  the  patient  was  given 
a  hypodermic  injection  four  times  a  day,  containing  one- 
tenth  grain  of  chloride  of  gold  and  sodium,  and  one- 
fortieth  of  a  grain  of  nitrate  of  strychnine.  He  also  re- 
ceived a  mixture  to  be  taken  by  the  mouth  composed  as 
follows : 

I£     Chloride  of  gold  and  sodium 12  gr. 

Muriate  of  ammonium 6  gr. 

Nitrate  of  strychnine I  gr. 

Atropine  y\  gr. 

Comp.  fl.  ex.  of  cinchona 8  oz. 

Fl.  ex.  of  coca i  oz. 

Glycerine    I  oz. 

Aqua  des I  oz. 

Mix.  Sig.  Take  a  teaspoonful  every  hour  when 
awake. 

I  have  used  this  treatment  on  several  cases  and  find 
it  is  an  excellent  one,  but  do  not  believe  that  it  is 
necessary  to  give  such  large  doses  of  gold  and  sodium 
and  strychnine,  as  they  cause  the  muscles  to  twitch  and 
an  eruption  to  break  out  on  the  skin  in  many  cases. 


CANCER.  61 


THE  CANCER  SPECIALIST. 


Surgeons,  as  a  rule,  regard  the  knife  as  the  only 
effective  means  of  removing  tumors  and  cancerous 
growths,  consequently,  in  systematic  treatises  very  little 
is  said  concerning  other  means  for  their  removal ;  and 
what  is  said  is  often  in  condemnation  of  them  as  useless, 
if  not  pernicious.  This  indifference,  neglect  and  perhaps 
prejudice  on  the  part  of  surgical  teachers  has  opened  a 
field  for  the  cancer  specialist  who  can  remove  these 
growths  without  the  use  of  the  knife. 

I  have  had  the  pleasure  of  visiting  several  of  their  in- 
stitutes, and  I  find  them  enjoying  a  very  remunerative 
practice.  I  consider  their  methods  of  treatment  far  more 
successful  and  desirable  than  those  of  the  surgeon  who 
depends  upon  the  knife  exclusively. 

It  may  be  laid  down  as  almost  a  positive  result  of 
surgical  practice  that  a  cancer  extirpated  with  the  knife 
returns  sooner  than  one  removed  by  the  caustic  treat- 
ment. The  separation  attendant  upon  the  latter,  seems 
to  remove  the  remaining  cancer  cells,  while  excision 
leaves  them  to  begin  anew  their  destructive  proliferation. 
We  therefore  find  that  the  principal  objection  to  the  knife 
in  removing  malignant  growths  is,  that  no  surgeon  in  the 
world,  no  matter  how  skillful  he  may  be,  is  able  to  dis- 
tinguish the  healthy  from  the  diseased  tissue,  and  after 
he  feels  that  he  has  thoroughly  removed  every  trace  of 
the  difficulty,  some  diseased  cells  may  be  left  behind,  and 
the  growth  will  again  develop. 

From  a  therapeutical  standpoint,  there  have  been 
three  methods  devised  for  destroying  these  growths. 


62  CANCER. 

First,  by  local  external  applications;  second,  by  hypo- 
dermic injections  into  the  substance  of  the  growth;  and 
third,  by  internal  treatment.  While  the  two  latter 
methods  are  not  practical,  the  former,  in  my  opinion,  is 
the  treatment  par  excellence  for  all  superficial  malignant 
growths.  I  have  had  quite  an  extensive  experience  in  the 
use  of  the  caustic  treatment  and  in  this  chapter  I  wish 
to  disclose  the  methods  which  were  used  by  myself,  and 
which  are  identical  with  those  used  with  success  in  most 
of  the  cancer  institutes.  Before  discussing  the  treatment, 
I  wish  to  outline  in  brief  the  characteristics  of  the  dif- 
ferent forms  of  malignant  tumors,  which  may  be  of  some 
assistance  to  you  in  forming  a  diagnosis. 


SARCOMA. 


Definition.  A  malignant  growth  composed  almost  en- 
tirely of  cells,  which  have  their  origin  in  those  of  the  con- 
nective tissues  and  which  are  embryonic  in  character. 

Character  and  Growth.  The  connective  tissues  are 
always  the  starting  point  of  sarcoma.  The  cell  elements 
are  either  round,  spindle-celled,  or  in  large,  plate-like 
forms,  and  may  exist  either  separately  or  in  conjunction 
in  the  same  tumor.  External  injury  or  local  irritation 
seems  in  many  instances  to  be  the  cause  of  the  growth, 
but  in  others  there  is  no  evident  cause.  It  may  occur  at 
any  age,  but  is  most  common  between  the  ages  of  twenty 
and  forty.  It  begins  as  a  single  nodule,  or  several  may 
commence  at  the  same  time,  and  it  grows  rapidly.  After 
a  time  the  neighboring  glands  become  the  seat  of  dis- 
ease, the  primary  tumor  ulcerates,  and  with  the  advent  of 
ulceration  the  growth  increases  rapidly,  the  system  be- 
comes infected,  and  death  supervenes.  Sometimes  the 
most  distant  organs,  for  example,  the  lungs  or  the  liver, 
may  be  involved,  without  the  intervening  lymphatics  be- 
ing affected. 


CANCER.  63 

Diagnostic  Features.  Always  begins  in  the  connective 
tissues,  is  most  common  in  the  skin,  periosteum  and  bone, 
infrequent  in  secreting  and  glandular  organs.  Differs  in 
feel  according  as  it  occurs  in  hard  or  soft  tissue.  In 
the  former  it  may  be  firm,  tense  and  elastic,  but  is  gener- 
ally soft  and  fluctuating.  May  occur  at  any  age,  but  is 
most  common  between  twenty  and  forty.  Growth  is 
generally  rapid  and  may  attain  a  large  size.  Ulceration 
is  usually  present,  but  does  not  take  place  until  late  in 


SARCOMAS — Supposed  to  have  their  origin  in  the  periosteum  of  the 
interior  maxillary  bone. 

life  of  the  disease.  Little  pain  until  ulceration  occurs. 
The  subcutaneous  veins  are  only  slightly  enlarged.  The 
contiguous  lymphatics  become  infected  with  the  disease, 
but  not  until  late  in  its  progress.  Unless  thoroughly  re- 
moved the  tumor  usually  recurs  and  in  the  locality  from 
which  it  was  removed.  The  microscope  shows  the  tumor 
to  be  composed  of  a  mass  of  connective  tissues  without 
alveolar  arrangement. 

Prognosis.  Is  never  favorable  unless  the  growth  is 
promptly  removed  by  the  caustic  treatment.  If  allowed 
to  run  their  course  they  terminate  in  death  in  six  months, 
while  others  may  continue  for  several  years. 


64  CANCER. 

SCIRRHUS. 


Definition.  A  malignant  growth,  composed  of  fibrous 
tissue  and  undeveloped  epithelial  tissue,  known  also  as 
atrophying  cancer,  and  stone  cancer. 

Character  and  Growth.  Cause  cannot  always  be  de- 
termined. Frequently  follows  injury.  Attacks  in  most 
cases  the  liver,  uterus,  or  breasts.  In  the  latter  organs 
is  more  frequently  found  than  all  other  forms  of  tumors. 
Is  very  rare  before  the  fortieth  year  of  age.  Commences 
as  a  firm,  hard,  dense  nodule  under  the  skin,  being  at 
first  easily  movable.  As  it  grows  it  contracts  adhesions 
to  the  surrounding  parts,  becomes  firmly  fixed  and  is  the 
seat  of  sharp,  lancinating  pains.  As  the  disease  pro- 
gresses, the  integument  becomes  infiltrated,  hard,  livid, 
and  traversed  by  numerous  blood-vessels.  The  glands 
in  the  immediate  neighborhood  take  on  the  cancerous 
disease,  the  tumor  ulcerates,  the  whole  system  becomes 
depraved  and  the  patient  dies. 

Diagnostic  Features.  Seldom  occurs  before  the 
fortieth  year.  Most  common  of  all  tumors  of  the  breast 
at  that  age.  Is  uniformly  hard.  Grows  slowly  com- 
pared with  other  epithelial  tumors.  Early  becomes 
anchored  to  the  skin  and  surrounding  tissue.  Does  not 
attain  a  large  size.  Sharp  shooting  pains.  In  the  breast 
the  nipple  is  retracted.  The  superficial  veins  are  but 
slightly  enlarged.  Ulceration  in  about  one  year.  The 
edges  are  steep  and  abrupt,  and  the  discharge  is  very 
offensive.  The  neighboring  lymphatic  glands  are  early 
affected  with  similar  disease.  There  is  a  marked  consti- 
tutional involvement.  The  microscope  shows  small 
round  cells  with  little  pits  or  depressions,  surrounded  by 
a  fibrous  stroma. 

Prognosis.  Invariably  bad.  Case  usually  terminates 
fatally  in  from  two  to  four  years,  unless  thoroughly  re- 
moved by  proper  treatment. 


CANCER.  65 


ENCEPHALOMA. 


Definition.  A  malignant  growth  containing  less 
fibrous  tissue  than  scirrhus,  but  a  greater  quantity  of 
epithelial  cells.  Known  also  as  the  soft  cancer,  the  cere- 
briform  cancer,  rose  cancer,  fungus  hematodes. 

Character  and  Growth.  Is  most  common  in  the  bones, 
the  testicle,  the  eye,  the  lymphatic  glands,  mammae, 
uterus  and  liver.  It  may  attack  any  portion  of  the  body 
and  occur  at  any  age.  It  is  almost  the  only  form  of 
cavcer  that  occurs  in  childhood.  It  may  begin  as  a  single 
nodule,  or  many  nodules  may  appear  simultaneously. 
Being  an  extremely  vascular  structure  it  grows  with 
great  rapidity,  and  often  attains  a  large  size  in  a  short 
period  of  time.  It  is  usually  soft  and  fluctuating,  and 
being  easily  compressed  is  modified  much  in  form  by  the 
tissues  surrounding  it.  Is  peculiarly  liable  to  extend  into 
the  muscular  and  other  interspaces,  acquiring  deep- 
seated  connections  and  surrounding  important  organs. 
At  a  period  varying  from  a  few  months  to  a  year  and  a 
half,  ulceration  takes  place,  a  foul  ulcer  is  formed,  the 
lymphatic  glands  become  affected,  and  the  whole  system 
becomes  diseased.  The  disease  may  terminate  by  ex- 
hausting the  strength  of  the  patient  or  by  the  destruc- 
tion of  some  important  organ. 

Diagnostic  Features.  Occurs  at  all  periods  of  life. 
Soft,  elastic  and  lobulated.  Grows  rapidly  and  attains  a 
large  size.  Pain  dull  and  heavy;  not  pronounced  until 
ulceration  takes  place.  Superficial  veins  early  enlarged. 
Ulcerates  readily.  The  ulcer  has  undermined  edges. 
The  lymphatics  are  early  involved,  and  the  constitutional 
symptoms  pronounced.  Microscopic  appearances  sim- 
ilar to  those  of  scirrhus. 

Prognosis.  Very  grave.  Terminates  fatally  in  from 
eight  months  to  two  years,  unless  thoroughly  removed  in 
the  early  stages. 

[5] 


66 


CANCER. 


EPITHELIOMA. 

Definition.  A  malignant  growth,  developed  from  the 
squamous  epithelium.  Comprises  the  malignant  dis- 
eases of  skin  and  mucous  tissue. 


KPITHELIOMAS   OF   THE   FACE. 


Character  and  Growth.  Most  frequent  locality  is  the 
lower  lip,  but  it  is  often  found  in  the  tongue,  cervix, 
uteri,  face,  anus,  vagina,  penis  and  scrotum.  It  begins 
usually  in  the  skin  or  mucous  membrane,  but  by  exten- 


EPITHELIOMAS   OF    LOWER   LIP. 


sion  may  occupy  any  tissue,  bone,  muscle  or  cartilage. 
Occurs  most  frequently  'after  the  fortieth  year.  Long^ 
continued  irritations  is  the  most  common  cause.  It  be- 


CANCER.  67 

gins  early  as  a  crack,  tubercle,  wart,  or  incrustation,  and 
extends  with  the  progress  of  the  induration.  Lymphatic 
involvement  occurs,  but  not  until  the  disease  has  made 
considerable  progress.  The  extension  of  disease,  except 
in  epithelioma  of  the  tongue  is  not  rapid,  many  years 
oftimes  elapsing  before  its  termination. 

Diagnostic  Features.  Situated  at  the  junction  of  the 
skin  and  mucous  membrane  or  upon  either  of  these 
structures.  Originates  in  a  crack,  fissure  or  wart-like 
excrescence.  Has  an  indurated  base.  Slow  growth.  Ac- 
companied by  similar  disease  in  neighboring  glands,  and 
eventually  by  constitutional  disease.  Microscope  shows 
squamous-celled  epithelium  with  the  characteristic  al- 
veolar arrangement. 

Prognosis.  Very  grave.  When  the  tongue  is  affected 
terminates  fatally  in  from  six  to  eighteen  months,  in  the 
lip  and  upper  jaw,  may  exist  for  years.  Free  and  early 
removal  is  followed  by  permanent  cure. 


COLLOMA. 

Definition.  A  malignant  growth  resembling  structur- 
ally the  encephaloma,  but  containing  beside  a  quantity  of 
clear  colloid  material.  Known  as  gelatiform  cancer. 

Character  and  Growth.  Is  found  most  frequently  in 
the  omentum,  stomach,  ovary,  rectum  and  bones  of  the 
extremities.  It  may  occur  as  an  infiltration,  its  most 
common  form,  taking  on  the  shape  of  the  organ  in  which 
it  is  situated,  or  it  may  grow  as  a  pronounced  tumor.  Its 
general  history  is  similar  to  that  of  encephaloma,  except 
that  it  rarely  occurs  in  childhood,  grows  somewhat  more 
slowly,  and  does  not  so  readily  involve  lymphatic  glands. 

Diagnostic  Features.  Is  difficult  to  distinguish,  previ- 
ous to  removal  from  other  forms  of  carcinoma.  Is  often 
situated  in  the  abdominal  cavity.  Grows  slowly.  Upon 
section,  clear,  gelatinous  substance  is  found  in  abund- 
ance. 

Prognosis.  Grave.  Usually  terminates  in  death  in 
a  short  time  if  allowed  to  run  its  course. 


68 


CANCER- 

- ; .-. 

MELANOMA. 


Definition.  A  malignant  growth  resembling  enceph- 
aloma,  but  containing  in  addition  a  large  amount  of  black 
pigment.  Known  as  black  cancer. 


QMS 


ENCEPHALO-MELANOMA. 


Character   and   Growth.     Occurs   most   commonly   in 
the  eye  and  skin.     In  all  the  main  facts  of  its  history  it 


CANCER.  69 

is  in  close  conformity  to  the  encephaloid  cancer,  but  is 
particularly  noticeable  on  account  of  the  pigment  which 
marks  it  in  varying  shades  from  iron  gray  to  deep  black. 
This  coloring  matter  is  similar  to  that  which  is  found  in 
the  choroid  membrane,  and  the  rete-mucosum  of  colored 
skins.  The  cancer  is  very  apt  to  begin  in  or  underneath 
a  pigmentary  mole.  Although  popularly  believed  to  be 
excessively  malignant,  its  rate  of  progress  differs  but 
little  from  the  ordinary  encephaloid  cancer. 

Diagnostic  Features.  Has  the  same  general  character- 
istics as  the  encephaloma,  except  that  it  is  marked  by  an 
excess  of  pigment. 

Prognosis.  Grave.  Terminates  in  death  in  a  short 
time,  unless  early  removed. 


THE   TREATMENT    OF   TUMORS. 


Must  necessarily  be  divided  into  two  methods,  viz: 
The  knife  and  the  caustic  treatment.  For  all  tumors  of  a 
benign  nature,  whether  internal  or  external,  I  would 
recommend  a  thorough  dissection  with  the. knife,  as  it 
will  not  leave  as  large  a  scar,  and  can  be  done  more 
quickly,  and  causes  less  suffering,  making  use  of  either  a 
local  or  a  general  anaesthetic. 

If  the  tumors  are  no  larger  than  a  hen's  egg,  I  have 
frequently  removed  them  without  any  suffering  what- 
ever, by  injecting  cocaine  as  given  in  the  Obtundent 
formulas  on  another  page. 

The  injection  should  be  made  around  the  borders  of 
the  tumor,  rather  than  into  its  center.  There  are  also  a 
few  well-selected  cases  of  malignant  growths  that  can 
be  removed  by  the  knife  in  this  way,  but  as  a  general 
practice,  the  caustic  treatment  is  the  best.  On  the  other 
hand,  there  are  tumors  of  a  harmless  nature  which  may 
be  removed  with  the  caustic  treatment  if  preferred. 


70  CANCER. 

People  usually  have  a  perfect  horror  of  the  knife  and 
the  surgeon  who  will  remove  their  unwelcome  visitors 
without  its  use,  is  the  one  they  seek  for  relief,  and  he  is 
the  one  to  judge  of  the  best  method  of  treatment. 


INTERNAL   TREATMENT. 


There  have  been  many  internal  remedies  highly 
lauded  from  time  to  time  as  a  cure  for  cancer,  but  I  be- 
lieve that  nearly  every  physician  will  agree  with  me  that 
their  use  will  be  attended  with  more  of  a  psychic  effect 
than  one  of  any  real  curative  value. 

Lassar  stands  almost  alone  in  the  belief  that  the 
iodide  of  arsenic,  given  internally,  has  am^nfluence  in 
curing  carcinomatous  formations. 

Denissenko  recently  reported  good  results  from  the 
use  of  chelidonium  rhajus  as  a  constitutional  and  local 
remedy.  But  the  good  results  that  he  seemed  to  have 
at  first,  have  later  failed  both  in  his  and  in  other  hands, 
although  this  remedy  does  seem  to  have  some  deterrent 
action  upon  epithelial  cell-growth. 

Conium  and  phytolacca  have  been  advocated  at  dif- 
ferent times,  but  have  fallen  into  disuse. 


CAUSTIC  REMEDIES. 


The  local  remedies  used  for  destroying  these  growths 
are  numerous.  Nitric  acid,  sulphuric  acid,  lactic  acid  and 
pyrogallic  acid  have  all  been  advocated,  but  are  of  very 
little  use.  Nitrate  of  silver  has  also  been  used,  but  its 
action  is  too  superficial  to  be  practical.  Caustic  potash 
is  another  remedy  worth  mentioning,  but  its  action  has  a 
tendency  to  destroy  too  much  healthy  tissue.  In  my 
opinion,  there  are  only  three  remedies  worthy  of  men- 


CANCER.  71 

tion  in  the  removal  of  cancers  by  the  caustic  method  of 
treatment,  viz:  Salicylic  acid,  chloride  of  zinc  and 
arsenic. 

Salicylic  acid  has  only  a  limited  action,  but,  often- 
times it  is  a  valuable  one,  as  this  agent  may  be  used 
to  good  advantage  in  softening  and  removing  the  super- 
ficial layers  of  epithelium  and  preparing  the  way  for 
other  caustics,  as  will  be  mentioned  later. 

Chloride  of  zinc  is  perhaps  the  oldest  caustic  used  in 
the  local  treatment  of  cancer,  and  has  formerly  entered 
largely  into  the  "plasters"  of  the  older  cancer  specialists. 
Its  action  is  very  effective,  but  causes  considerable  pain. 
It  establishes  an  aseptic  slough  and  thus  avoids  any 
hemorrhage  or  constitutional  poisoning.  I  have  removed 
several  growths  by  its  use  and  have  found  it  very  satis- 
factory. 


ARSENIC. 


Dr.  Marsden,  the  surgeon-in-chief  of  the  London 
Cancer  Hospital,  was  among  the  first  to  bring  the  use  of 
arsenic  into  prominence  as  a  caustic  for  cancer.  He  has 
used  it  in  over  six  thousand  cases  with  phenomenal  suc- 
cess, and  arsenic  stands  today  the  banner  remedy  in  the 
local  treatment  of  all  forms  of  cancer.  This  remedy  has 
many  advantages  over  any  other  caustic.  It  can  be  used 
with  less  pain,  and  seems  to  produce  just  the  degree  of 
sloughing  required  to  destroy  the  growth,  whether  super- 
ficial or  deep-seated.  It  is  rather  select  in  its  action,  as 
it  destroys  only  the  diseased  tissue  and  does  not  damage 
the  healthy  structures  or  through  absorption  cause 
arsenical  poisoning,  even  if  used  over  large  surfaces.  It 
removes  every  particle  of  the  growth,  and  does  not  leave 
any  cancer-cells  to  develop  again.  It  does  not  leave  an 
ugly-looking  scar,  as  do  other  caustics.  The  deformity  is 
very  slight,  even  if  the  growth  has  been  of  large  size. 


72  CANCER. 

Dr.  Marsden's  original  paste  was  two  drachms  of 
arsenic  and  one  of  powdered  acacia,  but  I  prefer  the  ad- 
dition of  cocaine,  which  lessens  the  pain,  as  used  by  Prof. 
John  A.  Wyeth,  M.  D.,  in  the  following  formula : 

I£     Acid  arcenious 2.  dr. 

Powdered   acacia i  dr. 

Cocaine  muriate 5  to  20  gr. 

Aqua q.  s. 

Mix  the  first  three  ingredients  and  add  just  enough 
water  to  make  the  paste  the  consistency  of  cream.  The 
paste  should  always  be  prepared  fresh  before  each  ap- 
plication. 


THE  METHOD  OF  APPLYING. 


I  always  begin  the  treatment  of  cancer  by  taking  a 
piece  of  isinglass  plaster  and  placing  it  over  the  parts  to 
be  removed.  I  then  take  a  lead  pencil  and  mark  a  line 
around  the  growth  about  one-quarter  of  an  inch  from  the 
diseased  margin.  I  now  cut  the  center  out  of  the  isinglass 
plaster  and  dampen  the  piece  which  has  a  hole  in  the 
center  and  place  it  on  the  healthy  parts  which  surround 
the  growth.  We  have  now  outlined  the  exact  tissue  to 
be  removed  and  the  plaster  will  protect  the  healthy' 
parts. 

The  skin  or  outer  integument  should  now  be  removed 
either  by  curetting,  with  the  use  of  a  local  anaesthetic,  or 
by  the  use  of  salicylic  acid  as  mentioned  before.  Now 
you  have  an  abraded  surface  on  which  to  apply  your 
plaster. 

The  paste  should  now  be  prepared  and  spread  on  the 
piece  of  isinglass  plaster  you  cut  out,  which  is  the  exact 
size  of  the  cancer  to  be  removed,  and  applied  to  the 
growth,  over  which  you  can  dress  with  absorbent  cotton 
and  bandages.  This  should  be  allowed  to  remain  in  situ 
from  twenty-four  to  forty-eight  hours,  as  long  as  the 


CANCER. 


73 


patient  can  stand  the  pain.  His  suffering  may  be  re- 
lieved, however,  by  the  use  of  morphine  hypodermically. 
When  the  time  comes  to  remove  the  plaster,  you  will 
find  a  black  necrossed  mass.  You  should  now  apply  a 
flaxseed  poultice  until  the  slough  separates,  and  the  can- 
cer comes  away  in  one  body.  If  you  have  any  reason  to 
believe  that  every  particle  has  not  been  destroyed,  you 


The  above  picture  illustrates  the  action  of  Marsden's  Paste  in  removing 
cancers.    This  growth  was  removed  with  two  appli- 
cations of  the  paste. 

may  apply  another  plaster,  but  if,  in  your  opinion,  the 
operation  has  been  complete,  apply  iodoform  ointment 
and  a  simple  dressing  and  allow  it  to  heal. 

You  will  find  that  the  plaster  will  cause  extensive 
swelling.  If  on  the  face,  the  eyes  may  be  swollen  shut, 
but  this  will  gradually  subside  and  cause  no  trouble.  You 
should  always  advise  the  patient  that  he  may  expect 
some  swelling.  Much  caution  must  be  exercised  in  ap- 
plying this  treatment  around  the  lips  and  other  mucous 
surfaces,  and  the  parts  must  be  protected,  so  that  the 
patient  will  not  swallow  any  of  the  paste,  resulting  in 
arsenical  poisoning. 


74  CANCER. 

This  method  of  treatment  may  be  used  in  all  cases  in 
which  the  cancerous  tumor  is  not  over  four  inches  in 
diameter.  If  the  growth  is  larger  than  that,  apply  to  one 
side  first  and  after  that  has  been  removed,  apply  the 
treatment  to  the  other  side. 

Although  this  is  the  best  and  most  generally  accepted 
treatment  which  is  used  by  cancer  specialists,  I  will  add 
several  formulas  which  have  also  been  used  with  a 
greater  or  less  degree  of  success,  and  have  formerly  made 
a  reputation  for  their  originators. 


DR.   LANDOLFI'S   CANCER   PASTE. 


This  practitioner  obtained  a  wide  celebrity  throughout 
Italy  by  the  use  of  a  preparation  which  he  claimed  to  be 
a  specific  cure  for  cancer,  providing  that  the  growth  was 
accessible,  and  that  the  system  was  not  already  too  deep- 
ly implicated  in  the  cancerous  cachexia.  The  formula  he 
usually  employed,  although  it  differed  somewhat  in  the 
relative  proportion  of  the  ingredients,  was  the  following : 

I£     Zinci    chloridi I  dr. 

Auri    chloridi I  dr. 

Antimonii    chloridi I  dr. 

Brominii  chloridi I  dr. 

Farinse  and  aqua.  .q.  s.  to  form  a  thick  paste. 

To  be  applied  on  small  portions  of  linen  to  the  ulcer- 
ated surface. 

The  essential  element  he  regarded  was  the  chloride  of 
bromine,  the  quantity  of  which  he  often  increased  to  two 
or  three  drachms.  The  chloride  of  zinc  was  used  chiefly 
for  its  hemostatic  qualities,  and  he  increased  this  in- 
gredient when  there  was  a  marked  tendency  to  hemor- 
rhage. The  pain  of  the  application  is  considerable,  and 
must  be  allayed  by  opiates.  The  application  need  not  re- 


CANCER.  75 

main  on  more  than  twenty  hours,  and  may  then  be  re- 
placed by  an  emollient  cataplasm.  About  the  eighth  day 
the  eschar  should  become  detached  and  leave  a  healthy 
granulating  surface.  If  any  points  remain  of  less  satis- 
factory appearance,  or  still  presenting  cancerous  ulcera- 
tions  ,a  little  of  the  caustic  paste  is  again  to  be  applied. 
Dr.  Landolfi  believed  it  best,  though  not  in  all  cases 
indispensible,  to  administer  the  chloride  of  bromine  in- 
ternally in  doses  of  one-tenth  or  one-twelfth  of  a  drop,  in 
pill  form,  twice  a  day,  for  from  three  to  six  months. 


BOUGARD'S    PASTE. 


Hydrarg.  chlor.  cor I  part. 

Acid  arseniosi 2  parts. 

Hydrarg.  sulphuret.  rub 10  parts. 

Ammonium  mur 10  parts. 

Farini  trit 120  parts. 

Amyli    120  parts. 

Zinc  chlorid.  crys 120  parts. 


CERNY  AND  TRUNECEK'S  TREATMENT. 


I£     Acid  arseniosi I  part. 

Spts.  vini.  rect 75  parts. 

Aqua  des 75  parts. 

Mix,  spread  over  the  parts  each  day  with  a  brush, 
until  the  entire  cancer  has  sloughed  off. 


COSME'S  PASTE. 


The  following  is  the  formula  of  Cosme's  Paste  as  mod- 
ified by  Herba: 

I£     Acid,  arseniosi I  part. 

Hydrarg.  sulphuret  rub I  part. 

Ungt.  aq.  rosae 40  parts. 


76  CANCER. 


WHEELER'S  PASTE. 


Acid  arseniosi I  part. 

Morph.  sulphate I  part. 

Calomel 8  parts. 

Pulv.  acacia 48  parts. 


HUE'S   TREATMENT. 


Dr.  Hue  uses  the  following  formula  hypodermically : 

^     Acid  arseniosi I  part. 

Cocaine  hydro 5  parts. 

Aqua  Des 500  parts. 

Mix,  inject  into  the  substance  of  the  cancer  every  few 
days.  This  treatment  he  employed  in  the  treatment  of 
internal  cancers,  where  it  seemed  impossible  to  apply  the 
plaster. 


DAVISSON'S  CANCER  REMEDY. 


For  several  years  a  man  named  Davisson  resided 
near  Lake  Zurich,  111.,  who  established  quite  a  reputation 
as  a  cancer  specialist.  The  following  formula  is  said  to 
be  the  correct  recipe  for  his  plaster : 

^     Rochelle  salts i  oz. 

Sulphur i  oz. 

Sulp.    zinc .1  oz. 

Arsenious  acid , .  i  oz. 


CANCER. 


77 


DR.  FELL'S  CANCER  PASTE. 


This  is  one  of  the  oldest  cancer  remedies  and  was  suc- 
cessfully used  three-quarters    of  a    century    ago.     The 


The  above  cancer  was  removed  with  Dr.  Fell's  Cancer  Paste,  and 
illustrates  before  and  one  month  after  treatment. 

author  has  used  this  paste  several  times  with  excellent 
success.    The  formula  is  as  follows: 

IJ     Zinc  chloride I  dr. 

Pulv.  sanguinar.  rad . .  . I  dr. 

Flour  and  aqua. q.  s.  to  form  paste. 


KLINE'S  PAINLESS  CANCER  PASTE. 


White  wax , I  oz. 

Fir.  balsam 2  oz. 

Chromic  acid I  oz. 


78  CANCER. 

Melt  the  wax  and  the  balsam  together,  and  add  the 
acid  slowly,  stirring  while  cooling.  Remove  the  cuticle 
by  blistering  if  necessary,  and  apply  the  plaster,  spread 
upon  thin  muslin.  When  a  sufficient  depth  of  tissue  has 
been  destroyed,  slough  out  with  poultices  if  necessary. 


OZONE    CANCER   PLASTER. 


A  physician  recently  canvassed  this  country,  selling  a 
cancer  cure  under  the  above  name,  for  the  formula  of 
which  he  charged  from  ten  dollars  up.  Out  of  curiosity, 
I  purchased  the  formula,  which  was  as  follows: 

I£     Zinc    chloride ^2  dr. 

Arsenious  acid i  dr. 

Powdered   sanguinaria I  dr. 

Flour  and  water q.  s.  to  make  paste. 

In  Southern  Illinois  a  cancer  cure  has  been  exten- 
sively sold  in  a  similar  way,  under  the  name  of 


THE   HOWARD   CANCER   CLAY. 


I£     Chloride  of  zinc — I  dr. 

Powdered  blood  root i  dr. 

Pulv.  charcoal i  dr. 

Aqua q.  s.  to  make  a  paste. 

While  the  above  formulae  possess  a  certain  degree  of 
merit  it  only  illustrates  "what  fools  these  mortals  be," 
who  pay  from  ten  to  twenty-five  or  more  dollars  for  a 
name  and  receive  formulae  which  are  the  common  prop- 
erty of  the  medical  profession. 


CANCER.  79 

FUSCHIUS    PASTE. 


$     Arsenious  acid i  oz. 

Vegetable  charcoal i  oz. 

Powd.  serpentaria i  oz. 

Mix.     Make  into  a  thick  paste  with  water  and  apply. 


GUY'S    ARCANUM. 


This  formula  was  held  a  secret  for  many  years : 

J     Acid   arsenious i  dr. 

Powd.    sulphur i  dr. 

Peucedanum  off i  dr. 

Ranunculus  sylvestris i  dr. 

Mix.     Make  into  paste  with  water. 


ESMARCK'S   PASTE. 


Acid   arsenious i  dr. 

Morphine    sulphate i  dr. 

Mercurous  chloride,  mild i  oz. 

Powd.   acacia 6  dr. 

Aqua enough  to  make  paste. 


HEBRA'S  PASTE. 


Acid   arsenious i  dr. 

Mercuric  sulphide,  red 3  dr. 

Vaseline    3  oz. 


80  CANCER. 


SHERMAN'S  PASTE. 


Zinc  chloride 5  gr. 

Alum 5  gr. 

Acid   Tannic 2  gr. 

Persulphate  of  iron 3  gr. 

Glycerine q.  s.  to  make  paste. 


LASSAR'S   PASTE. 


Acid  salicylic 10  gr. 

Powd.  starch 2  dr. 

Zinc  oxide 2  dr. 

Lard  4  dr. 


DR.  LUTTERLOH'S  PASTE. 


I£     Sanguarinaria  pulv I  part. 

Galangal  pulv 3  parts. 

Zinc  chloride q.  s.  to  make  paste. 

There  are  several  other  formulae  of  cancer  plasters 
which  could  be  added,  but  it  would  only  be  a  repetition 
of  those  already  given,  somewhat  modified,  and  by  pub- 
lishing them  would  not  offer  a  means  of  broadening  our 
knowledge  on  the  subject,  as  what  has  been  said  will  al- 
low you  to  treat  cancers  as  successfully  as  any  specialist 
who  holds  his  methods  a  secret. 


RECTUM.  81 


THE 
RECTAL  SPECIALIST. 


Most  practitioners  have  greatly  neglected  the  treat- 
ment of  diseases  of  the  rectum,  and  like  many  other 
things,  it  has  been  rather  a  green  pasture  for  the  special- 
ist. Although  diseases  of  this  organ  have  existed  for 
centuries,  the  medical  profession  has  been  slow  to  recog- 
nize the  different  pathological  conditions  which  exist, 
and  until  the  invention  of  the  speculum  this  was  one  of 
the  unexplored  parts  of  our  anatomy,  but  by  the  use  of 
this  instrument,  the  surgeon  may  now  have  full  access 
to  different  diseased  conditions  which  exist.  Until  re- 
cent years  rectal  operations  were  considered  of  so  grave 
a  character  that  they  could  be  successfully  treated  only 
by  the  regular  surgeon,  and  I  have  no  doubt  that  the 
treatment  of  diseases  of  the  rectum  would  have  still  re- 
mained exclusively  in  the  hands  of  surgeons  if  it  had  not 
been  for  the  much  condemned  advertising  and  itinerant 
rectal  specialist,  whose  visits  invited  competition  and 
compelled  local  physicians  to  investigate  his  methods 
and  devote  more  time  to  the  treatment  of  rectal  diseases. 

The  opinions  of  surgeons  differ  as  to  the  best  method 
of  treatment  for  hemorrhoids.  Allingham's  ligature 
operation  seems  to  be  in  general  favor  with  most  sur- 
geons, but  is  considered  by  Dr.  Pratt  and  others  as  "un- 
scientific and  a  relic  of  past  rectal  inquisition."  Ailing- 
ham  says  that  the  clamp  and  cautery  is  six  times  as  fatal 
as  the  ligature.  Others  speak  of  it  as  being  a  barbarous 
practice.  The  Whitehead  and  American  operations  are 
too  tedious,  difficult  and  bloody  for  the  general  prac- 
titioner, and  few  specialists  care  to  undertake  them. 

[6] 


82  RECTUM. 

We  now  come  to  the  injection  method,  which  has 
seldom  met  the  approval  of  the  regular  rectal  surgeon; 
on  the  other  hand,  he  is  ever  ready  to  raise  the  following 
objections: 

First — That  it  takes  too  long  to  effect  a  cure,  owing 
to  the  fact  that  only  two  or  three  pile  tumors  can  be 
treated  at  a  time.  It  is  quite  true  that  this  method  takes 
longer,  but  we  find  that  patients,  as  a  rule,  prefer  longer 
and  gentler  methods  of  treatment  to  speedy  cutting  oper- 
ations. 

Second — That  the  operation  is  not  uniformly  success- 
ful. At  this  point  we  differ  with  him,  as  this  method  of 
treatment  may  be  used  with  the  same  degree  of  success 
as  other  operations  if  the  proper  fluid  is  injected  and  the 
application  made  in  the  right  place. 

Third — That  it  cannot  be  used  in  external  piles. 
This,  to  a  certain  extent,  is  true,  although  many  operators 
are  using  it  with  a  degree  of  success.  We  shall  limit  its 
application  to  internal  piles  and  the  ligature  to  the  ex- 
ternal. 

Fourth — That  it  causes  excessive  sloughing.  This  is 
a  great  mistake.  If  the  fluid  is  properly  used,  it  will  not 
cause  any  more  sloughing  than  the  ligature  or  cautery 
and  it  is  suprising  to  note  that  the  surgeon  who  advo- 
cates the  cautery  and  ligature  will  condemn  this  method 
because  it  causes  a  sloughing  of  the  pile  tumor.  Tell  me 
how  their  methods  cure  if  it  is  not  by  sloughing.  That 
is  what  we  make  the  injections  for  and  the  sloughing 
from  this  method  is  no  greater  than  from  theirs. 

Fifth — That  the  method  is  more  dangerous  than  other 
operations.  We  must  admit  that  when  this  method  of 
treatment  was  introduced  into  this  country,  unfortunate- 
ly, it  fell  into  the  hands  of  not  only  a  few  unskillful  prac- 
titioners, but  also  into  the  hands  of  some  men  who  were 
entirely  destitute  of  a  sound  medical  knowledge,  and  out- 
side of  what  they  had  learned  about  treating  piles,  knew 
nothing  of  the  true  and  sacred  mission  of  the  healing  art ; 
hence  the  mortality  which  followed  the  operations  of 
these  men,  who  would  buy  some  secret  method  and  in- 
discriminately inject  their  fluids  into  the  walls  of  the  rec- 


RECTUM.  83 

turn,  cannot  be  compared  with  the  careful  and  judicious 
way  the  method  is  being  practiced  to-day;  but  even  as  it 
was,  this  method  of  treatment  compares  quite  favorably 
with  other  methods.  Dr.  Andrews  has  collected  reports 
of  3,304  cases  with  thirteen  deaths.  This  was  when  the 
method  was  in  its  infancy  and  used  by  unskilled  opera- 
tors, as  just  mentioned.  Allingham  reports  six  deaths 
in  5,863  cases  from  the  use  of  the  ligature.  Dr.  Matthews 
after  successfully  using  the  ligature  in  over  a  thousand 
cases  reports  one  death  from  tetanus,  also  several  alarm- 
ing cases  of  hemorrhage. 

I  am  sure  that  the  injection  method  is  as  free  from 
danger  as  the  cautery,  for  several  cases  of  excessive 
sloughing  and  hemorrhage  have  followed  that  operation. 
Furthermore,  I  am  satisfied  that  the  injection  method  of 
treating  hemorrhoids,  where  indicated,  is  fully  as  success- 
ful as  any  operation  in  use  at  the  present  time.  With  the 
right  fluid,  skillfully  injected,  this  method  may  be  used 
with  uniformly  curative  results,  and  is  free  from  all 
danger  and  practically  painless. 

The  diseases  of  the  rectum  which  the  physician  is 
called  upon  to  treat  are  hemorrhoids,  fissure,  fistula,  rec- 
tal ulcer,  prolapsus  and  polypus,  and  in  order  that  these 
conditions  may  be  successfully  treated,  it  is  necessary 
that  the  operator  should  have  a  thorough  knowledge  of 
the  parts.  A  detailed  description  of  the  anatomical, 
hystological  and  pathological  conditions  of  this  organ 
would  be  rather  out  of  place  in  this  book,  but  this  in- 
formation is  accessable  to  every  physician  in  other  works, 
and  it  will  repay  him  to  devote  his  time  in  studying  them. 


DIAGNOSIS  OF  RECTAL  DISEASES. 


When  a  patient  consults  you  in  regard  to  any  form 
of  rectal  disease,  he  will  almost  invariably  tell  you  that 
he  has  piles.  This  is  the  extent  of  his  knowledge  in  the 


84 


RECTUM. 


matter.  After  he  has  described  his  ailments  as  best  he 
can,  the  physician  may  often  determine  the  nature  of  his 
disease  by  carefully  questioning  him.  Pain  will,  no 
doubt,  be  the  most  prominent  symptom.  The  pain  from 
a  fissure,  fistula  or  hemorrhoids  may  often  be  told  by  its 
character.  Is  there  constipation  or  diarrhoea?  How  long 
has  his  disease  been  existing?  Is  there  a  discharge  of 
blood  or  mucous?  Do  the  bowels  protrude  during  de- 
fecation? Does  he  have  an  irritable  bladder?  etc.  After 
you  have  a  history  of  his  case,  it  is  always  best  to  request 
him  to  submit  to  a  local  examination,  as  this  will 
allow  you  to  obtain  a  more  thorough  knowledge  of  his 


The  -Brinkerhoffi  Speculum. 

case.  No  patient  with  an  atom  of  common  sense  will 
object  to  this,  and  by  placing  the  patient  on  a- table,  either 
in  the  Sims  or  the  Lithotomy  position,  with  the  aid  of  a 
good  light  and -the  speculum,  you  can  determine  the  exact 
nature  of  his  trouble.  This  brings  us  to  the  point  of 
considering  the  value  of  different  speculums.  For  the 
preliminary  examination  of  the  rectum  and  a  few  minor 
operations  I  prefer  a  very  small  Sims  speculum.  This 
can  be  introduced  with  but  little  pain  and  will  reveal  the 
condition  of  affairs.  For  operating  by  the  injection 
method,  the  Brinkerhoff  speculum  is,  beyond  a  doubt, 
the  best  instrument  in  existence.  This  speculum  is  a 
hollow,  conical  tube,  with  a  slide  which  can  be  with, 
drawn,  exposing  the  surface  you  wish  to  operate  on.  It 


RECTUM.  85 

also  has  the  advantage  of  a  reflector  in  the  end  which 
throws  light  on  all  sides  of  the  tumor.  Another  good 
feature  of  this  speculum  is,  that  its  tubular  shape  will  act 
as  a  basin  to  catch  any  superfluous  fluid  which  may  es- 
cape while  injecting.  In  this  way  you  will  cauterize  only 
the  surface  of  the  rectum  which  has  been  punctured. 

For  dilating  and  other  operative  work  Pratt's  bivalve 
speculum  is  to  be  recommended.  All  speculums  should 
be  well  oiled  with  vaseline  and  heated  to  the  temperature 
of  the  body  before  introducing  them.  After  learning 
the  nature  of  the  diseased  condition  which  exists,  we 
will  next  consider  its  treatment. 


HEMORRHOIDS. 


These  art,  generally  classified  as  external  and  internal 
tumors,  resulting  from  a  varicose  condition  of  the  hemor- 
rhoidal  veins  or  other  blood  vessels,  of  the  rectum.  The 
former  have  their  attachment  outside  of  the  external 
sphincter,  while  the  latter  have  their  attachment  inside 
the  grasp  of  this  muscle,  but  can  be  forced  down  by 
straining  if  they  are  of  sufficient  size.  Internal  hemor- 
rhoids are  covered  with  mucous  membrane  and  may  be 
found  of  almost  any  shape,  size  and  color.  The  color 
will  generally  indicate  whether  they  are  of  a  venous, 
capillary  or  arterial  origin.  Venous  hemorrhoids  are 
bluish  in  color  unless  they  are  strangulated,  when  they 
become  more  purple.  Capillary  hemorrhoids  are  of  dark 
color.  They  are  not  painful,  but  bleed  easily.  Arterial 
hemorrhoids  are  of  a  brighter  red  appearance,  are  irrita- 
ble, and  also  bleed  freely. 

External  hemorrhoids  are  visible  to  the  eye  without 
the  use  of  the  speculum,  and  may  assume  different  shapes 
and  color.  The  skin  and  mucous  membrane  covering 
external  piles  is  extremely  sensitive,  while  internal  piles 
are  nearly  devoid  of  sensibility.  All  forms  of  piles  seem 


86  RECTUM. 


to  have  a  remarkable  erectile  power,  much  resembling 
the  corpus  spongiosum  of  the  penis,  and,  if  handled 
roughly,  will  become  more  prominent.  This  is  very  ad- 
vantageous to  the  operator  as  it  brings  them  into  more 
prominence,  where  they  can  be  easily  treated. 


TREATMENT  OF  HEMORRHOIDS. 


The  words  knife  or  surgical  operation  pierces  the  ears 
of  most  patients  almost  as  keenly  as  the  instrument  itself, 
and  if  they  are  assured  that  they  can  be  cured  without 
pain,  detention  from  business,  and  cutting  operations, 
without  endangering  their  lives,  they  are  sure  to  favor 
such  a  procedure.  Thuswe  find  that  patientswill  submit  to 
the  injection  treatment  when  they  would  prolong  their 
suffering  in  silence  rather  than  undergo  a  surgical  opera- 
tion. 

The  injection  treatment  has  many  advantages  other 
than  the  ones  just  mentioned,  from  the  physician's  point 
of  view.  The  busy  general  practitioner  can  not  always 
devote  the  time  to  learning  the  technique  of  cutting 
operations,  as  it  is  a  well  known  fact  that  such  operations 
require  much  skill  and  practice,  and  the  practitioner  who 
sends  all  his  rectal  patients  to  the  surgeon,  is  depriving 
himself  of  both  reputation  and  revenue  which  could  be 
retained  by  the  use  of  this  method. 

Since  the  injection  treatment  has  been  used,  nearly 
every  caustic  in  the  vegetable  and  mineral  kingdom  has 
been  tested,  but  it  is  the  universal  opinion  of  physicians 
who  use  this  method  that  carbolic  acid,  either  used  single 
or  in  combination  with  other  remedies,  is  the  best,  and 
that  better  results  can  be  obtained  frdm  a  forty  per  cent, 
or  stronger  solution  than  from  the  weaker  ones.  The 
following  formula  is  the  most  generally  accepted  one : 

I£     Carbolic  acid 40  parts. 

Olive  oil 60  parts. 


RECTUM.  87 

Mix.  Sig. — Inject  enough  of  the  fluid  to  change  the 
color  of  the  tumor  to  a  grayish  white.  The  amount  of 
the  fluid  required  to  accomplish  this  will  depend  upon 
the  size  of  the  tumor.  Small  tumors  require  only  from 
one  to  three  minims,  while  larger  ones  will  require  more. 

The  hypodermic  syringe  for  hemorrhoidal  work 
should  have  a  large  piston-head  and  strong  finger-brace. 
The  piston  stem  should  be  graduated  in  minims  with  a 
set-screw.  After  you  determine  the  amount  of  fluid  a 
pile  tumor  will  require,  regulate  the  set-screw  on  the 
piston-stem  so  as  to  get  about  the  amount  of  fluid  you 
will  require  for  each  injection.  In  this  way  you  can  de- 
termine the  exact  amount  of  fluid  used  in  each  operation. 
The  Hypodermic  syringe  plays  quite  an  important  part 
in  the  different  operations  mentioned  in  this  book,  and  we 


GUARDED  NEEDLE  AND  CANULA. 


wish  it  understood  that  when  we  use  the  term  minims 
we  mean  minims  as  regulated  by  the  piston  and  set-screw 
of  the  syringe,  and  not  drops  as  they  are  ejected  from  the 
point  of  the  needle,  as  there  is  quite  a  difference,  for  five 
graduated  minims  will  be  equivalent  to  nearly  fifteen 
drops  if  a  fine  needle  is  used.  The  hypodermic  syringe 
is  more  thoroughly  discussed  in  the  obtundent  system  of 
painless  dentistry  on  another  page  to  which  you  are  re- 
ferred. 

The  needle  used  for  injecting  hemorrhoids  should  be 
of  extra  length.  I  prefer  a  needle  with  a  finer  caliber 
than  most  operators  use,  as  the  larger  needles  have  a 
tendency  to  allow  the  fluid  to  escape  more  freely  when  it 
is  withdrawn,  and  thus  cauterize  the  healthy  walls  of  the 
rectum. 

Needles  for  this  work  should  have  a  set-screw  near 
the  point,  which  will  prevent  you  from  puncturing  the 


88  RECTUM. 

opposite  walls  of  the  tumor  and  injecting  the  fluid  where 
it  is  not  required.  If  you  have  a  plain  needle,  you  can 
regulate  the  depth  of  the  injections  by  putting  a  very 
small  piece  of  paper  on  the  needle  at  the  distance  you 
deem  necessary  from  the  point. 


HOW  TO  OPERATE. 


After  you  have  examined  the  patient  and  located  the 
piles  you  wish  to  treat,  the  Brinkerhoff  speculum  should 
be  gently  introduced  and  the  slide  withdrawn,  so  that  the 
tumor  will  protrude  through  this  opening.  This  will  give 
you  full  view  of  the  tumor.  The  patient  may  be  placed 
on  either  side,  or  on  his  back.  He  should  always  be 
placed  in  such  a  position  as  to  allow  the  tumor  to  point 
downward  if  possible.  This  has  two  advantages,  first, 
you  are  not  so  liable  to  inject  the  fluid  too  near  the  base 
of  the  tumor;  second,  if  any  fluid  should  escape  when 
you  withdraw  the  needje,  it  will  be  caught  by  the  specu- 
lum. There  will  not  be  an  overflow,  however,  unless  you 
use  too  large  a  needle  and  withdraw  it  too  quickly. 

After  you  have  exposed  the  tumor  to  full  view,  tell 
the  patient  to  strain  a  little,  then  take  a  wire  snare,  such 
as  is  used  in  throat  and  nose  work,  and  surround  the 
tumor  you  wish  to  inject.  Do  not  make  sufficient  ten- 
sion on  the  snare  to  cut  the  tissues,  but  just  enough  to 
restrict  its  base.  The  needle  should  now  be  inserted 
about  one-third  the  distance  from  the  apex.  The  injec- 
tion should  be  made  as  near  the  center  of  the  tumor  as 
possible  and  forced  into  the  pile  a  drop  at  a  time.  This 
will  allow  the  coagulum  to  gradually  form  and  avoid 
forcing  any  of  the  contents  of  the  tumor  back  into  the 
main  blood  vessels.  If  the  tumor  is  an  extra  large  one, 
several  injections  may  be  required  to  thoroughly  cauter- 
ize it.  The  needle  should  be  gently  withdrawn  and,  if 
any  blood  should  follow  its  withdrawal,  it  indicates  that 


RECTUM.  89 

there  has  not  been  enough  of  the  fluid  used  and  the  opera- 
tion should  be  repeated.  One  who  is  not  accustomed  to 
making  these  injections  might  think  the  operation  would 
be  attended  with  pain,  but  such  is  not  generally  the  case, 
as  carbolic  acid  is  a  powerful  anaesthetic  when  used  in  this 
strength.  If  there  should  be  pain,  it  generally  comes  on 
a  few  hours  after  the  operation,  and  indicates  that  the 
injection  has  been  made  too  near  the  base  of  the  tumor 
into  the  deep  structure.  This  should  be  avoided,  as  ex- 
tensive ulceration  has  been  attributed  to  this  mistake. 
The  tumor  should  be  covered  with  an  ointment  com- 
posed of  boric  acid,  two  drachms,  and  vaseline,  six 
drachms,  and  the  speculum  withdrawn.  Not  more  than 
two  small  or  medium  sized,  or  one  large  pile  tumor 
should  be  treated  at  a  time  and  two  or  three  weeks  should 
elapse  before  another  treatment.  It  is  always  best  to 
treat  the  large  tumors  first,  for  as  soon  as  they  are  re- 
moved, the  smaller  ones  are  thrown  into  better  view. 

There  are  several  complications  to  be  considered  in 
all  rectal  operations.  Retention  of  urine  may  follow  an 
operation.  This  can  be  relieved  by  the  catheter  or  other 
treatments.  Constipation  is  present  in  a  large  majority 
of  people  who  are  suffering  with  piles  and  great  care 
should  be  taken  to  relieve  the  patient  of  this  difficulty  as 
it  has  a  decided  tendency  to  retard  the  progress  of  your 
treatment.  Secondary  hemorrhage  is  a  complication  of 
all  rectal  operations,  but  it  seldom  occurs  with  the  injec- 
tion treatment.  If  it  should  occur,  the  rectum  should 
be  tamponed  above  the  bleeding  point  and  astringent 
applications  made  to  the  bleeding  surface. 

Extensive  ulceration  will  not  occur  unless  the  injec- 
tions have  been  made  too  deep.  These  ulcerations  can 
be  treated  like  other  ulcerations  of  the  rectum. 

One  of  the  dangers  which  has  been  pointed  out  by 
surgeons  opposed  to  this  method  is,  that  the  injection 
fluid  might  form  a  thrombus,  but  I  am  doubtful  if  any 
such  complication  ever  occurs.  This  can  be  guarded 
against,  however,  by  the  use  of  the  circular  pressure  at 
the  base  of  the  tumors  with  a  snare  as  described  before. 
It  might  be  stated  that  weaker  solutions  of  carbolic  acid 


90 


RECTUM. 


would  have  a  tendency  to  produce  this  condition  more 
than  the  stronger  ones,  as  the  latter  make  a  complete 
coagulum  and  cauterize  the  tissues  as  completely  as  the 
actual  cautery. 


EXTERNAL  HEMORRHOIDS. 


There  are  certain  forms  of  external  hemorrhoids  that 
can  be  successfully  treated  by  the  injection  method. 
These  tumors  are  of  recent  formation  and  decidedly 
vesicular. 


PHYSICIANS  SUPPLY  COMPANY'S   RECTAL   SET. 

This  makes  a  very  convenient  set  for  the  Rectal  Specialist.  It  contains  four 
metal  screw-top  bottles  for  holding  medicines,  two  syringes,  one  Brinkerhoff 
speculum,  one  rectal  polypus  or  dressing  forceps,  one  suppositor  for  ointments,, 
one  silver  probe-pointed  canula,  one  guarded  and  one  plain  hypodermic  needle. 

Pile  tumors  which  are  hard  and  fibrous  should  be  re- 
moved by  excision  or  the  ligature.  Many  prefer  the  latter 
because  it  is  practically  bloodless.  The  minute  details 
of  these  operations  are  given  in  nearly  all  works  on  sur- 


RECTUM.  91 

gery  and  it  will  not  be  necessary  to  repeat  them  here,  but 
I  will  give  you  a  brief  outline  of  the  operation,  which  is 
very  simple. 

These  tumors  do  not  require  the  use  of  the  speculum 
as  they  are  already  exposed  to  your  view.  Anaesthetize 
the  surface  to  be  operated  upon  by  first  saturating  a 
piece  of  absorbent  cotton  with  a  ten  per  cent,  solution  of 
cocaine,  and  cover  the  parts.  This  is  applicable  only  to 
tumors  that  are  covered  with  mucus  membranes  as  the 
anaesthetic  will  have  no  effect  upon  the  skin.  This  should 
be  allowed  to  remain  about  ten  minutes.  Then  inject  a 
three  per  cent,  solution  of  cocaine  as  given  in  formula 
No.  3  in  the  Obtundent  formula  on  another  page.  These 
injections  should  be  made  just  under  the  skin  or  the 
mucous  membrane  around  the  base  of  the  tumor.  The 
snare  should  now  be  applied  at  about  the  place  you  have 
made  the  injection,  or  just  a  little  above,  and  sufficient 
force  used  to  make  circular  pressure  around  the  tumor 
without  cutting  the  surface.  Now  take  a  knife  or  a  pair 
of  fine-pointed  scissors  and  sever  the  outer  integument 
along  the  line  of  the  snare,  being  careful  not  to  cut  too 
deep.  This  incision  severs  the  nerves  of  sensation  and 
will  lessen  the  suffering  and  also  hasten  the  sloughing 
process.  The  ligature  can  now  be  applied  to  the  cut  sur- 
face and  the  tumor  strangulated.  I  generally  use  two 
silk  ligatures  and  tie  several  knots  in  each.  This  will 
prevent  after-hemorrhage. 

After  the  tumor  has  been  thoroughly  ligated,  snip  off 
a  little  of  the  summit  of  the  tumor  and  dust  the  parts 
well  with  antiseptic  powder.  Apply  over  this  a  piece  of 
absorbent  cotton  and  a  bandage.  If  the  patient  suffers 
much  pain  after  the  operation,  he  can  be  allowed  suffi- 
cient morphine  to  quiet  him. 


FISTULA. 

It  is  claimed  by  Allingham  that  two-thirds  of  the 
rectal  operations  performed  at  the  St.  Mark's  Hospital, 
London,  were  for  fistula,  but  American  surgeons  find 


92  RECTUM. 

hemorrhoids  the  most  common  affection.  There  are 
several  varieties  of  fistula,  generally  classed  as  complete, 
which  have  an  external  and  an  internal  opening;  internal 
incomplete,  which  have  an  internal  opening  leading  to  a 
blind  pouch  which  may  become  a  receptacle  for  foreign 
matter;  external  incomplete,  with  an  external  opening 
only.  The  complete  and  external  incomplete  are  very 
easily  detected  by 'the  eye  by  their  openings.  The  in- 
ternal incomplete  may  require  the  use  of  the  speculum. 

Fistulas  are  not  always  attended  with  severe  pain, 
but  they  give  the  patient  a  feeling  of  uneasiness,  owing  to 
the  discharge  from  them,  which  may  cause  a  soreness  or 
itching  at  the  anus. 


DIAGNOSIS  AND  TREATMENT. 


If  on  examination,  we  find  an  external  opening,  we 
can  determine  whether  or  not  the  fistula  is  complete  by 
inserting  a  probe  into  the  opening  and  following  the 
point  of  the  probe  with  the  finger  in  the  rectum.  If  the 
internal  opening  is  a  little  obscure  injections  of  antisep- 
tic colored  water  injected  into  the  external  opening  can 
be  seen  oozing  through  the  internal  orifice. 

After  determining  the  nature  of  the  affection,  we  can 
apply  the  treatment  we  deem  required.  Most  operators 
prefer  to  treat  these  affections  upon  a  surgical  basis. 
For  the  details  of  these  operations  we  refer  the  reader 
to  any  text-book  on  surgery.  There  are  several  ways 
in  which  this  ailment  can  be  cured,  however,  without  re- 
sorting to  surgery.  The  oldest  of  these  is  the  ligature, 
which  is  said  to  have  been  used  by  Hippocrates. 

This  method  consists  in  passing  a  ligature  through 
the  sinus  into  t-he  bowel  and  tying  it  outside  allowing  the 
ligature  to  gradually  cut  its  way  to  the  external  surface. 
The  silk  ligature  was  soon  replaced  by  the  rubber  liga- 
ture as  the  contraction  of  the  rubber  would  have  a 
tendency  to  cut  through  to  the  surface  in  less  time,  gen- 


RECTUM.  93 

erally  requiring  from  five  to  ten  days.  If  the  rubber 
should  break  or  become  relaxed,  the  operation  should  be 
repeated.  Rubber  ligatures  should  never  be  tied,  but 
the  ends  placed  in  a  small  piece  of  lead  and  pinched  to- 
gether so  as  to  avoid  slipping. 

Another  way  of  successfully  treating  many  cases  of 
fistula  is  to  first  inject  peroxide  of  hydrogen  into  the 
cavity.  After  this  has  thoroughly  "boiled  out",  the  pus, 
the  interior  of  the  fistulous  tract  should  be  scarified  by 
passing  a  probe  or  a  scarifier  up  and  down  the  canal 
several  times;  then  inject  carbolic  acid  through  a  silver 
probe  canula,  commencing  at  the  internal  opening. 
Gradually  withdraw  the  probe  and  press  out  a  drop  at  a 
time.  The  finger  should  now  follow  the  canal  and  press 
out  the  excess  of  acid,  if  there  should  be  any.  This  can 
be  followed  up  by  an  injection,  at  least  once  a  week,  of 
eucalyptol,  thoroughly  saturating  the  cavity.  Brinker- 
hoff  used  the  following  mixture  which  he  called  "Ulcer 
Specific": 

I£     Dist.   ext.    hamamelis 5  dr. 

Liq.  ferri.  subsulph i  dr. 

Acid  carbol.  cryst 2  gr. 

Glycerine    2  dr. 

Mix.  Sig.  Inject  ten  or  fifteen  drops  deeply  into  the 
fistula  and  press  the  tract  of  the  fistula  with  the  finger 
to  force  the  fluid  more  deeply  in. 

The  principal  thing  to  avoid  is  having  the  external 
opening  heal  before  the  internal.  You  should  always 
keep  the  external  orifice  open ;  this  will  allow  free  drain- 
age for  the  septic  fluids  as  the  healing  process  should 
start  from  within  and  work  towards  the  surface. 


FISSURE. 

Of  all  diseases  of  the  rectum  a  fissure  is  the  most  pain- 
ful. To  the  inexperienced,  it  would  seem  almost  im- 
possible that  such  an  innocent-looking  little  ulcer  could 


94  RECTUM. 

cause  so  much  suffering.     It  is,  however,  the  cause  of 
intolerable  pain  and  gravely  disordered  reflexes. 

A  fissure  is  simply  an  ulcerated  abrasion  of  the  muco- 
cutaneous  membrane  which  lays  bare  certain  nerve  fibers 
which  come  in  contact  with  foreign  matter  and  produce 
spasmodic  contraction  and  pain  of  an  intense  character. 
The  treatment  of  a  fissure  is  the  simplest  known  in  sur- 
gery and  it  can  be  cured  in  several  ways.  Dilating  the 
sphincters  to  the  full  extent  with  a  Pratt's  bivalve  specu- 
lum will,  in  nearly  every  case,  effect  a  cure.  If  you 
haven't  a  speculum  at  hand,  the  thumbs  of  each  hand  can 
be  inserted  into  the  rectum  and  the  same  force  applied. 
Patients  can  object  to  this  treatment  for  no  other  reason 
except  that  they  should  take  a  general  anaesthetic.  If 
patients  fear  this,  you  can  effect  a  cure  by  saturating  a 
piece  of  absorbent  cotton  with  a  ten  per  cent,  solution  of 
cocaine  and  allow  it  to  remain  on  the  ulcer  for  five  or  ten 
minutes,  then  scarify  the  surface  and  apply  a  solution 
containing  equal  parts  of  carbolic  acid  and  glycerine. 
This  will  convert  the  ulcer  into  a  simple  sore  which  will 
rapidly  heal  by  keeping  it  dressed  with  antiseptic 
powders  or  ointment. 


RECTAL  ULCERS. 


Situated  above  the  anus  are  not  of  uncommon  oc- 
curence  and  give  rise  to  many  reflex  troubles.  These 
ulcers  may  be  caused  by  mechanical  injury,  as  from  in- 
troducing the  nozzle  of  a  syringe,  or  by  a  seed  lying  in 
the  folds  of  the  mucous  membrane.  They  may  also  re- 
sult from  simple  inflammatory  or  specific  diseases. 

Ulcers  of  the  rectum  are  attended  with  pain  and 
tenesmus  and  a  feeling  of  uneasiness  in  the  lower  bowel. 
There  may  be  a  discharge  of  pus,  mucous  or  blood. 
Morning  diarrhoea  is  nearly  always  present,  although  in 
some  cases  the  bowels  are  constipated. 


RECTUM.  95 

If  ulceration  of  the  rectum  is  suspected,  the  speculum 
should  be  introduced  and  the  extent  and  character  of  the 
ulceration  ascertained.  If  they  should  be  due  to  syphilis, 
constitutional  treatment  alone  is  all  that  will  be  required, 
but,  if  from  any  other  cause,  they  will  require  local  medi- 
cation, in  the  form  of  antiseptics  and  astringents. 

When  ulcers  can  be  outlined  through  a  speculum, 
they  may  become  converted  into  a  simple  sore  by  satur- 
ating the  surface  with  nitrate  of  silver,  seventy  grains  to 
an  ounce  of  water.  This  can  be  applied  with  a  cotton 
pointed  applicator  or  the  surface  can  be  anaesthetized 
with  a  ten  per  cent,  solution  of  cocaine,  then  scarified 
and  touched  with  a  solution  containing  one  drachm  of 
carbolic  acid  and  three  drachms  of  olive  oil.  These  treat- 
ments should  be  applied  by  the  physician  once  or  twice 
a  week.  The  patient  should  also  be  supplied  with  an 
antiseptic  astringent  home  treatment.  The  vaginal  sup- 
positories as  given  on  another  page  in  the  chapter  on 
diseases  of  women,  form  the  best  treatment  to  my  knowl- 
edge, and  they  are  used  with  wonderful  curative  results 
in  all  cases  of  rectal  ulcerations  and  inflammations.  The 
patient  should  insert  one  of  these  suppositories  up  the 
rectum  at  the  ulcerated  surface  each  night  before  going 
to  bed  and  after  the  bowels  move  in  the  morning.  These 
suppositories  contain  a  happy  combination  of  remedies 
which  is  all  that  can  be  desired  to  promote  healing,  and 
extensive  ulceration  will  rapidly  yield  to  their  use. 


PROLAPSUS  OF  THE  RECTUM. 


This  condition  is  of  quite  common  occurence  in  chil- 
dren and  is  also  occasionally  found  in  adults  and  is  fre- 
quently associated  with  hemorrhoids.  This  protrusion  of 
the  rectum  is  generally  due  to  excessive  straining  at  stool, 
or  in  patients  who  are  paralyzed.  The  walls  of  the  rec- 
tum can  easily  be  placed  in  their  normal  position  by  lu- 
bricating the  forefinger  with  vaseline  and  inserting  it 


96  RECTUM. 

into  the  rectum  and  gently  pushing  the  membrane  over 
the  finger  into  the  orifice. 

The  patient  should  be  supplied  with  antiseptic  and 
astringent  treatment  such  as  the  vaginal  suppository  just 
mentioned,  and  be  instructed  to  avoid  straining  at  stool. 
If  the  bowels  are  constipated,  treatment  should  be  di- 
rected so  as  to  produce  free  watery  stools  without  strain- 
ing. If  the  prolapsus  is  due  to  hemorrhoids,  they  should 
be  removed ;  this  will  also  cure  this  condition. 


POLYPUS  OF  THE  RECTUM. 

Polypoid  tumors  are  found  in  the  rectum  the  same  as 
on  other  mucous  membranes.  The  treatment  is  very 
simple.  They  may  be  removed  either  by  injecting  the 
same  hemorrhoidal  fluid  as  that  used  for  piles  into  the 
pedicle  of  the  tumor,  or  they  may  be  ligated  at  the  base 
of  the  pedicle  and  the  top  cut  off.  They  may  also  be 
removed  by  the  snare,  and  the  pedicle  cauterized.  Polypi 
have  a  tendency  to  bleed  quite  freely  at  times  and  the 
treatment  should  be  directed  to  avoid  this  complication. 


PRURITUS. 

This  is  a  very  common  and  troublesome  ailment.  It 
may  be  caused  from  acid,  mucous,  or  purulent  discharges 
from  the  anus.  Some  physicians  believe  many  cases  are 
of  a  purely  parasitic  origin.  The  following  formula  has 
always  been  very  serviceable  in  my  practice : 

I£     Acid    carbolic 20  gr. 

Camphor   20  gr. 

Zinc  oxide 15  gr. 

Vaseline    I  oz. 

M.  Sig.  Apply  to  the  surface  two  or  three  times  a 
day. 


RECTUM.  97 

The  following  formulae  have  been  advocated  and  suo 
cessfully  used  by  their  originators  in  the  hypodermic 
treatment  of  piles : 


POWELL'S  FORMULA. 

Acid    carbol.    (crystals) 2  dr. 

Tinct.  thuja i  dr. 

Aqua  dest q.  s.  ad.  i  oz. 


OVERALL'S  FORMULA. 

Acid  carbol i  dr. 

Fl.  ex.  ergot i  dr. 

Ol.  olive.  .  , .  i  dr. 


BRINKERHOFF'S  FORMULA. 

I£     Carbolic    acid i  oz. 

Olive   oil 5  oz. 

Chloride  of  zinc 8  gr. 

The  little  pamphlet  furnished  to  the  itinerants  pur- 
chasing the  "System"  directs  that  the  amount  of  injec- 
tion inserted  into  the  tumors  shall  be  as  follows : 

Largest  piles 8  min. 

Medium  piles 4  to  8  min. 

Small  piles 2  to  3  min. 

Club-shaped  painless  piles  near  orifice2  min. 

"BrinkerhofFs  System"  forbids  the  injection  of  any 
but  internal  piles. 

m 


98  RECTUM. 

RORICK'S  FORMULA. 

I£     Carbolic  acid 2  dr. 

Glycerine    2  dr. 

Fl.  ex.  ergot I  dr. 

Water    .  i^  dr. 


DR.  GREEN'S  FORMULA. 

Carbolic  acid I  oz. 

Creosote   10  min. 

Acid  hydrocyanic I  min. 

Olive  oil. .  ,i  oz. 


DR.   SMITH'S  FORMULA. 

Acid  carbolic 35  parts. 

Fl.  ext.  ergot 20  parts. 

Glycerine    30  parts. 

Distilled   water 15  parts. 


DR.  SHUFORD'S  FORMULA. 

1$     Sodium  biborate I  dr. 

Acid  salicylic I  dr. 

Glycerine    I  oz. 

Acid  carbolic 3  dr. 

Mix.     Sig.     Inject  three  to  five  drops  in  small  and 
eight  or  ten  or  more  in  large  ones. 


DR.  HOYT'S  FORMULA. 

Acid  carbolic 80  mm. 

Ext.  hamamelis,  (Pond's) 6  dr. 

Distilled  water..  .  6  dr. 


HERNIA.  99 


THE 


The  treatment  of  hernia  by  the  subcutaneous  injec- 
tion method  was  first  practiced  by  Joseph  Pancoast, 
M.  D.,  of  Philadelphia,  and  a  report  of  his  success  was 
published  by  Dr.  Warren,  of  Boston,  in  1867.  Afterwards 
Dr.  Heaton,  also  a  Boston  surgeon,  proposed  a  radical 
cure  for  hernia,  which  had  been  successfully  used  by 
himself  in  a  number  of  cases,  by  what  he  called  tendinous 
irritation.  It  is  also  stated  that  Dr.  Heaton  was  assisted 
by  Dr.  Warren  in  perfecting  his  method  of  treatment. 
This  method  differed  somewhat  from  that  of  Dr.  Pan- 
coast  in  points  of  detail  and  the  irritant  employed.  Al- 
though .these  surgeons  made  some  remarkable  cures, 
they  met  several  cases  where  disastrous  results  followed 
the  injections  and  the  system  was  finally  abandoned  and 
lay  dormant  for  several  years.  It  was  afterwards  revived, 
however,  and  today  it  is  receiving  the  attention  it  justly 
merits. 

At  the  present  time,  this  method  of  treatment  is  placed 
upon  a  sound  therapeutical  foundation.  With  the  ad- 
vantages of  antiseptics,  and  the  present  enlightment  upon 
the  subject,  it  allows  the  general  practitioner  to  treat 
these  afflictions  with  a  more  marked  degree  of  success 
than  other  means  of  surgical  interference,  and  avoids  the 
dangers  which  are  always  connected  with  surgical  opera- 
tions. 

The  injection  method  for  the  radical  cure  of  hernia 
has  only  one  object  in  view,  which  is,  to  close  the  canal, 
and  thus  prevent  the  descent  of  the  bowels  and  mem- 
branes. 


100 


HERNIA. 


That  the  injection  method  offers  many  advantages 
superior  to  surgical  interference,  is  beyond  a  doubt,  as  it 
is  perfectly  safe,  and  nearly  free  from  pain.  It  will  not 
detain  the  patient  from  business,  and  a  permanent  cure 
can  be  obtained  in  fully  eighty-five  per  cent  of  all  cases 
in  which  it  is  applicable. 

This  method  of  treatment  can  be  adopted  in  any  case 
of  hernia  which  may  be  reduced  and  retained  by  a  suit- 
able truss.  This  is  absolutely  necessary  to  insure  good 


"JELCC 


results.  There  are  several  good  trusses  on  the  market. 
The  accompanying  cuts  illustrate  the  ones  which  are 
most  generally  used. 

If  the  patient  should  fail  to  have  a  properly  fitted 
truss,  he  should  be  supplied  with  another.  The  physi- 
cian should  take  the  measurements  and  also  superintend 
its  first  application.  The  patient  should  wear  the  truss 
for  several  days  previous  to  the  first  operation  to  make 
sure  that  it  holds  the  hernia  perfectly.  In  selecting  a 
truss,  the  following  rules  are  to  be  observed:  Never  ac- 
cept a  truss  until  you  get  one  which  fits  properly;  try  it 


HERNIA.  101 

by  putting  it  on  and  stooping  down  and  rising  up  sud- 
denly; cough  violently  and  persistently;  separate  the 
limbs  when  sitting  down  and  go  through  various  mo- 
tions. Of  course  the  truss  is  not  a  proper  fitting  one  if 
it  allows  the  hernia  to  slip  while  going  through  these 
experiments. 

In  wearing  a  truss,  the  following  precautions  must 
always  be  taken :  Never  take  off  a  truss  unless  you  are 
in  a  recumbent  position;  rub  the  parts  thoroughly  when 
putting  the  truss  on.  The  truss  should  be  removed  the 
last  thing  before  retiring,  and  put  on  the  first  thing  in 
the  morning.  In  many  cases,  it  is  best  to  wear  the  truss 
night  and  day  while  you  are  giving  the  treatment.  After 
you  are  satisfied  that  the  truss  is  a  perfect  fit,  and  it  has 
been  thoroughly  tested,  the  patient  is  ready  for  treat- 
ment. 


THE   INJECTION   FLUID. 


This  is  a  very  important  thing  to  be  considered,  and 
should  consist  of  such  remedies  as  will  create  a  mild 
irritation  without  excessive  inflammation,  and  throw  out 
sufficient  plastic  and  adhesive  material  to  unite  the  parts, 
and  close  the  canal. 

Since  the  discovery  of  the  injection  method  of  treat- 
ing hernia,  many  remedies  have  been  tried  with  a  view  of 
accomplishing  this  result.  Dr.  Pancoast  commenced  the 
treatment  by  injecting  tincture  of  iodine  and  cantharides. 
This  was  followed  by  Heaton  and  Warren,  by  the  use 
of  quercus  alba,  which  is  one  of  the  principal  drugs  in 
use  at  the  present  time.  The  following  formula  is  an 
excellent  one  and  was  sold  to  an  Ohio  physician  with  the 
exclusive  right  of  use  for  that  state  for  eighteen  hundred 
dollars.  This  offers  us  another  illustration,  of  what  can 
be  done  by  the  professional  promoter,  who  has  a  secret 
system  and  territorial  right  for  sale. 


102  HERNIA. 

EXCELSIOR   HERNIA  FLUID. 


3$     Zinc  sulphate 10  gr. 

Carbolic   acid 6  min. 

Guaiacol   (pure) 15  min. 

Thuja  (Lloyd's  specific  tinct.) i  dr. 

F.  E.  quercus  alba  (P.  D.  &  Co.) 2  dr. 

Oil  of  cinnamon 2  min. 

Glycerine    2  dr. 

Aqua q.  s.  ad.  i  oz. 

Mix.  Dissolve  the  sulphate  of  zinc  in  the  water,  add 
the  glycerine,  carbolic  acid,  oil  of  cinnamon  and  guaiacol, 
then,  when  thoroughly  mixed,  add  the  other  drugs.  This 
should  stand  for  a  few  days  and  be  shaken  frequently  and 
finely  filtered  through  absorbent  cotton. 

In  resuming  the  therapeutical  effects  of  this  formula, 
we  have  a  mild  astringent  antiseptic  and  an  irritant  which 
will  abstract  from  the  surrounding  tissues  sufficient 
plastic  material  to  unite  the  walls  and  close  the  inguinal 
canal. 


DIRECTIONS  FOR  USING  THE  FLUID. 


After  you  are  satisfied  that  the  patient  has  a  well- 
fitting  truss  and  one  that  will  hold  the  rupture  under  all 
circumstances,  you  may  commence  treatment  with  every 
assurance  of  success,  but  if  the  truss  allows  the  hernia 
to  protrude  occasionally,  you  cannot  expect  to  receive 
the  results  from  the  treatment  which  you  otherwise 
would.  This  is  a  very  important  thing  to  be  observed, 
for  after  the  treatment  has  been  commenced,  the  hernia 
should  never  be  allowed  to  descend,  even  if  the  patient 
has  to  wear  the  truss  day  and  night. 


HERNIA. 


103 


The  injections  should  be  made  when  the  patient  is  in 
a  reclining  position.  The  parts  should  be  thoroughly 
washed  with  some  antiseptic  solution.  The  needle  and 
syringe  should  also  be  clean  and  aseptic.  The  best  place 
to  make  the  injection  is  on  a  surgical  chair  or  table,  with 
the  head  slightly  lowered  so  that  the  bowels  will  have  a 
tendency  to  gravitate  away  from  the  canal.  The  hypo- 
dermic needle  for  this  work  should  be  a  little  longer  than 
the  ordinary  needle.  A  hypodermic  syringe  with  a  glass 
cylinder  is  all  that  is  required.  After  drawing  the  fluid 
into  the  syringe,  the  needle  should  be  pointed  upwards 
and  sufficient  pressure  made  to  force  all  the  air  out  of  the 


The  above  illustrates  the  method  of  making  the  injections. 

syringe.  The  set  screw  on  the  piston  should  be  ad- 
justed to  regulate  the  amount  of  fluid  used  at  each  injec- 
tion, which  will  vary  from  two  to  ten  or  more  minims.  I 
generally  commence  by  using  two  minims  and  increase 
each  injection  as  the  case  requires.  After  the  patient  has 
been  prepared  for  the  operation,  the  operator,  if  right 
handed,  should  take  a  position  at  the  left  side  of  the  pa- 
tient, and  with  the  fore  finger  of  the  left  hand,  invaginate 
the  canal  to  the  point  of  the  internal  opening.  He  should 
now  grasp  the  integument  with  the  finger  in  the  canal  and 
the  thumb  on  the  external  surface,  and  elevate  the  tissues 
somewhat.  This  draws  the  tissues  away  from  the  cord 
and  avoids  any  danger  of  puncturing  the  contents.  The 
needle  should  now  be  passed  through  the  tissues  directly 


104  HERNIA. 

over  the  end  of  the  inside  finger  until  it  has  reached  the 
canal.  The  canal  can  be  determined  by  the  inside  finger, 
which  only  has  the  covering  of  the  thin  scrotal  wall.  You 
can  generally  determine  when  you  have  entered  the  canal 
as  the  needle  meets  with  little  or  no  resistance  and  can  be 
moved  around  quite  freely.  The  fluid  should  now  be  in- 
jected slowly  and  deposited  at  several  different  places  at 
the  highest  points  of  the  opening.  You  should  always 
avoid  making  the  injection  too  low  in  the  canal,  for  if  it 
should  close  the  canal  too  low  down,  it  will  prevent  in- 
vagination  and  the  application  of  the  treatment  at  the 
point  it  is  required.  After  the  needle  has  been  with- 
drawn, the  point  of  injection  should  be  gently  massaged. 
This  will  have  a  tendency  to  scatter  the  fluid  and  cause 
it  to  cover  a  greater  area.  The  truss  may  now  be  re- 
placed, which  gives  constant  pressure  on  the  parts  and 
the  patient  allowed  to  go  about  his  business. 

The  treatment  will  cause  him  but  little  annoyance. 
The  parts  treated  will  have  a  somewhat  uneasy  feeling, 
which  is  due  to  the  mild  inflammatory  action  the  injec- 
tion has  caused.  This  will  subside  in  a  few  days,  when 
the  treatment  should  be  repeated.  The  succeeding  treat- 
ment should  not  be  applied  until  the  soreness  from  the 
last  treatment  has  abated.  I  commence  the  treatment  by 
injecting  one  or  two  minims  and  request  the  patient  to 
call  at  the  office  in  a  few  days,  or  as  soon  as  the  soreness 
leaves.  At  the  next  treatment  the  injection  is  increased 
one  or  two  minims.  I  always  govern  the  amount  of  the 
injection  by  the  condition  of  the  patient.  The  injection 
should  never  be  made  as  long  as  there  is  any  inflam- 
matory action  existing.  As  soon  as  you  have  determined 
the  amount  of  fluid  each  case  requires  to  produce  the  de-- 
sired amount  of  irritation,  the  following  treatments  may 
be  given  in  the  required  amounts,  which  will  vary  from 
three  to  ten  minims.  The  average  dose,  however,  will  be 
four  or  five  minims. 

The  length  of  time  required  to  effect  a  cure  depends 
upon  the  condition  of  the  patient  and  the  size  of  the  open- 
ing. Young  and  vigorous  patients,  whose  tissues  are 


HERNIA.  105 

firm,  can  be  cured  more  rapidly  than  older  people  whose 
tissues  are  flabby  and  relaxed. 

After  the  patient  has  had  several  injections,  you  may 
make  a  test  to  find  out  if  the  treatment  has  been  success- 
ful. This  test  should  be  made  in  your  presence.  The 
patient  should  first  be  in  the  recumbent  position  and  be 
instructed  to  cough.  If  the  hernia  has  a  tendency  to  com£ 
•down,  the  treatment  should  be  continued,  but  if' sufficient 
adhesions  have  taken  place  to  retain  the  bowels,  the 
patient  may  try  the  same  experiment  when  standing  up, 
and  the  different  motions  may  be  gone  through  as  when 
he  was  testing  the  truss.  The  physician  should  place  his 
hand  over  the  parts  where  the  injections  were  made  when 
he  is  testing  the  results  of  the  treatment,  for  if  there 
should  still  be  a  weakness,  the  physician  can  detect  the 
vibration.  If  you  are  satisfied  that  the  cure  has  been 
complete,  the  patient  should  be  instructed  to  wear  the 
truss  for  another  month  or  so  and  another  test  made.  If 
all  is  well,  the  patient  can  remove  the  truss  unless  he  is 
a  laboring  man  and  does  heavy  lifting.  If  such  is  the 
case,  it  is  well  that  he  should  wear  the  truss  for  a  while 
when  engaged  at  such  work,  but  finally  it  may  be  given 
up  altogether. 

Physicians  have  been  rather  timid  in  applying  this 
method  of  treatment  for  fear  they  would  produce  some 
of  the  bad  results  that  were  formerly  witnessed  before 
the  days  of  antiseptic  surgery,  but  I  wish  to  state  that 
this  method  of  treatment  is  perfectly  safe,  if  a  reasonable 
amount  of  skill  is  exercised  in  carrying  out  the  details  of 
the  operation.  I  have  never  seen  a  case  of  peritonitis, 
orchitis,  abscess  or  injury  to  the  cord  occur.  If  the  in- 
flammation should  be  a  little  more  extensive  than  you 
expected,  it  is  due  to  the  use  of  too  much  of  the  fluid. 
This  will  subside,  however,  in  a  few  days,  and  may  be 
treated  the  same  as  inflammations  elsewhere,  but  rest  for 
a  day  or  two  is  generally  all  that  is  required. 

The  following  formulae  have  been  collected  from  time 
to  time  and  represent  a  few  of  the  different  treatments 
used  by  different  operators : 


106  HERNIA. 


HEATON'  FLUID. 


This  is  one  of  the  oldest  fluids  in  use  and  the  original 
way  of  preparing  it  is  as  follows : 

I£     F.    Ex.    quercus    alba     (Thayer's) 

prepared  in  vacuo l/2  oz. 

Alcoholic  solid  Ex.  quercus  alba 14  gr. 

Morphine    YT.  gr. 

Mix.  Triturate  with  the  aid  of  gentle  heat  for  a  long 
time  in  a  mortar  until  the  solution  is  as  perfect  as  pos- 
sible. It  is  well  not  to  exceed  this  amount  of  the  solid 
extract,  else  the  mixture  will  be  too  irritating.  Dr.  Heaton 
usually  prepared  a  quantity  of  this  mixture  sufficient  for 
a  six  months'  supply,  and  was  very  cautious  in  using  it  at 
first,  adding  a  little  more  of  the  solid  or  fluid  extract,  ac- 
cordingly as  he  observed  that  it  produced  too  little  or  too 
great  an  effect.  The  amount  of  this  fluid  used  at  each 
operation  is  about  ten  minims, 


DR.  FIELD'S  FLUID. 


B     Zinc  sulphate 15  gr. 

Alcohol   2  dr. 

Acid  carbolic 30  gr. 

Aqua q.  s.  ad.     i  oz. 

Mix.    Inject  from  five  to  ten  drops  at  each  operation. 


HERNIA.  107 

DR.   PROVOST'S   FLUID. 


I£      Guaiacol    30  min. 

Zinc  sulpho-carbolate 10  gr. 

Creasote  beechwood 30  min. 

Tannin-glycerite q.  s.  ad.     I  oz. 

Mix.  Reduce  from  ten  to  fifty  per  cent,  with  alcohol, 
and  inject  four  or  five  drops,  which  can  gradually  be  in- 
creased as  the  case  requires. 


DR.    SAUNDER'S    FLUID. 


;J;      Zinc  sulphate 2  gr. 

Creasote    2  min. 

Guaiacol    2  min. 

F.  E.  hamamelis 30  min. 

Glycerine   30  min. 

Mix.    Inject  two  to  four  minims. 


DR.    WALLING'S    FLUID. 


This  fluid  is  sold  at  $2.50  for  a  two-drachm  vial.  He 
publishes  the  following  formula,  which  is  so  complicated 
that  it  would  require  further  instructions  to  properly  pre- 
pare it: 

K      Complex  salts  .of  aldehyde 30  per  cent. 

Todo-ethylate  of  guaiacol 30  per  cent. 

Sulpho-tannatc  of  zinc 20  per  cent. 

Free  guaiacol 5  per  cent. 

Beechwood  creasote 15  per  cent. 

The  above  formula  is  a  fair  example  of  many  of  the  so- 
called  non-secret  remedies  ( ?)  which  are  offered  physi- 
cians with  everv  intention  to  deceive  them. 


108  HERNIA. 

THE   FIDELITY    FLUID. 


The  following  formula  has  been  published  as  the  exact 
formula  of  the  fluid  used  by  this  company : 

I£     Carbolic  acid 95  per  cent. 

Glycerine 

Alcohol a.  a.  p.  e. 

Tinct.  iodine q.  s.  color. 


THE  MILLER  TREATMENT  FOR  HERNIA. 


This  company  used  both  the  hypodermic  method  of 
treatment  and  an  external  astringent.  The  injection 
fluid  was  the  same  as  that  proposed  by  Dr.  Heaton.  The 
external  astringent,  which  was  to  be  applied  by  the 
patient,  was  as  follows: 

I£     Tinct.  iodine  comp 

Soap  liniment a.  a.  p.  e. 


'  No  present  health  can  health  insure 

For  yet  an  hour  to  come. 
No  medicine  though  it  oft  may  cure 
Can  always  balk  the  tomb." 


GENITOURINARY. 


109 


THE 
GENITO-URINARY  SPECIALIST. 


Before  giving  the  treatment  for  genito-urinary  and 
female  diseases,  I  wish  to  direct  your  attention  to  an 
instrument  which  is  indispensible  to  any  physician  who 
treats  these  affections.  This  instrument  is  known  as  the 
Universal  Applicator  and  is  designed  from  what  was 


UNIVERSAL   APPLICATOR   WITH   ATTACHMENTS. 


I.   Movable  Guide,  for  intia-uterine  application.    2.   Hollow  Tube,  through 

which  treatment  or  gauze  is  passed.    3.   Finger  Brace.    4.   Piston 

Head.    5.   Detachable  Reel,  for  packing  gauze. 


formerly  known  as  Wood's  Gauze  Packer.  It  has  such  a 
wide  range  of  usefulness  that  its  name  scarcely  de- 
scribes it. 

This  simple  little  instrument  may  be  used  to  apply 
treatment  in  powder  or  bougie  form  to  any  cavity  or 
canal  and  is  equally  useful  in  applying  treatment  to  the 
nose  and  throat,  rectum,  male  or  female  urethra  or  the 
intra-uterine  surface. 


1 10  GENITOURINARY. 

If  offers  a  means  of  applying  treatment  to  the  pros- 
tatic  and  other  parts  of  the  male  urethra,  and  well  fills 
the  capacity  of  a  catheter,  or  it  may  be  used  to  give  a  re- 
current douche  to  the  bladder  or  the  intra-uterine  sur- 
face. It  may  also  be  used  as  a  'gauze  packer,  to  apply 
antiseptic  dressings  or  to  check  hemorrhage  in  the  nose 
or  the  uterus.  In  fact  its  scope  of  adaptability  is  greater 
than  that  of  any  instrument  I  have  any  knowledge  of,  as 
the  illustration  will  demonstrate. 


DISEASES   OF  THE   PROSTATE   GLAND. 


Enlargement  and  hypersesthesia  of  the  prostate  gland 
are  extremely  common  affections  and  our  best  authors 
have  asserted  that  fully  one-third  of  all  men  between  the 
ages  of  thirty-five  and  sixty  have  disease  or  weakness  of 
this  organ.  I. will  not  attempt  to  give  the  pathology  and 
symptoms  of  the  different  diseased  conditions  which 
exist,  as  they  are  familiar  to  most  physicians.  I  wish 
to  describe  a  special  method  of  treatment,  however, 
which  has  been  uniformly  successful  as  a  palliative  and 
curative  treatment  in  a  great  number  of  cases,  and  will 
yield  as  good  results  as  many  surgical  and  electric  meas- 
ures. 

In  treating  diseases  of  glandular  organs  the  process 
of  cure  is  naturally  slow.  This  is  especially  so  with  the 
prostate  gland,  the  location  of  which  is  so  relatively  in- 
fluenced by  external  and  internal  disturbing  elements  as 
to  render  an  impediment  in  restoring  the  diseased  organ 
to  the  normal. 

Its  anatomical  situation  is  such  that  bicycle  or  horse- 
back riding  or  sitting  in  cold,  damp  places  exposes  it  to 
external  detrimental  influences,  while  inflammatory  con- 
ditions of  the  bladder,  hyperacidity  of  the  urine  and  ex- 
cessive sexual  indulgence  deter  the  process  of  cure. 

The  treatment  for  enlarged  prostate  should  consist 


GENITOURINARY. 


Ill 


of  both  local  and  internal  medication.  The  internal 
treatment  should  consist  of  such  remedies  as  will  render 
the  urine  somewhat  alkaline,  allay  vesical  irritability  and 
also  have  a  special  effect  in  controlling  the  vascular  sup- 
ply to  the  prostate.  For  such  conditions  saw  palmetto, 
buchu,  triticum  repens,  pichi,  oil  "f  sandal-wood,  uva 


The  above  drawing  illustrates  the  method  of  applying  medicated  bougies 

to  the  prostatic  and  other  parts  of  the  male  urethra. 

i.   Medicated  bougie.     2.   Applicator. 

ursi  and  eucalyptus  may  be  used  with  good  results.  The 
following  in  tablet  form  has  been  particularly  service- 
able in  my  hands.  Each  tablet  contains : 

^      Boracic  acid 2  gr. 

Potassium  bicarb 2  gr. 

Ext.  buchu i  gr. 

Ext.    triticum I  gr. 

Ext.  corn  silk ]/?.  gr. 

Ext.  hydrangea ^2  gr. 

Atropine   sul 1-500  gr. 

Sig.  a  tablet  six  times  a  day. 


112  GENITOURINARY. 

A  combination  of  bromide  of  potassium,  ergot  and 
tincture  of  gelsemium  may  be  indicated  if  there  is  an  in- 
creased vascular  supply  and  hyperactivity  of  the  sexual 
system. 

The  local  treatment  should  be  applied  to  the  pros- 
tatic  part  of  the  urethra  in  the  form  of  a  medicated  gelatin 
bougie.  By  the  use  of  the  applicator  (see  cut)  the  follow- 
ing remedies  incorporated  in  a  bougie  and  used  once  or 
twice  a  week  are  very  gratifying  to  both  physician  and 
patient: 

I£     Eletarium 1-30  gr. 

Hydrastine ^  gr- 

Cocaine i-io  gr. 

Ichthyol 2  gr. 

The  above  remedies  act  as  a  sedative  and  anti- 
phlogistic and  although  we  usually  expect  only  palliative 
results,  in  many  cases  of  long  standing,  in  other  patients 


URETHRAI.  MEDICATED  BOUGIE. 

To  be  used  with  Universal  Applicator— Seven-eighths  size. 

all  symptoms  of  hypertrophy  seem  to  leave  and  the  dif- 
ficulty of  expelling  the  urine  and  clearing  the  urethral 
canal  are  permanently  overcome. 


SPERMATORRHOEA. 


There  is  no  other  subject  in  medical  literature  which 
has  been  more  misused  than  that  of  spermatorrhoea.  The 
medical  profession  at  large  have  almost  ignored  the  sub- 
ject, this  being  perhaps  due  to  the  obnoxious  literature 
which  is  supplied  to  the  layman  by  the  advertising  physi- 
cian, who  attempts  to  make  a  large  majority  of  his 
patients  believe  that  they  are  afflicted  with  the  disease 
and  are  rapidly  going  into  a  decline.  This  subject  has  so 
many  good  talking  points  regarding  the  "sapping  of 


GENITOURINARY.  113 

vitality,"  etc.,  that  any  patient  who  has  a  slight  discharge 
of  mucous  from  the  urethra  when  straining  at  stool  or 
otherwise  is  advised  of  the  horrors  of  premature  decay, 
associated  with  this  disease.  This  is  the  state  of  mind 
which  the  so-called  quack  desires,  for  the  more  his 
patient  broods  over  his  imaginary  spermatorrhoea,  the 
more  compensatory  the  case  will  be  and  the  greater  the 
praise  when  finally  cured. 

The  facts  are  that  spermatorrhoea  is  not  a  very  com- 
mon disease,  but  when  it  does  exist  will  often  require 
the  utmost  skill  of  the  physician  to  effect  a  cure.  The 
anaphrodisiac  remedies  are  the  most  popular  routine 
methods  of  treatment.  The  following  in  tablet  form 
taken  before  retiring  has  produced  good  results  in  de- 
pressing sexual  excitability  in  many  cases: 

^     Sodium  bromide . . . . 5  gr. 

Acetanilid 2  gr. 

Hyoscyamine  1-400  gr. 

Digitalin    1-400  gr. 

As  a  single  internal  remedy  for  nocturnal  emissions 
and  spermatorrhoea  salix  nigra  heads  the  list.  It  should 
be  given  in  thirty-drop  doses  of  the  fluid  extract  before 
going  to  bed.  This  remedy  acts  like  magic  in  many 
cases  and  should  be  one  of  the  first  to  be  considered. 

Direct  medication  to  the  prostatic  urethra  and  the 
ejaculatory  ducts  when  judiciously  applied  offers  one  of 
the  best  methods  of  treatment.  The  following  remedies 
incorporated  in  a  gelatin  bougie  make  an  excellent  ap- 
plication and  this  form  of  treatment  has  cured  many 
cases  where  other  treatments  have  failed.  Each  bougie 
contains : 

^      Ichthyol VT'rrTT. 5  gr. 

Sulphate  of  zinc I  gr. 

Creasote    I  gr. 

Fluid  hydrastis 2  gr. 

Ext.  hyoscyamus i-io  gr. 

Apply  by  the  use  of  the  applicator  to  the  prostatic 
part  of  the  urethra  twice  a  week. 
M 


114  GENITOURINARY. 

A  CURE  FOR  NOCTURNAL  EMISSIONS. 

A  number  of  mechanical  appliances  have  been  de- 
vised to  prevent  nocturnal  emissions,  but  one  of  the  best 
is  called  the  ''spermatorrhoea  ring,"  which  was  invented 
by  an  advertising  specialist.  This  consists  of  a  ring 
which  can  be  applied  to  the  circumference  of  the  penis 
when  flaccid.  This  ring,  is  so  arranged  that  when  an 
erection  takes  place  it  will  inflict  punishment  by  mod- 
erately pricking  the  organ.  The  device  is  applied  to  the 
organ  before  going  to  bed  and  if  an  erection  takes  place 


SPERMATORRHOEA    RING. 


during  the  night  it  will  awaken  the  patient.  He  should 
be  instructed  to  temporarily  remove  the  appliance  and 
urinate  before  going  asleep  again. 

This  instrument  has  a  tendency  to  produce  such  good 
results  that  it  is  seldom  given  the  patient  until  after  the 
advertising  specialist  has  received  large  revenues  from 
other  treatments,  for  he  knows  very  well  if  he  supplies 
this  appliance  at  first  his  remuneration  will  be  cut  short, 
therefore  this  is  given  as  "the  last  resort." 


IMPOTENCY. 

It  is  this  disease  in  particular  which  has  offered  both 
the  local  and  mail-order  specialist  a  Mecca  to  which  the 
afflicted  may  journey,  either  in  person  or  by  letter,  more 
than  any  other.  The  amount  of  money  spent  in  adver- 
tising cures  for  "lost  manhood,"  "premature  decay,"  and 
"general  debility,"  reaches  into  the  millions  every  year. 


GENITOURINARY.  115 

Although  many  local  specialists  have  made  fortunes,  the 
mail  order  medical  companies  have  taken  the  lead  as  far 
as  financial  success  is  concerned.  One  of  the  principal 
reasons  why  this,  like  all  other  sexual  diseases,  has 
brought  them  such  a  golden  harvest  is  the  same  old  story 
— the  fear  that  their  family  physician  will  expose  their 
weakness.  The  following  formula  combines  six  of  the 
best  known  aphrodisiacs  and,  after  thoroughly  testing 
the  merits  of  this  combination  of  drugs,  I  can  unhesitat- 
ingly recommend  it  as  being  a  superior  treatment.  Each 
tablet  contains : 

3^      Ext.  damiana 2  gr. 

Ext.  nux  vomica %  gr. 

Zinc  phosphide i-io  gr. 

Cannabin i-io  gr. 

Cantharides    1-25  gr. 

Avenine   1-200  gr. 


GONORRHOEA    AND    GLEET. 

These  are  among  the  diseases  which  these  specialists 
are  most  frequently  called  upon  to  treat.  The  cleanest 
and  most  efficient  way  to  treat  these  affections  is  by  the 
use  of  a  medicated  urethral  bougie.  These  bougies  may 
be  inserted  by  the  patient  where  they  will  come  in  con- 
tact with  the  inflamed  surface  and  gradually  melt  at  the 
temperature  of  the  body  and  thus  offer  continuous  medi- 
cation. The  following  formula  has  always  been  a  favorite 
with  me.  Each  bougie  contains  : 

3>      Zinc  sulphate ^^-^^r: )^   gr. 

Antipyrine    I   gr. 

Boric  acid 2  gr. 

Carbolic   acid l/\.  gr. 

Fluid  hydrastis 3  gr. 

Morphine  sulphate i-io  gr. 

Insert  a  bougie  three  or  four  times  a  day  after  urinat- 
ing. 


116  GENITOURINARY. 

THE  SOLVENT  METHOD  OF  TREATING  STRIC- 
TURE. 

This  is  another  method  of  treatment  which  originated 
from  the  irregular  practitioner  and  is  extensively  used  by 
both  local  and  mail-order  specialists.  I  believe  that  the 
treatment  is  an  exceptionally  good  one  in  a  large  number 
of  cases.  The  following  drugs  are  to  be  applied  to  the 
constricted  part  of  the  urethra  either  in  the  form  of  a 
bougie  or  in  powder: 

I£     Ext.  hyoscyamus ^  gr. 

Ext.  calendula I  gr. 

Carica  papaya I  gr. 

Powd.  slippery  elm 5  gr. 

The  stricture  should  first  be  dilated  with  a  sound, 
which  can  be  more  easily  admitted  by  first  injecting  a 
few  drops  of  the  fluid  extract  of  hyoscyamus  and  forcing 
it  back  to  the  constricted  part  with  the  finger.  The 
treatment  can  now  be  applied  to  the  parts  by  the  use 
of  the  applicator. 

This  treatment  has  received  the  name  of  solvent  from 
the  fact  that  the  papaya  has  to  a  certain  degree  the  power 
of  dissolving  or  loosening  the  tissues  of  the  stricture  in 
very  much  the  same  way  that  it  dissolves  a  diphtheric 
membrane.  The  treatment  when  combined  with  the 
other  remedies  is  an  excellent  one  and  has  the  indorse- 
ment of  the  leading  members  of  the  medical  profession, 
although  many  of  them  have  attempted  to  shield  the 
formula  and  sell  it  for  a  large  consideration. 


VEGETABLE    TREATMENT    OF    SYPHILIS. 


My  attention  was  first  called  to  the. vegetable  treat- 
ment of  this  disease  by  an  article  written  by  Dr.  J. 
Marion  Sims,  which  contained  many  astonishing  asser- 


GENITOURINARY.  117 

tions  and,  after  using  this  vegetable  alterative  in  my 
practice  in  many  cases,  I  am  convinced  that  the  pre- 
scription he  gave  might  almost  be  called  a  specific,  if 
such  a  thing  were  possible  in  the  treatment  of  the  dis- 
ease. Although  most  physicians  are  familiar  with  this 
prescription,  I  think  it  will  be  of  sufficient  interest  to 
give  you  a  history  of  it  which  dates  back  from  its  dis- 
covery among  the  great  medicine  men  of  the  Creek  In- 
dians, who  in  early  times  inhabited  middle  Georgia.  The 
negroes  in  that  vicinity  finally  adopted  the  preparation 
and  prepared  it  as  given  to  them  by  the  Indians.  Dr. 
Sims'  article  would  be  too  long  to  insert  here,  but  Dr.  B. 
Rush  Jones,  brother-in-law  of  Dr.  Sims,  gives  the  fol- 
lowing: 

"A  few  years  before  the  civil  war  there  were  many 
obstinate  cases  of  secondary  syphilis  around  Montgom- 
ery, which  had  resisted  the  efforts  of  the  best  physicians. 
They  went  the  round  of  the  doctors,  and  could  not  be 
.cured.  One  of  these  was  advised  to  consult  an  obscure 
negro,  by  the  name  of  Lawson,  who  worked  on  a  cotton 
plantation,  and  after  being  under  his  treatment  for  a 
few  weeks  was  perfectly  cured.  His  recovery  was  so 
great  an  event  that  others  applied  to  this  same  Lawson, 
and  were  also  cured. 

"Dr.  G.  W.  McDade,  hearing  of  these  cases,  took  a 
great  interest  in  the  subject,  and  visited  Lawson  and  ob- 
tained from  him  the  formula  used  so  successfully.  It 
seems  that  the  formula  had  come  down  from  a  mulatto 
slave,  by  the  name  of  Horace  King,  who  resided  among 
the  Creek  Indians  for  several  years  before  they  removed 
west  of  the  Mississippi  river  (1837),  and  had  learned 
while  with  them  their  method  of  treating  syphilis. 

"Dr.  McDade  says  that  instead  of  adopting  the  so- 
called  Indian  remedy  as  he  found  it,  he  began  by  elimin- 
ating those  roots  and  herbs  and  inert  substances  which 
he  knew  were  absolutely  of  no  value.  He  selected  the 
few  known  to  possess  medicinal  properties,  and  instead 
of  making  a  .decoction,  as  had  been  done  before,  and 
which  had  to  be  made  in  large  quantities  every  day  or 
two,  he  had  them  prepared  in  the  form  of  fluid  extracts, 


118  GENITOURINARY. 

which  placed  the  remedy  on  a  scientific  basis  and  insured 
uniformity  of  action.  He  then  gives  the  formula  as  fol- 
lows : 

I>     Fluid  ext.  of  smilax  sarsaparilla.  .  16  parts. 
Fluid  ext.  of  stillingia    sylvatica.  .16  parts. 

Fluid  ext.  of  lappa  minor 16  parts. 

Fluid  ext.  of  phytolacca  decandra.i6  parts. 
Tinc.of  xanthoxylum  carolinianium  8  parts. 

Dr.  Sims  in  his  article  gives  many  cases  which  were 
treated  by  the  negro  Lawson  on  the  plantation ;  he  also 
mentions  the  success  Dr.  McDade  has  had  with  it.  Dr. 
B.  Rush  Jones,  of  Montgomery,  who  has  been  treating 
syphilis  for  more  than  40  years,  now  says  he  has  but 
little  dread  of  undertaking  the  worst  case  since  adopting 
this  formula.  He  has  repudiated  mercury  and  iodide  of 
potash  entirely,  as  he  says  they  are  unnecessary  when 
this  formula  is  used. 

From  the  odor  and  general  properties  of  this  com- 
bination we  are  led  to  believe  it  identical  in  formula  with 
the  much  advertised  and  secret  preparation  called  S.  S.  S. 
The.  printed  matter  on  this  latter  preparation,  which 
states  that  it  has  been  in  use  in  domestic  practice  in  cer- 
tain parts  of  middle  Georgia  ever  since  the  retirement 
of  the  Creek  Indians  in  that  section  of  the  state,  does 
much  to  strengthen  our  belief. 

A  similar  preparation,  which  is  known  as  Succus 
Alterans  (McDade  formula)  is  prepared  by  Eli  Lilly  & 
Co.  I  have  obtained  excellent  results  from  this  formula 
in  secondary  syphilis,  scrofula  and  other  blood  and  skin 
diseases,  and  believe  it  to  be  one  of  the  best  alteratives 
obtainable  at  the  present  day. 


"  The  -paths  of  pain  are  yours 
Go  forth  !  with  patience,  trust  and  hope  ; 
The  sufferings  of  a  sin-sick  earth 
Will  give  you  ample  scope." 


DISEASES   OF  WOMEN.  119 


THE 
GYNECOLOGICAL  SPECIALIST 


NON-SURGICAL    TREATMENT    FOR    THE    DIS- 
EASES   OF   WOMEN. 


The  treatment  of  the  diseases  of  women  has  always 
contributed  largely  toward  the  yearly  income  of  the 
general  practitioner,  while  the  gynaecological  specialist 
continues  to  fatten  upon  the  revenue  he  receives  from 
operations.  When  the  fashionable  period  of  ovariotomies 
and  other  operations  wears  off,  and  physicians  learn  to 
apply  rational,  therapeutical  measures,  there  will  be  a 
revolution  in  gynaecological  practice.  I  do  not  wish  to  be 
understood  as  condemning  the  progress  of  surgery  in 
many  cases,  but  every  physician  who  is  familiar  with 
hospital  and  sanitarium  practice  will  attest  that  many 
organs  are  removed  which  might  have  been  restored  to 
health  by  non-surgical  means. 

Owing  to  the  prevalence  of  female  diseases,  a  large 
territory  for  preparatory  remedies  is  opened,  and  we  find 
k<dy  agents  everywhere  who  are  extolling  the  virtues  of 
some  secret  remedy  for  the  diseases  peculiar  to  their 
sex.  Among  the  prominent  preparations  may  be  men- 
tioned :  Viavi,  Mountain  Rose,  Nuvita,  Orange  Blossom, 
Olive  Branch,  etc.  On  the  other  hand  we  find  many 
physicians  who  use  preparations  like  Micajah's  Uterine 
Wafers,  without  knowing  the  ingredients  they  contain. 

Regarding  the  success  obtained  from  the  use  of  these 
preparations  I  am  not  able  to  say,  but  I  do  believe  that 
every  physician  is  aware  of  the  fact  that  a  large  per- 
centage of  these  cases  eventually  drift  into  his  hands  for 
a  more  thorough  and  scientific  course  of  treatment. 


120  DISEASES   OF   WOMEN. 

From  peculiarities  of  constitution  and  the  duties  as- 
signed her  by  nature,  woman  is  subject  to  a  class  of  dis- 
eases which  entitle  her  to  all  that  is  humane,  delicate  and 
skillful  on  the  part  of  the  physician,  whose  duty  it  be- 
comes to  advise  and  treat  her. 

The  degree  of  suffering,  physical  and  mental ;  the  pain 
and  discomfort  endured;  the  disturbing  elements  in 
social  life;  the  severing  of  domestic  ties,  and  the  propa- 
gation of  weakness  and  disease;  all  these  have  their 
origin  in  the  diseased  organs  and  the  perverted  use  of 
feelings  and  faculties  designed  for  the  creation  of  the  race 
and  the  happiness  and  well-being  of  man-kind. 

The  cause  of  the  prevalence  of  ill-health  among 
women  may  be  attributed  probably  to  the  various  acute 
and  chronic  diseases  to  which  all  mankind  are  alike 
liable,  but  in  a  greater  degree  to  the  numerous  class  of 
ailments  peculiar  only  to  the  female  sex ;  and  also  to  the 
fact  that  women  are  timid  about  broaching  these  sub- 
jects, and  from  a  false  modesty  often  conceal  their  dis- 
ease, instead  of  seeking  for  a  means  of  recovery.  Thous- 
ands of  women,  from  a  mistaken  sense  of  delicacy,  are 
passing  the  spring-time  and  summer  of  their  lives  in 
silent  suffering  from  disorders  they  do  not  understand, 
and  know  not  how  to  alleviate. 

A  modest,  sensitive  woman  often  shrinks  from  con- 
sulting a  physician  regarding  sexual  subjects  in  general, 
and  especially  so  concerning  private  and  special  ailments 
of  her  own  generative  organs,  preferring  to  suffer  in 
silence  rather  than  to  expose  her  weakness ;  and  the  most 
serious  results  are  often  attributed  to  this  cause. 

It  is  this  delicacy  on  her  part  that  has  opened  a  field 
for  the  various  preparations  mentioned  above.  I  have 
given  the  medical  treatment  of  the  diseases  of  women 
much  thought  and  have  formulated  a  system  of  intra- 
uterine,  extra-uterine  and  internal  treatment,  which  as- 
sociate physicians  and  myself  have  used  in  thousands  of 
cases  with  remarkable  success,  and  I  believe  the  con- 
stituents of  same  will  appeal  to  the  judgment  of  every 
physician  in  cases  in  which  surgical  interference  is  not 
required. 


DISEASES   OF  WOMEN.  121 

The  conditions  in  which  this  method  of  treatment  is 
particularly  indicated  are  amenorrhoea,  dysmenorrhrea, 
menorrhagia,  leucorrhcea,  ulceration,  vaginitis,  endo- 
metritis,  backache,  bearing  down  pains,  irritation  of  the 
ovaries  and  bladder,  frequent  and  painful  urination,  in 
fact  all  forms  of  congestion,  inflammation  or  pain  in  the 
pelvic  cavity. 

In  devising  a  treatment  for  the  above  conditions  there 
are  several  things  which  need  the  physician's  attention. 

Upon  examination,  you  will  find  the  uterus  enlarged 
and  possibly  either  hard  or  sleazy  in  texture.  The  cir- 
culation is  torpid  and  requires  new  activity.  Such  con- 
ditions require  the  combination  of  an  astringent,  an 
antiseptic,  a  sedative,  an  analgesic  and  an  absorbent. 
These  are  all  provided  in  the  following  formula,  which 
may  be  called  the 


EXTRA-UTERINE   APPLICATION. 


^     Elaterium    l/%  gr. 

Powd.    jequirity 54  gr- 

S.  E.  belladonna l/2  gr. 

S.  E.  hyoscyamus ^  gr. 

S.  E.  hydrastis y2  gr. 

S.  E.  hamamelis. .  . . I  gr. 

S.  E.  calendula i  gr. 

S.  E.  thuja i  gr. 

Zinc   sulphate 2  gr. 

Boric    acid 4  gr. 

The  above  remedies  may  be  incorporated  in  either 
cocoa  butter  or  in  a  mixture  of  glycerine  and  gelatin.  I 
prefer,  however,  to  have  them  made  in  tablet  form  in 
the  shape  resembling  the  ordinary  suppository.  I  use 
these  applications  in  large  quantities,  and  have  them 
made  specially  for  me  with  a  rapidly  disintegrating  base. 


122  DISEASES   OF  WOMEN. 

My  attention  was  first  called  to  elaterium  by  Dr. 
Gentry,  who  stated  that  he  had  used  the  remedy  in  his 
practice  for  twenty  years  and  argued  that  if  this  remedy 
when  taken  by  the  stomach  will  extract  serum  from  the 
alimentary  tract  and  produce  profuse  watery  stools,  it 
would  extract  serum  from  other  mucous  surfaces  if  ap- 
plied locally,  and  there  is  no  other  place  where  it  can  be 
applied  to  as  great  advantage  as  in  the  vagina  or  uterine 
canal,  where  it  seems  to  have  its  greatest  curative  in- 
fluence in  removing  congestion,  engorgements  and  im- 
purities from  the  female  pelvic  cavity,  that  the  organs 
may  resume  their  normal  condition.  Elaterium,  alone, 
is  rather  drastic  in  its  effects  and  we  have,  therefore,  com- 
bined it  with  other  remedies  to  control  its  action,  each 
of  which  has  its  specific  therapeutical  value.  Jequirity 
resembles  somewhat  the  action  of  elaterium,  but  is  more 
mild.  However,  it  is  a  valuable  adjuvant.  Belladonna 
and  hyoscyamus  have  their  antispasmodic  and  anodyne 
effect,  while  hydrastis,  hamamelis,  calendula  and  thuja 
each  have  their  respective  actions  as  local  alteratives, 
antiseptics,  styptics  and  sedatives.  The  zinc  sulphate 
and  boric  acid  are  added  for  their  astringent  and  anti- 
septic properties. 

This  formula  might  be  open  to  criticism  as  containing 
too  many  remedies,  but  I  wish  to  assure  you  that  each 
of  them  has  been  added  from  time  to  time  with  a  marked 
improvement  and  it  seems  to  me  that  it  would  be  im- 
possible to  dispense  with  any  one  of  them. 

There  is  great  satisfaction  in  recommending  and  using 
this  preparation,  for  every  time  it  is  applied  good  re- 
sults are  seen  and  felt  and,  although  I  do  not  offer  this 
preparation  as  a  panacea,  I  am  convinced  that  it  is  far 
superior  to  any  general  extra-uterine  treatment  with 
which  I  am  familiar.  And  its  practical  application  will 
convince  the  most  skeptical  that  it  has  extraordinary  ad- 
vantage when  judiciously  applied. 

This  treatment  has  a  wide  range  of  usefulness.  By 
inserting  a  suppository  at  the  mouth  of  the  womb  it  will 
immediately  suppress  pain  of  every  character  in  the 
pelvic  cavity  and  thus  cure  dysmenorrhoea,  ovarian  irrita- 


DISEASES   OF   WOMEN.  123 

tion  and  neuralgia.  Although  it  is  not  curative  in  cancer, 
it  will  abate  odor  and  alleviate  the  burning  and  gnawing 
pains.  It  is  almost  a  specific  for  irritation  of  the  bladder, 
frequent  and  painful  urination  and  vaginitis,  gonorrhoea, 
etc. 

It  is  also  an  excellent  treatment  for  piles  if  inserted  in 
the  rectum,  where  it  soothes  the  congested  and  inflamed 
surface  and  heals  the  ulcers. 

This  application  may  also  be  depended  upon  by  the 
profession  to  relieve  engorgements,  erosions  and  ulcera- 
tions  and  its  continual  use  will  control  menorrhagia  and 
m*itrorrhagia.  It  is  likewise  used  to  a  great  advantage 
at  the  menopause,  as  it  will  draw  from  the  uterus  the 
accumulation  of  diseased  matter  so  that  it  will  not  enter 
the  circulation  to  cause  "hot  flushes,"  etc.  Its  anti- 
phlogistic and  concractile  power  will  readily  contract 
the  flaccid  and  loose  walls  of  the  vagina,  while  at  the 
same  time  it  exerts  a  concractile  influence  upon  the  tis- 
sues which  support  the  womb  and  retain  that  organ  in 
its  natural  position. 


METHOD   OF  APPLICATION. 


In  chronic  cases  the  patient  should  use  a  douche  of 
warm  water  before  retiring  and  insert  a  suppository  as 
far  as  possible  up  the  vagina.  This  should  be  allowed 
to  remain  until  the  next  evening,  when  the  douche 
should  be  repeated  and  another  suppository  applied. 
This  treatment  should  continue  for  several  months  in 
obstinate  cases  to  obtain  the  desired  results. 

In  other  cases  in  which  pain  is  present  and  immediate 
results  are  wanted,  as  in  dysmenorrheea,  piles,  irequent 
and  painful  urination,  cancer,  etc.,  the  treatment  may  be 
applied  several  times  a  day  if  required,  but  the  patient 
should  be  instructed  to  use  a  douche  of  warm  or,  rather, 
hot  water,  before  each  application. 


DISEASES    OF    WOMEN. 


For  the  class  of  patients  which  every  physician  meets, 
women  and  young  ladies  who  are  over-modest,  bashful, 
timid  and  diffident,  who  fear  exposure,  examination,  ex- 


Method  of  applying  and  results  obtained  from  Extra-Uterine 
Application. 

pense,  and  dread  the  local  treatments,  this  treatment  Jias 
many  advantages,  for  it  is  always  attended  with  good  re- 
sults, and  it  may  be  used  by  the  patient  herself  at  home. 


With  many  patients,  it  is  absolutely  necessary  that 
they  should  submit  to  an  examination  and  local  treat- 
ment in  order  that  you  may  treat  them  intelligently  and 
with  a  degree  of  success  that  you  could  not  otherwise 


DISEASES   OF   WOMEN.  125 

obtain  without  observing  the  progress  of  your  treatment. 
In  many  cases  intra-uterine  treatments  are  indispensible 
to  rapidly  effect  a  cure.  This  is  particularly  so  in  metritis 
and  endometritis,  where  more  favorable  results  may  be 
obtained  by  direct  medication  applied  to  the  lining  mem- 
branes of  the  uterus.  In  these  conditions,  examination 
will  disclose  large  quantities  of  mucous  oozing  from  the 
uterine  canal ;  menstruation  is  profuse  and  appears  too 
often.  Whenever  this  condition  exists,  I  apply  an  intra- 
uterine  bougie,  composed  of  the  following  remedies : 


INTRA-UTERINE  APPLICATION. 


^     Elaterium    1-16  gr. 

Protargol J4  gr. 

Belladonna J4  gr- 

Resorcine   2  gr. 

Hydrastis    2  gr. 

Ichthyol    3  gr. 

Glycerine  and  gelatin q.  s.  20  gr. 

^These  remedies  should  be  incorporated  with  glycerine 
and  gelatine  in  the  form  of  bougies  (see  cut),  and  applied 
to  the  intra-uterine  surface  by  the  use  of  the  universal 
applicator.  I  formerly  inserted  the  bougie  with  ordinary 
dressing  forceps,  but  owing  to  the  flexibility  of  the 
bougies,  it  always  required  previous  dilation  of  the 
inner  os.  This  may  be  avoided  by  the  use  of  the  ap- 
plicator, which  will  readily  pass  that  constriction  and 
give  free  access  to  the  inner  surface  of  the  uterus,  as 
shown  in  the  accompanying  illustration. 

This  method  of  applying  treatment  to  the  inner  sur- 
face of  the  uterus  has  many  advantages  over  the  usual 
method  of  making  medicated  applications  to  that  sur- 
face by  means  of  saturated  cotton  applied  with  a  probe 
or  applicator,  which  often  fails  in  its  purpose. 


126 


DISEASES   OF   WOMEN. 


Prof.  P.  F.  Mundy,  M.  D.,  says,  "In  the  vast  ma- 
jority of  cases  with  normal  canals  I  really  believe  that 
the  effect  of  the  remedy  (when  applied  with  cotton)  is 
expended  entirely  on  the  mucous  hning  of  the  cervical 
canal,  and  that  the  endometrium  proper  is  touched 
merely  by  the  albuminous  coating  of  the  applicator." 

By  using  intra-uterine  medicated  bougies  we  bring 
the  treatment  into  direct  contact  with  the  diseased  sur- 


n 


The  above  illustrates  the  method  of  applying  the  Intra-Uterine  Application. 
i.   Applicator.    2.   Bougie.    3.   Shape  of  Bougie— Seven-eighths  size. 

face,  where  it  gradually  melts  at  the  temperature  of  the 
body  and  offers  us  through  and  continuous  medication, 
which  is  prompt  and  decided  in  action. 

Internal  treatment  is  of  great  importance  in  a  large 
number  of  cases  and  should  be  administered  in  as 
palatable  a  form  as  possible.  The  following  tablet  is  an 
exceptionally  good  combination  of  remedies  and  has  been 
of  much  service  to  me.  Each  tablet  contains : 

1^     Ext.  viburnum  prun I  gr. 

Ext.  virburnum  opul I  gr. 

Ext.  star-grass y2  gr. 

Ext.  squaw-vine ^2  gr. 

Ext.   helonias y?  gr. 

Caulophyllin   %  gr. 

Sig.  Take  a  tablet  six  times  a  day. 


DISEASES   OP   WOMEN.  127 

THE    COMBINED    TREATMENT. 


In  the  majority  of  cases  I  find  that  the  best  results 
are  obtained  from  the  combined  treatment.  I  have  the 
patient  visit  the  office  once  or  twice  a  week  that  I  may 
apply  the  intra-uterine  medication  and  watch  the 
progress  of  the  treatment.  During  the  interval  she  is  in- 
structed to  use  an  extra-uterine  application  each  night 
before  retiring  and  also  to  take  a  tablet  internally  six 
times  a  day.  For  a  general  treatment  of  the  common 
diseases  of  women,  I  doubt  if  this  plan  of  treatment  can 
be  excelled,  although  it  may  be  necessary  to  modify  the 
treatment  to  meet  the  requirements  of  certain  cases.  It 
effects  a  cure  in  many  instances  in  which  other  means  of 
treatment  have  failed,  and  it  will  be  found  superior  to 
the  numerous  routine  methods  of  treatment  now  in 
vogue.  It  will  undoubtedly  surpass  any  of  the  following 
extensively  advertised  remedies : 


VIAVI   TREATMENT. 


This  treatment  has  been  extensively  advertised  and 
sold  through  agents.  The  treatment  consists  of  a  sup- 
pository and  cerate,  the  latter  to  be  applied  externally 
over  the  womb  and  ovaries.  The  suppositories  are  to  be 
inserted  each  night  at  the  mouth  of  the  womb.  They  are 
dispensed  in  two-grain  gelatin  capsules,  filled  with 
cocoa  butter,  in  which  jequirity  is  believed  to  be  incor- 
porated. The  cerate  is  sold  in  oval  tin  boxes  and  con- 
tains a  cheap  oily  substance,  which  becomes  rancid  in  a 
few  weeks  and  looks  like  a  mixture  of  tallow,  lard,  boric 
acid  and  coloring  matter.  The  cerate  was,  no  doubt,  de- 
vised for  the  value  which  may  be  derived  from  the  mass- 
age treatment  while  it  Avas  being  applied. 


128  DISEASES   OF   WOMEN. 

MOUNTAIN  ROSE. 

This  remedy  is  similar  to  Viavi  and  is  said  to  have 
been  invented  by  the  same  Dr.  Springsteen.  Mountain 
Rose  comes  in  sixteenth-grain  round  tablets,  which  are 
applied  with  a  placer.  These  tablets  are  said  to  contain 
jequirity,  calendula,  hydrastis,  boric  acid  and  slippery 
elm. 


ORANGE  BLOSSOM. 

This  takes  the  form  of  a  suppository  for  female  dis- 
eases, each  suppository  weighing  about  thirty-one  grains. 
The  New  Idea  gives  the  constituents  as  follows : 

I£     Zinc   sulphate I  dr. 

Alum   15  gr. 

Cocoa  butter 3  dr. 

White  wax y2  dr. 

Oil  sweet  almonds il/2  dr. 

Ext.  henbane I  gr. 

Make  suppositories  of  above  weight. 


OZONE   UTERINE   WAFERS. 

The  Boston  Journal  of  Health  says  that  these  wafers 
consist  of  powdered  jequirity  in  capsules. 


MICAJAH'S     MEDICATED     UTERINE    WAFERS. 

The  Medical  Summary  gives  the  following  formula  as 
one  practically  duplicating  this  preparation,  which  is  so 
extensively  used  by  the  medical  profession: 

I£     Mercury  bichloride 1-16  gr. 

Zinc  sulphate 5  gr. 

Bismuth  subnitrate 15  gr. 

Acacia  5  gr- 

Carbolic  acid 3  gr. 

Water q.  s. 


DISEASES  OF  WOMEN.  129 


IMPOTENCY    IN    THE    FEMALE. 


SEXUAL  INDIFFERENCE. 


Although  there  have  been  many  volumes  written  on 
impotency  in  the  male,  this  condition,  which  is  often 
termed  sexual  anaesthesia,  sexual  indifference  and  sexual 
apathy,  in  the  female  has  received  little  or  no  attention 
at  the  hands  of  the  general  practitioner,  and  like  many 
other  things,  opens  the  door  for  a  specialist,  although 
this  may  seem  an  unusual  subject  of  which  to  make  a 
single  specialty.  I  recently  met  a  physician  who  was 
enjoying  an  income  of  several  thousand  dollars  a  year 
by  operating  upon  women  afflicted  with  this  unfortunate 
condition. 

There  is  no  doubt  that  our  Creator  designed  the 
organs  and  functions  of  women  to  be  as  highly  and 
sensitively  developed  as  those  of  men,  and  the  sexual 
embrace  should  be  conducted  in  a  manner  mutually 
agreeable  to  both  husband  and  wife,  but  it  is  a  well- 
recognized  fact  that  fully  ten  per  cent  of  women  are 
entirely  devoid  of  sexual  passions,  and  in  such  women, 
intercourse  is  conducted  for  the  sole  gratification  of  the 
husband.  It  is  also  unnecessary  to  state  that  this  is  one 
of  the  elements  which  help  to  fill  our  courts  with  divorce 
suits.  Women  thus  affected  almost  invariably  state  that 
their  sexual  condition  has  caused  more  shadows  and 
domestic  disturbances  than  any  other  one  thing  in  their 
marital  union.  Every  physicain  recognizes  the  fact  that 
the  happiest  homes  are  those  in  which  husband  and 
wife  are  sexually  mated,  and  we  must  also  admit  that 
the  healthy  performance  of  these  functions  are  not  only 
conducive  to  good  health,  but  largely  to  the  development 
of  much  that  is  lovable  and  affectionate  in  a  woman's 
nature. 


130  DISEASES   OF   WOMEN. 

There  are  two  varieties  of  this  condition :  First,  one 
in  which  there  is  no  sexual  desire  whatever,  and,  second, 
where  there  is  a  mild  desire,  but  without  gratification. 

The  cause  of  this  dormant  condition  of  the  female 
sexual  organs  is  to  be  traced  to  a  number  of  causes. 
Functional  diseases  of  the  ovaries  and  the  womb  often 
cause  a  depression  in  the  sexual  instinct,  while  at  the 
change  of  life  and  during  pregnancy  and  lactation,  this 
function  may  be  suppressed.  In  other  cases,  this  function 
may  have  been  fully  developed  and  the  organ  fully  or 
partly  paralyzed  in  child-birth  or  by  accident. 

It  may  also  be  due  to  spinal  trouble  or  sexual  excess. 
Such  cases  often  experience  excitation  without  gratifica- 
tion or  relief.  This  often  leads  to  mental  depression  and 
melancholy.  The  most  frequent  cause,  however,  is  an 
elongation  of  the  hood  and  its  adherence  to  the  walls 
of  the  clitoris,  completely  obliterating  that  organ.  It  is 
this  condition,  principally,  that  I  wish  to  discuss. 

My  attention  was  first  called  to  this  point  by  the  spe- 
cialist mentioned  above,  who,  I  have  every  reason  to  be- 
lieve, has  operated  upon  thousands  of  cases.  My  experi- 
ence will  vouch  for  his  success,  for  I  have  restored  this 
function  in  fully  ninety  per  cent  of  all  the  cases  upon 
which  I  have  operated.  The  operation  is  very  easy  and 
consists  simply  in  removing  the  foreskin  from  the  clitoris 
as  follows:  Pinch  up  the  foreskin  with  the  thumb  and 
finger  and  inject  a  few  drops  of  cocaine  solution  as  given 
in  the  obtundent  formulae  on  another  page,  and  also  sat- 
urate a  piece  of  absorbent  cotton  and  allow  it  to  cover  the 
clitoris  for  a  few  minutes  until  it  is  thoroughly 
anaesthetized;  insert  a  tenaculum  through  the  foreskin 
and  lift  it  upwards,  then  take  the  handle  of  a  scalpel  and 
break  up  all  adhesions  between  the  clitoris  and  covering 
membrane  and  cutting  away  a  V-shaped  piece  of  the  fore- 
skin, entirely  denuding  the  clitoris.  Unite  the  two  layers 
of  membrane  by  applying  a  suture  on  each  side  of  it, 
and  one  at  the  apex.  Keep  the  parts  separate  by  placing 
absorbent  cotton  between  them  and  use  the  usual  anti- 
septic dressings. 


DISEASES   OF  WOMEN.  131 

The  suture  may  be  removed  in  two  or  three  days.  The 
doctor  should  always  provide  the  patient  with  an  anti- 
septic ointment,  containing  sufficient  tincture  of  capsicum 
to  furnish  warmth  to  the  parts,  as  follows: 

^     Tinct.  capsicum 20  min. 

Boracic  acid i  dr. 

Vaseline    i  oz. 

Sig.    Apply  to  the  parts  four  times  a  day. 

Although  this  is  one  of  the  most  simple  minor  opera- 
tions in  the  whole  category  of  surgery,  it  is  one  of  the 
most  remunerative,  as  the  patient  will  not  hesitate  to  pay 
fronj  $25  to  $50,  and  one  patient  is  always  likely  to  send 
another. 

The  physician  also  gives  the  patient  a  two  months' 
supply  of  aphrodisiac  tablets,  as  given  on  another  page. 


"Sufferers  who  long  have  tossed 

On  thorny  beds  of  pain  ; 
To  recover  their  vigor  lost 

And  grow  well  and  strong  again." 


132  BEAUTY. 


The  above  title  describes  another  type  of  specialist 
with  which  every  city  is  familiar.  These  specialists  are 
generally  of  the  feminine  gender,  and  their  finely 
furnished  parlors  are  found  on  every  fashionable  thor- 
oughfare. As  most  women  are  ambitious  to  become 
handsome,  we  find  these  specialists  well  patronized,  and 
"for  ways  that  are  dark  and  tricks  that  are  vain"  they 
are  unapproachable. 

Georgine  Champbaron,  of  Paris,  was  among  the  first 
to  establish  a  reputation  with  her  famous  rejuvenating 
treatment.  Afterwards  Mrs.  Harriet  Hubbard  Ayer 
opened  an  establishment  on  Fifth  avenue,  New  York,  for 
the  purpose  of  beautifying  the  complexion  of  patients. 
From  a  financial  standpoint,  her  success  must  have  been 
phenomenal,  for  at  the  present  time,  we  find  temples  of 
beauty  everywhere,  with  a  presiding  princess,  who  is 
usually  a  woman  past  her  first  youth,  hard  in  feature, 
illiterate  to  a  degree,  but  seductive  in  manner  and  fluent 
in  argument. 

These  "ladies"  generally  claim  to  be  philanthropists, 
pure  and  simple,  animated  solely  by  a  desire  to  help  their 
less  beautiful  sisters  (at  a  trifling  charge  of  from  fifty  to 
three  hundred  dollars  for  each  case).  Their  primary 
training  as  beauty  specialists  is  often  obtained  at  some 
fashionable  manicure  or  hair-dressing  establishment, 
where  they  have  acted  as  an  apprentice  and  learned  to 
listen  to  and  sympathize  with  women  who  are  not  blessed 
with  good  complexions  by  nature. 

A  clever  woman  at  once  finds  the  field  a  large  and 
profitable  one,  and  enters  into  business  on  her  own  re- 
sponsibility, with  a  few  pretty  young  ladies  as  her  as- 
sistants. 


BEAUTY.  133 

By  consulting  some  recipe  book,  she  finds  the 
formulae  for  the  preparations  required  in  her  practice, 
places  them  in  fancy  bottles  and  labels  them  "Creme 
de  Beaute  of  the  French  Court/'  "Helen  of  Troy  Skin 
Rejuvenator,"  "Circe's  Bloom,"  or  "Elixir  of  Youth." 
They  also  have  wrinkle-eradicators,  hair  dyes  and 
bleaches,  plasters,  etc.  They  have  steaming  and  other 
appliances  which  impress  their  patrons  favorably. 

A  young  lady  recently  delivered  herself  into  the  hands 
of  one  of  these  philanthropic  "ladies,"  for  the  purpose 
of  learning  their  methods,  and  under  her  treatment,  was 
kneaded,  pinched,  massaged,  greased,  steamed,  lotioned, 
powdered,  painted  and  elixired  during  six  weary  days. 
She  claims  that  she  got  along  with  the  treatment  more 
easily  than  many  others,  for  as  soon  as  she  had  retired 
from  their  apartments,  she  washed  their  stuff  off,  and 
was  not  self-sacrificing  enough  to  undergo  the  rejuvenat- 
ing process,  for  she  did  not  care  to  submit  to  the  torture, 
and  be  flayed  alive.  She  describes  the  process  of  beauti- 
fying as  divided  into  three  departments,  bleaching, 
steaming  and  plastering.  The  almost  invariable  basis 
of  the  complexion  bleach  is  corrosive  sublimate,  the 
action  of  which  is  to  remove  the  outer  cuticle,  leaving 
the  smooth,  pink  underskin  exposed.  The  pain  con- 
nected with  the  use  of  this  preparation  varies  according 
to  the  strength  in  which  it  is  applied,  and  the  delicacy 
of  the  skin. 

The  face-steaming  treatment  used  at  these  institu- 
tions is  too  well  known  to  require  much  description.  The 
face  is  thoroughly  greased,  and  then  bathed  with  medi- 
cated steam.  This  opens  the  pores  and  allows  all  secre- 
tions to  escape,  including  the  natural  oil  which  is  abso- 
lutely essential  for  the  nourishment  of  the  skin.  The 
great  argument  in  favor  of  the  face-steaming  treatment 
is,  that  it  removes  all  impurities,  which  is  quite  true,  but 
experience  has  demonstrated  that  the  continual  and  ex- 
cessive use .  of  these  steaming  treatments  will  weaken 
the  secretory  glands  of  the  skin,  and  have  a  tendency  to 
leave  it  dry  by  extracting  its  oil.  This,  of  course,  is  the 


134 


BEAUTY. 


cause  of  wrinkles,  which  no  amount  of  their  creams  or 
flesh  food  will  repair. 

The  most  horrible  and  barbarous  of  all  the  com- 
plexion processes  is  known  by  the  alluring  title  of  "re- 
juvenating treatment,"  and  is  guaranteed  to  make  a  per- 
son look  twenty  years  younger  in  a  few  weeks.  This  is 
practically  a  revival  of  the  torture  process  in  vogue  in 
France  in  the  fifteenth  century,  and  the  suffering  which 
it  entails  varies  only  in  degree. 


A  VICTIM  OF  THE   PLASTER   TREATMENT. 

.  • 

Unlike  the  other  treatments  given,  the  skin,  in  this 
process,  is  peeled  off  in  strips.  The  face  is  first  bathed 
with  a  mixture  of  iodine  (some  use  the  pure  tincture). 
Plasters  are  then  applied,  which  not  only  loosen  the 
skin,  but  draw  but  a  thick,  milky  pus.  The  outer  skin 
is  finally  torn  off  with  the  plaster,  leaving  the  half-raw 
and  agonizingly  sensitive  under-cuticle  exposed.  When 
this  surface  has  entirely  healed,  the  shortest  time  being 
from  four  to  eight  days,  the  complexion  in  many  cases 
is  really  marvelously  beautiful,  although  all  the  lines  of 
character  have  disappeared,  leaving  the  face  as  expres- 
sionless as  that  of  a  doll. 

For  weeks  afterward,  the  faintest  breath  of  wind  or 
the  touch  of  the  softest  cloth  in  bathing  the  face,  causes 


BEAUTY.  135 

the  most  excruciating  pain.  In  a  few  months  after  tak- 
ing this  treatment,  the  sensitive  skin  commences  to  show 
thousands  of  criss-cross  lines  almost  imperceptibe  at  first, 
but  gradually  deepening  until  the  face,  when  viewed 
closely,  shows  a  shrivelled  surface  somewhat  resembling 
that  of  a  peach  which  has  been  plucked  too  soon.  In 
connection  with  the  above  treatment,  these  specialists 
often  give  massage  treatments ;  bleach,  dye  and  shampoo 
the  hair,  treat  baldness,  and  remove  superfluous  hair, 
have  remedies  for  pimples  on  the  face  and  other  skin 
diseases,  advertise  flesh  foods  to  develop  the  bust  and  to 
round  out  the  neck.  They  also  have  complexion  tablets 
and  other  beautifying  articles. 

Although  physicians,  as  a  rule,  do  not  care  to  assume 
the  dignified  title  of  "Beauty  Specialists,"  they  are  often 
requested  to  compound  toilet  preparations  for  some  of 
the  above  conditions.  I,  therefore,  append  some  of  the 
formulas  of  their  secret  preparations,  which  may  be  of 
service  to  them. 


THE  HAIR. 


The  people  of  the  Occident  have  to  a  certain  extent, 
followed  the  universal  custom  of  those  of  the  orient  in 
dyeing  and  bleaching  the  hair  to  hide  its  grayness  or 
to  give  it  a  preferred  color.  Hair  dyes  are  generally  of 
two  classes,  those  containing  the  dye  ready  formed,  and 
those  in  which  it  is  produced  in  the  hair  by  some  chemical 
process.  Some  hair-dyes  contain  substances  which  in 
their  nature  are  very  injurious  to  the  hair,  and  cause 
baldness.  '  Before  dyeing  the  hair,  the  oil  should  be  re- 
moved by  washing  thoroughly  with  soap  and  water,  and 
the  dye  applied  when  nearly  dry.  The  scalp  should  also 
be  protected  from  staining  by  a  broad,  fine-tooth  comb. 


136  BEAUTY. 

PERMANGANATE  OF  POTASSIUM   DYE. 


^     Permanganate  of  potassium 5^2  oz. 

Distilled  water 2  qt. 

The  above  combination  forms  a  dark  violet  solution. 
When  this  is  brought  in  contact  with  any  organic  sub- 
stance like  the  hair,  it  rapidly  discolors  it  and  imparts  a 
brown  tint,  due  to  the  hydrated  oxide  of  magnesia. 

The  hair  is  washed  as  stated  above,  and  the  dilute 
solution  applied  with  a  soft  brush.  The  color  is  pro- 
duced at  once,  According  to  the  degree  of  dilution,  this 
innocuous  preparation  can  be  made  to  give  any  desired 
color  from  blonde  to  very  dark  brown.  It  is  this  prepara- 
tion which  has  recently  been  extensively  used  by  ladies 
in  their  latest  fad  of  coloring  the  hair  auburn.  Of  course 
this  preparation  and  other  hair  dyes  may  be  used  for  the 
beard  as  well  as  the  hair. 


SILVER  HAIR  DYES. 


This,  and  similar  hair  dyes,  consists  of  two  prepara- 
tions, preserved  in  bottles  labeled  Nos.  I  and  2 ;  the  latter, 
containing  the  silver  solution,  should  be  kept  in  a  dark, 
amber-colored  bottle,  as  the  silver  salts  are  decomposed 
by  light.  For  use,  some  of  the  liquid  from  bottle  No.  I 
is  poured  into  a  cup,  and  the  hair  is  moistened  with  it  by 
means  of  a  soft  brush.  The  liquid  from  bottle  No.  2  is 
now  poured  into  another  cup  and  applied  with  another 
brush.  These  dyes  are  prepared  in  different  strengths 
in  order  to  color  the  hair  brown  or  black. 


BRAUTY.  137 

TO   DYE  THE   HAIR  BROWN. 

No.  i  (in  white  bottle). 

Sulphide  of  potassium 7  oz. 

Alcohol    i  qt. 

No.  2  (in  dark  bottle). 

Silver    nitrate 4^  oz. 

Distilled  water I  qt. 


TO    DYE   THE    HAIR   BLACK. 

No.  i  (in  white  bottle). 

I£     Sulphide  of  potassium y2  ft). 

Alcohol    I  qt. 

No.  2  (in  dark  bottle). 

I£     Silver  nitrate 5^  oz. 

Distilled  water I  qt. 

The  sulphide  of  potassium  appears  in  fragments  of  a 
liver-brown  mass,  which  readily  dissolves  in  water.  The 
solution  must  be  filtered  before  being  poured  into  the 
bottles  as  it  becomes  turbid  in  the  air.  Keep  in  well 
corked  bottles.  When  the  two  solutions  are  brought  to- 
gether, black  sulphide  of  silver  results  and  darkens  the 
hair.  After  the  use  of  this  preparation,  a  disagreeable 
odor  adheres  to  the  hair,  which  may  be  readily  removed 
by  washing. 

TO  BLEACH    THE  HAIR. 

There  are  several  preparations  on  the  market,  under 
different  names,  as  Goldine,  Auricome,  Golden  Hair 
Water,  etc.  These  preparations  are  nothing  but  per- 
oxide of  hydrogen,  perfumed.  When  this  is  applied  to 
the  hair  as  a  bleaching  agent,  it  should  be  diluted  and 
the  hair  deprived  of  its  oil  by  first  washing  it  with  soap 
and  water. 


138  BEAUTY. 

TO    REMOVE    SUPERFLUOUS    HAIR. 

All  preparations  used  for  this  purpose  owe  their 
activity  to  calcium  sulphide,  which  has  been  lauded  as 
a  perfectly  harmless  depilatory.  This  is  a  great  mistake, 
however,  as  serious  results  have  been  recorded  through 
its  careless  application  by  those  who  were  not  familiar 
with  its  caustic  effects.  It  is,  therefore,  necessary  to  pro- 
tect the  skin  against  its  action,  otherwise  superficial 
irritation,  or  even  destruction  of  the  skin  may  result. 
The  following  formulae  comes  from  high  authority : 

I£     Calcium   sulphide 2  oz. 

Sugar  i  oz. 

Water   I  oz. 

Starch  Powder I  oz. 

Oil  of  lemon 15  gr. 

Oil  of  peppermint. 5  gr. 

The  resulting  mass  must  at  once  be  poured  into  an 
air-tight  jar,  as  the  calcium  sulphide  is  decomposed  by 
the  air.  When  it  is  to  be  used,  it  should  be  moistened 
with  water,  and  painted  on  the  skin  containing  the 
superfluous  hair.  Allow  it  to  remain  for  thirty  or  forty 
minutes  and  remove  by  washing  with  water.  The  action 
of  this  is  like  that  of  all  depilatories,  only  temporary,  as 
it  does  not  destroy  the  hair  bulb. 


HAIR   SHAMPOO. 

I  have  found  the  following  formula  a  very  useful  one 
for  the  purpose  of  removing  dandruff,  and  cleansing  the 
scalp : 

I£     Aqua   ammonia...- 2  dr. 

Cologne   2  dr. 

Alcohol   y2  pt. 

Aqua    y2  pt. 

Apply  about  a  teaspoonful  at  a  time  to  the  hair,  when 
it  is  dry,  and  rub  thoroughly  into  the  scalp.  This  makes 


BEAUTY.  139 

a  foam  which  can  be  washed  off  with  water  afterwards. 
The  above  makes  a  very  pleasant  combination,  as  it 
cleanses  and  softens  the  hair  at  the  same  time. 


HAIR  RESTORATIVE  AND   GROWER. 

The  market  is  flooded  with  preparations  to  stimulate 
the  growth  of  the  hair,  but  unfortunately  we  are  forced 
to  admit  that  the  majority  of  them  are  of  little  or  no 
value,  as  we  know  too  little  of  the  natural  condition  of 
the  growth  of  the  hair  to  enable  us  to  compound  remedies 
which  would  actually  aid  the  efforts  of  nature  in  this 
direction.  The  following  formulae  will  allow  you  to  be- 
come familiar  with  many  of  the  preparations  extensively 
advertised : 


TANNO-QUININE    HAIR    RESTORER. 

Tincture  of  cinchona 1^4  oz. 

Tincture  of  nut-galls 1^4  oz. 

Carmine    150  gr. 

Oil  of  neroli 75  gr. 

Oil  of  nut-meg 75  gr. 

Alcohol 3^  oz. 

Rose  water I  qt. 

Orange-flower   water I  qt. 


AVER'S  HAIR  VIGOR. 

Acetate  of  lead 3  parts. 

Flowers  of  sulphur 2  parts. 

Glycerine    14  parts. 

Water   80  parts. 

— (Formula  d' Hygiene  Populaire.) 


140  BEAUTY. 

ALLEN'S  WORLDS  HAIR  RESTORER. 

I£     Sulphur   6  parts. 

Acetate  of  lead 8  parts. 

Glycerine   100  parts. 

Perfumed  water 200  parts. 

Dissolve  the  acetate  of  lead  in  the  water,  then  add  the 
glycerine  and  sulphur.  Any  aromatic  water  may  be  used 
for  making  the  water. — (American  Pharmacist.) 


HALL'S  HAIR  RENEWER. 

Sulphur    i  dr. 

Lead  acetate I  dr. 

Salt  2  dr. 

Glycerine    8  oz. 

Bay  rum 2  oz. 

Jamaica  rum 4  oz. 

Water   .  , .  16  oz. 


BORDET'S    HAIR    TONIC. 

The  American  Druggist  gives  the  following  for  this 
preparation,  and  it  is  my  opinion  that  it  is  much  better 
than  the  lead  and  sulphur  mixtures : 

1$     Carbolic  acid 30  min. 

Tincture  of  cardamon 30  min. 

Tincture  of  nux  vomica 2  dr. 

Compound  tincture  cinchona I  dr. 

Cologne  water i  dr. 

Cocoanut  oil q.  s.  ad.  4  oz. 


BEAUTY.  141 

SEVEN  SUTHERLAND  SISTERS'  HAIR  GROWER. 

I£     Bay  rum 7  oz. 

Distilled  extract  of  witch  hazel 9  oz. 

Common  salt I  dr. 

Hydrochloric  acid  (5  per  cent.) I  dr. 

Magnesia    q.  s. 

Mix  the  bay  rum  and  distilled  extract  of  witch  hazel, 
and  shake  with  a  little  magnesia ;  filter  and  in  the  filtrate 
dissolve  the  salt  and  add  the  hydrochloric  acid.  The 
agitation  with  magnesia  causes  the  preparation  to  assume 
a  yellow  color,  but  by  rendering  it  very  slightly  acid,  with 
the  hydrochloric  acid,  this  color  all  disappears. — (New 
Idea.) 


TO  DEVELOP  THE  BUST. 

It  is  very  doubtful  if  there  is  any  one  thing  other  than 
a  beautiful  complexion  that  a  woman  admires  more  than 
a  full,  symmetrical  bust.  This  has  caused  the  inventor 
and  the  specialist  to  contrive  all  kinds  of  devices  to  assist 
nature  in  the  development  of  the  mammary  glands  in  flat- 
chested  women,  and  we,  find  bust  foods  and  vacuum 
treatments  advertised  very  extensively. 

The  vacuum  treatment  consists  of  a  cup-shaped  glass 
(see  cut)  which  will  fit  around  the  gland,  and  when  suc- 
tion is  made  at  the  apex,  either  with  a  rubber  bulb  or 
pump,  it  will  draw  the  breast  into  the  cup,  where  it  is 
allowed  to  remain  in  this  expanded  condition  during  the 
night. 

Bust  foods  are  nothing  more  or  less  than  lanoline, 
which  may  be  adulterated  with  lard  or  cheap  oils  and 
perfumed.  This  is  rubbed  into  the  breast  by  a  course 
of  massage  treatment,  which  occupies  from  one  to  two 
hours  each  evening  before  retiring.  I  have  never  had 
any  experience  in  the  use  of  either  of  these  treatments, 
but  the  accompanying  cut  is  supposed  to  represent  the 
results  obtained  from  their  use. 


142 


BEAUTY. 


The  Medical  World  has  the  following  to  say  regarding 
the  development  of  the  bust:  If  woman's  "crowning 
glory"  be  her  hair,  it  is  certain  that  a  well-developed  bust 
is  a  more  attractive  feature  to  most  people.  Many  women 
go  through  life  with  scrawny  figures  which  are  a  source 
of  constant  mortification  to  them,  when  a  little  advice 
and  proper  exercise  would  modify  matters  materially. 
The  quack  advertisements  in  the  yellowest  of  lay  papers 
are  matched  by  the  better  worded  advertisements  in  the 


The  above  illustrates  the  Vacuum  Instrument  and  the 
method  of  applying. 

highest  class  of  ladies'  magazines  in  bidding  for  the 
money  of  the  credulous.  The  proof  is  evident  that  there 
is  a  demand  for  some  method  of  developing  the  figure, 
and  the  family  physician  should  know  what  advice  to 
give;  in  fact  he  should  frequently  have  the  tact  to  give 
advice  unasked.  The  average  physician  would  ridicule 
a  lady  patient  who  asked  such  advice,  when  he  should 
encourage  and  aid.  Of  course  one  must  ridicule  any 
drug  which  has  the  merit  (?)  of  "developing  the  bust 
four  to  six  inches  in  a  few  days,"  but  we  can  instruct  our 
patients  in  the  use  of  inunctions,  massage,  bathing,  and 
breathing  so  as  to  obtain  for  them  appreciable  results. 


BEAUTY. 


143 


The  following  extract  is  taken  from  Ostrom's  Massage 
and  Swedish  Movements :  "Massage  and  exercise  are 
the  only  means  by  which  the  bust  may  be  properly  de- 


Vm 


The  results  obtained  from  Vacuum  Massage  and  Flesh 
Food   Treatments. 

veloped.  The  patient  should  be  taught  how  to  breathe 
properly,  and  for  the  quick  development  of  the  mammary 
glands,  use  in  massage  the  following  preparation: 

^     Cocoa  butter 2  oz. 

Lanolin 2  oz. 

Extract  saw  palmetto 2  oz. 

Oil   cajuput i  oz. 

Oil  sassafras ^2  oz. 

This  preparation  has  not  a  fine  odor,  but  produces  a 
pleasant  sensation  in  the  skin.  It  is  a  valuable  compound 
wherever  we  wish  to  develop  a  part,  but  it  should  not  be 
used  on  the  face." 

A  few  deep  breaths  taken  on  rising  each  morning  will 
work  wonders  in  the  course  of  a  few  months.  The  grow- 
ing girl  should  be  taught  to  stand -•  and  walk  with  the 
abdomen  drawn  back,  the  chest  thrown  well  forward, 
shoulders  well  thrown  back  and  on  a  line  with  the  hips. 
Bathing  with. alcohol  or  cold  water  on  rising  or  retiring 
is  not  only  grateful,  but  beneficial.  If  your  flat  chested 
girl  patients  do  not  speak  to  you  on  such  matters,  it  is 


144  BEAUTY. 

your  duty  to  speak  to  them  (probably  through  their 
mothers),  thus  not  only  earning  their  gratitude,  but  ben- 
efiting their  health. 


THE   SKIN. 

It  is  this  part  of  our  anatomy  that  offers  the  "beauty 
specialists"  their  greatest  opportunity  to  hold  high 
carnival,  and  we  find  their  preparations  extensively  ad- 
vertised to  cure  every  thing  from  a  pimple  to  a  "mother 
mark."  Among  the  remedies  used  for  beautifying  the 
skin,  glycerine,  no  doubt,  heads  the  list.  Pure  glycerine 
should  never  be  used,  however,  in  concentrated  form,  as 
it  abstracts  water  from  the  skin  and  produces  a  sensation 
of  heat  and  burning,  but  when  it  is  combined  with  an 
equal  part  of  rose  water,  we  find  it  a  very  valuable 
agent  in  rendering  the  skin  white,  supple,  soft  and  glossy. 
No  other  remedy  will  clear  a  sun-burned  skin  in  so  short 
a  time  as  this  preparation. 

Owing  to  the  penetrating  properties  of  lanoline,  we 
find  it  also  a  valuable  preparation,  in  which  other  reme- 
dies may  be  incorporated  to  convey  them  to  the  under 
cuticle.  Corrosive  sublimate  is  the  remedy  most  gener- 
ally used  as  a  bleaching  agent. 

To  remove  freckles,  moth  patches,  liver  spots,  etc.,  I 
subjoin  several  fomulae  which  are  used  extensively  in 
treating  these  different  conditions  of  the  skin : 


GLYCERINE   CREAM. 

I£     Glycerine y2  ft>. 

Almond  oil 14  oz. 

Rose  water. 12^2  oz. 

Spermaceti $y2  oz. 

Wax  480  gr. 

Oil  of  rose 60  gr. 

Melt  the  wax  and  spermaceti  by  gentle  heat,  then  add 
the  almond  oil,  next  the  glycerine  mixed  with  rose  water 


BEAUTY.  145 

and  the  oil  of  rose.     This  makes  a  splendid  preparation 
for  sun-burn,  chapped  hands,  etc. 


RED    LIP   SALVE. 

J$     Expressed  oil  of  almonds 2  fibs. 

Wax  4^2  oz. 

Spermaceti   4^/2  oz. 

Oil  of  genanium 1 50  gr. 

Oil  of  santal 90  gr. 

Alkanet  root 4^  oz. 

The  beautiful  red  color  which  distinguishes  this 
preparation  is  produced  with  alkanet  root;  the  mass,  be- 
fore the  essential  oils  are  added,  is  macerated  for  from 
six  to  eight  hours  under  frequent  stirring  with  the  com- 
minuted root  and  then  decanted  from  the  sediment. 


ALBADERMINE. 

Under  the  title  of  Albadermine,  a  foreign  surgeon  has 
devised  a  method  of  treatment  for  the  removal  of  "tan" 
and  the  milder  varieties  of  "freckles,"  which  is  as  fol- 
lows : 

SOLUTION  A. 

I£      Potass,  iodide 2  dr. 

lodini  pur 6  gr. 

Glycerine 3  dr. 

Inf us.  rosae 4  oz. 

Dissolve  the  iodide  of  potassium  in  a  small  quantity 
of  the  infusion  and  a  drachm  of  the  glycerine ;  with  this 
fluid  moisten  the  iodine  in  a  glass  mortar  and  rub  it 
down,  gradually  adding  more  liquid  until  complete  solu- 
tion has  been  obtained;  then  stir  in  the  remainder  of  the 
ingredients,  and  bottle  the  mixture. 

fio] 


146  BEAUTY. 

SOLUTION  B. 

I£     Sodii  hyposulph.    (Thiosulphate) . . .  il/2  oz. 
Aqua  rose I  pt. 

Dissolve  and  filter. 

With  a  small  camel's  hair  pencil  or  piece  of  fine 
sponge  apply  a  little  of  "Albadermine  A"  to  the  tanned 
or  freckled  surface,  until  a  slight  but  tolerably  uniform 
brownish-yellow  skin  has  been  produced.  At  the  expira- 
tion of  fifteen  or  twenty  minutes  moisten  a  piece  of  cam- 
bric, linen  or  soft  rag  with  "B,"  and  lay  it  upon  the 
affected  part,  removing,  squeezing  away  the  liquid,  soak- 
ing it  afresh,  and  again  applying  until  the  iodide  stain 
has  disappeared.  Repeat  the  entire  process  thrice  daily 
but  diminish  the  frequency  of  the  application  if  tender- 
ness is  produced.  In  the  course  of  from  three  or  four 
days  to  as  many  weeks  the  freckles  will  either  have  dis- 
appeared entirely  or  their  intensity  will  be  greatly  di- 
minished. "Summer  freckles"  yield  very  speedily  to  this 
treatment. 


MADAM   RUPPERT'S   FACE   BLEACH. 

Recent  analysis  assigns  the  following  composition  to 
this  highly  lauded  cosmetic: 

3$     Corrosive  sublimate I  gr. 

Tincture  of  benzoin 7  gr. 

Water   500  gr. 

Mix.  — (Western  Druggist.} 


COMEDONE  LOTION. 

^     Sulphuric  ether I  oz. 

Carbonate   ammonia I  dr. 

Boracic    acid 20  gr. 

Water,  to  make .16  dr. 

Mix,  and  apply  twice  a  day. 


BEAUTY.  147 

The  ammonia  carbonate  forms  a  soap  with  the  grease. 
The  boracic  acid  acts  as  an  antiseptic  and  the  ether  as  a 
solvent. —  (Analytic.) 


HAGAN'S  MAGNOLIA  BALM. 

Said  to  resemble  the  genuine. 

£     Pure  oxide  of  zinc i  oz. 

Rose   water 4  oz. 

Glycerine    i  dr. 

Perfume    25  drops. 

—  (Lillard's  Prac.  Hints  and  Formulae.} 


LAC   VIRGINS. 

Cosmetic  for  skin. 

I£     Tinct.  of  benzoin 10  parts. 

Rose  water 150  parts. 

Mix. 

A  teaspoonful  of  this  mixture,  added  to  an  ordinary 
hand-basin  of  water,  makes  an  admirable  cosmetic  for  the 
skin  of  the  face  and  hands. 


FINGER    NAIL    POLISH. 

The  finger  nail  being  an  appendage  to  the  skin,  we 
give  the  following  formula  for  imparting  smoothness  and 
gloss  to  the  nails: 

I£     Oxide  of  tin 4  Ibs. 

Carmine    24  oz. 

Oil  of  lavender 150  gr. 

Oil  of  bergamot 150  gr. 

The  oxide  of  tin  must  be  an  impalpable  powder  and 
is  mixed  with  the  other  substances  in  a  mortar. 


148  BEAUTY. 

FUNK'S   CREAM    OF   ROSES. 

I£     Tragacanth i  dr. 

Glycerine    I  oz. 

Triple  extract  of  white  rose I  oz. 

Water 8  oz. 

Carmine q.  s. to  color 


MELVINA  CREAM. 

The  following  formula  will  make  a  preparation  closely 
resembling  the  original : 

I£     Saxoline    265  gr. 

White  wax 50  gr. 

Spermaceti  30  gr. 

Bismuth  oxychloride 40  gr. 

Mercuric  chloride YZ  gr. 

Spirit  of  rose  (4  drachms  of  oil  to 

one  pint) 20  min. 

Oil  of  bitter  almonds 1-20  min. 

• 

Warm  the  saxoline,  white  wax  and  spermaceti  to- 
gether until  melted.  While  cooling  incorporate  the  bis- 
muth oxychloride  and  the  mercuric  chloride;  this  last 
previously  dissolved  in  a  little  alcohol,  and  when  nearly 
cold,  stir  in  the  perfume. 


MELVINA  LOTION. 

This  lotion  is  .used  in  connection  with  the  Melvina 
Cream,  and  is  recommended  by  the  manufacturers  to  re- 
move freckles,  pimples,  moth-patches,  liver  moles,  ring- 
worm and  salt  rheum,  and  also  to  straighten  wrinkles  in 
the  face,  and  cleanse  and  soften  the  skin  to  youthful 
freshness.  The  following  formula  will  make  a  prepara- 
tion similar  to  this  remedy: 


BEAUTY.  149 

1^     Mercuric  chloride 2  gr. 

Zinc  oxide 3  dr. 

Almonds   2  dr. 

Rose  water I  pt. 

Make  an  emulsion  of  the  almonds  and  rose  water ;  dis- 
solve the  mercuric  chloride  and  add  this  with  the  zinc 
oxide. — (Nezv  Idea.) 


ROSALIND. 

This  is  a  cosmetic  for  tinting  the  fingers,  face  and 
lips,  which  preserves  the  skin,  cures  chapped  hands,  etc. 
The  Nezv  Idea  gives  the  following  formula  as  approx- 
imately replacing  the  original : 

I£     Eosine 10  gr. 

White  wax 30  gr. 

Spermaceti 30  gr. 

Amber  saxoline 410  gr. 


ECCHYMOSIS. 

The  following  formula  is  the  very  best  treatment 
known  for  discolored  skin  due  to  a  bruise,  especially  the 
so-called  "black  eye :" 

1^     Tincture  of  Capsicum I  dr. 

Gum  arabic i  dr. 

Glycerine 10  drops. 

Paint  this  over  the  affected  parts,  allow  it  to  dry  and 
then  apply  again,  until  the  surface  has  three  or  four  coats. 
The  formulae  for  other  toilet  preparations  will  be  found 
in  the  chapter  on  Secret  Nostrums. 

The  blame  is  on  the  poet  clan 

Who  raved  of  golden  hair, 
Peroxide  got  its  bloom  from  them, 

And  not  from  woman  fair. 


150  PAINLESS   DENTISTRY. 


THE 
PAINLESS  DENTAL  SPECIALIST. 


THE     ODTUNDENT     SYSTEM     OF     PAINLESS 
DENTISTRY. 


Whoever  procures  exemption  from  physical  suffering 
may  be  considered  a  public  benefactor  and  in  no  other 
field  of  labor  has  there  been  a  better  chance  of  earning 
such  a  title  than  in  that  of  extracting  teeth,  as  the  pain- 
less operator  is  the  one  whom  people  praise  and  patron- 
ize, but  as  a  general  rule  a  large  percentage  of  operators 
have  made  a  failure  of  local  anaesthetics,  (nostrums)  and 
have  discarded  them  altogether,  as  being  worthless. 
They  do  not  understand  why  some  can  make  a  success 
of  their  use  and  others  can  not.  While  this  chapter  will 
not  be  an  exhaustive  treatise  on  the  subject,  I  will  en- 
deavor to  make  it  as  plain  and  practical  as  possible,  and 
give  all  the  information  that  will  be  required  to  handle 
local  anaesthetics  successfully.  What  will  be  said  has 
been  taken  from  the  experience  of  myself  and  other 
operators  under  my  observation,  who  have  used  this 
method  successfully  in  over  sixty  thousand  different 
operations ;  and  I  believe  that  every  operator  of  ordinary 
skill  and  intelligence,  who  will  faithfully  follow  the  direc- 
tions given  will  be  equally  successful. 

In  the  year  1847  Dr.  Oliver  Wendell  Holmes  created 
the  words,  "Artificial  Anaesthesia,"  and  wrote:  "Nature 
herself  is  working  out  the  primal  curse  which  doomed 
the  tenderest  of  her  creatures  to  the  sharpest  of  her 
trials;  but  the  fierce  extremity  of  suffering  has  been 


PAINLESS    DENTISTRY.  151 

steeped  in  the  waters  of  forgetfulness,  and  the  deepest 
furrows  in  the  knotted  brow  of  agony  has  been  smoothed 
forever." 

The  diminution  of  the  cutaneous  sensibility  by  the 
application  of  ice  and  freezing  mixtures  has  long  been 
practiced.  It  was  not,  however,  until  Richardson's 
method  by  the  hand-ball  spray  apparatus  had  been  pro- 
posed that  there  had  been  much  use  made  of  local 
anaesthesia ;  this  method  consists  in  directing  a  current 
of  atomized  ether  against  the  part  to  be  anaesthetized. 
The  ether  employed  for  this  purpose  should  have  a 
specific  gravity  not  to  exceed  0.723.  Rhigolene,  the 
lightest  liquid  known,  a  product  of  the  fractional  distilla- 
tion of  petroleum,  is  more  effective  than  ether,  but  great 
difficulty  attends  its  use,  owing  to  its  extreme  volatility. 
When  a  current  of  atomized  ether,  or  Rhigolene,  is  di- 
rected against  the  skin,  the  rapid  evaporation  produces 
an  intense  degree  of  cold,  in  consequence  of  which  the 
nerves  lose  their  power  of  transmitting  impressions  to 
the  sensorium. 

A  serious  drawback  to  this  process  of  producing  local 
anaesthesia  is  the  unpleasant  burning  which  follows  in 
the  part  when  it  recovers  from  the  freezing,  and  also  the 
great  pain  which  attends  the  application  of  the  ether 
spray  to  certain  parts. 

Shortly  after  the  spray  apparatus  fell  into  disuse, 
local  anaesthesia  was  introduced  by  hypodermic  media- 
tion, and  while  there  has  been  an  abundance  of  good 
energy  wasted  by  some  of  our  best  authors  (who  have 
made  a  failure  of  it)  in  condemning  the  method,  we  find 
on  the  other  hand  a  larger  percentage  of  admirers  who 
have  discarded  every  other  system  of  anaesthesia  believ- 
ing this  to  be  superior  to  all. 


COCAINE. 

Careful  researches  in  the  study  and  chemical  analysis 
of  the  many  local  anaesthetics  (nostrums)  which  have 
flooded  the  market,  prove  that  all  local  anaesthetics  used 


152  PAINLESS   DENTISTRY. 

successfully  by  hypodermic  medication  have  from  one 
and  one-half  to  five  per  cent,  cocaine  basis,  and  this  work 
would  be  incomplete,  without  giving  the  reader  a  com- 
prehensive knowledge  of  the  physiological  action  of  this 
valuable  drug. 

Although  erythroxylon  (cocaine)  has  been  the  subject 
of  investigation,  and  its  powers  to  suspend  the  functions 
of  the  sensory  nervous  system  recognized,  the  character 
of  its  local  action  was  not  suspected.  It  was  reserved  for 
Dr.  Roller,  of  Vienna,  to  discover  its  analgestic  effects 
when  applied  directly  to  the  mucous  membrane,  and  this 
great  fact  he  demonstrated  before  the  ophthalmological 
congress  at  Heidelberg.  It  happened  that  the  dis- 
tinguished opthalmologist  of  New  York,  Prof.  Dr.  Noyes, 
was  in  attendance  on  the  congress  and  he  sent  to  the 
New  York  Medical  Record,  a  letter  giving  the  facts  of  the 
discovery,  and  this  proved  to  be  the  first  statement  in 
the  English  language  of  Roller's  demonstration.  As  the 
possibilities  of  the  future  utility  of  cocaine  as  a  local 
anaesthetic  was  then  recognized  ,it  created  a  profound  im- 
pression, and  in  an  incredibly  short  time  this  remark- 
able discovery  became  of  common  interest  and  in  com- 
mon possession.  Everywhere  cocaine  was  investigated 
by  physiological  and  clinical  methods,  and  the  results 
confirmed  the  statements  of  Roller.  To  no  one  this  side 
of  the  ocean,  was  the  investigation  of  the  properties  and 
powers  of  cocaine  of  as  much  interest  as  to  the  medical 
and  dental  professions. 

The  character  of  the  action  of  cocaine  is  much  in- 
fluenced by  the  amount  administered,  and  the  several 
stages  of  its  Action  differ  because  the  immediate  and 
primary  effect  is  necessarily  opposed  to  the  condition  of 
reaction  which  seeks  to  restore  the  normal.  When  a 
sufficiently  active  (or  toxic)  dose  is  given,  the  first 
effect  is  stimulation ;  the  heartbeats  are  accelerated ;  the 
respiration  becomes  more  frequent;  the  reflexes  respond 
to  a  distant  irritation  more  promptly;  the  mind  experi- 
ences a  grateful  sense  of  well-being  and  of  activity,  and 
ideation  is  ready,  acute  and  comprehensive. 

The  stage  of  excitement  continues  for  an  hour  or  two, 


PAINLESS   DENTISTRY.  153 

and  is  succeeded  by  depression,  which  is  at  the  same 
time  physical,  mental  and  moral.  The  pulse  may  con- 
tinue quick,  but  its  force  declines,  and  some  irregularity 
of  its  rhythm  may  occur ;  the  skin  grows  moist  or  profuse 
sweating  comes  on;  the  bodily  temperature  declines  a 
little,  possibly ;  the  appetite  is  lost,  and  nausea  and  vomit- 
ing increase  the  feeling  of  physical  wretchedness  and 
mental  distress.  Although  cocaine  is  not  actively  toxic, 
and  may  be  taken  in  enormous  doses,  we  find  some  per- 
sons who  are  susceptible  to  its  action,  and  are  somewhat 
depressed  by  a  smaller  quantity.  On  the  other  hand,  we 
find  in  an  interesting  article  written  by  Dr.  William  A. 
Hammond  and  read  at  the  eighteenth  annual  session  of 
the  Medical  Society  of  Virginia,  at  Richmond,  in  which 
he  reports  taking  eighteen  grains  at  a  dose,  which  I  think 
will  be  of  sufficient  interest  to  quote  in  full,  for  it  fully 
explains  the  true  physiological  action  of  the  drug  better 
than  any  article  ever  written,  to  my  knowledge.  The 
doctor  said : 

"About  two  years  ago  I  undertook  a  series  of  experi- 
ments with  this  agent  on  myself,  with  the  object  of  ob- 
taining more  satisfactory  information  relative  to  its  ac- 
tion than  it  seemed  possible  for  me  to  get  otherwise.  I 
began  by  injecting  a  grain  of  the  substance  under  the  skin 
of  the  forearm,  the  operation  being  performed  at  8 
o'clock  p.  m. 

"The  first  effect  ensued  in  about  five  minutes,  and 
consisted  of  a  pleasant  thrill  which  seemed  to  pass 
through  my  whole  body.  This  lasted  about  ten  minutes 
and  shortly  after  its  appearance,  was  accompanied  by  a 
sensation  of  fullness  in  the  head  and  heat  of  the  face. 
There  was  also  noticed  a  decided  acceleration  of  the  pulse 
with  increase  of  force.  This  latter  symptom  was  proba- 
bly, judging  from  subsequent  experiments,  the  very  first 
to  ensue,  but  my  attention  being  otherwise  engaged,  it 
was  overlooked.  On  feeling  the  pulse  five  minutes  after 
making  the  injection,  it  was  found  to  be  ninty-four,  while 
immediately  .before  the  operation  it  was  only  eighty-two. 

"With  these  physical  phenomena,  there  was  a  sense  of 
exhilaration  and  an  increase  of  mental  activity  that  were 


154  PAINLESS   DENTISTRY. 

well  marked,  and  not  unlike  in  character  those  that  or- 
dinarily follow  a  glass  or  two  of  champagne.  I  was 
writing  at  the  time,  and  I  found  that  my  thoughts  flowed 
with  increased  freedom,  and  were  unusually  well  ex- 
pressed. The  influence  was  felt  for  two  hours,  when  it 
gradually  began  to  fade.  At  12  o'clock,  four  hours  after 
the  injection,  I  went  to  bed,  feeling,  however,  no  dispo- 
sition to  sleep.  I  lay  awake  till  daylight,  my  mind 
actively  going  over  all  the  events  of  the  previous  day. 
When  I  at  last  fell  asleep,  it  was  only  for  two  or  three 
hours,  and  then  I  awoke  with  a  severe  frontal  headache. 
This  passed  off  after  breakfast. 

"On  the  second  night  following,  at  7  o'clock,  I  injected 
two  grains  of  the  hydrochlorate  of  cocaine  into  the  skin 
of  the  forearm.  At  that  time  the  pulse  was  eighty-four 
full  and  soft.  In  four  minutes  and  a  half  it  had  increased 
to  ninety-two,  was  decidedly  stronger  than  before,  and 
somewhat  irregular  in  rhythm.  The  peculiar  thrill  previ- 
ously mentioned  was  again  experienced.  All  the  phe- 
nomena attendant  on  the  first  experiment  were  present 
in  this,  and  to  an  increased  degree.  In  addition  there 
was  twitching  of  the  muscles  of  the  face,  and  a  slight 
tremor  of  the  hands,  noticed  especially  in  writing.  In 
regard  to  the  mental  manifestations  there  was  a  similar 
exhilaration  as  in  the  last  experiment,  but  much  more 
intense  in  character.  I  felt  a  great  desire  to  write,  and 
did  so  with  a  freedom  and  apparent  clearness  that  as- 
tonished me.  I  was  quite  sure,  however,  at  the  time  that 
on  the  following  morning,  when  I  came  to  read  it  over, 
I  would  find  my  lucubrations  to  be  of  no  value;  I  was 
therefore  greatly  disappointed  when  I  came  to"  peruse  it, 
after  the  effects  of  the  drug  had  passed  off,  that  it  was 
entirely  coherent,  logical  and  as  good,  if  not  better,  in 
character  than  anything  I  had  previously  written. 

"The  effects  of  this  dose  did  not  disappear  till  the  mid- 
dle of  next  day,  nor  until  I  had  drank  two  or  three  cups 
of  strong  coffee.  I  slept  little  or  none  at  all,  the  night 
being  passed  in  tossing  from  side  to  side  of  the  bed,  and 
in  thinking  of  the  most  preposterous  subjects.  I  was, 
however,  at  no  time  unconscious,  but  it  seemed  as  though 


PAINLESS    DENTISTRY.  155 

my  mind  was,  to  some  extent,  prevented  from  its  usual 
course  of  action.  The  heat  of  the  head  was  greatest  at 
about  12  o'clock,  and  at  that  time  my  pulse  was  112,  the 
highest  point  reached.  I  had  no  headache  until  after 
rising,  and  the  pain  disappeared  in  the  course  of  the 
morning. 

"Four  nights  subsequently  I  injected  four  grains  of 
the  hydrochlorate  of  cocaine  into  the  skin  of  the  left  fore- 
arm. The  effects  were  similar  in  almost  every  respect 
with  those  of  the  other  experiments  except  that  they 
were  much  more  intense.  The  mental  activity  was  ex- 
ceedingly great,  and  in  writing,  my  thoughts,  as  before, 
appeared  to  be  lucidly  and  logically  expressed.  I  wrote 
page  after  page,  throwing  the  sheets  on  the  floor  with- 
out stopping  to  gather  them  together.  When,  however, 
I  came  to  look  them  over  the  following  morning,  I  found 
that  I  had  written  a  series  6f  high-flown  sentences  alto- 
gether different  from  my  usual  style,  and  bearing  upon 
matters  in  which  I  was  not  in  the  least  interested.  The 
result  was  very  striking  as  showing  the  difference  be- 
tween a  large  and  excessive  dose  of  the  drug,  and  yet  it 
appeared  to  me  at  the  time  that  what  I  was  writing  con- 
sisted of  ideas  of  a  very  superior  character,  and  expressed 
with  a  beauty  of  diction  of  which  I  was,  in  my  normal 
condition,  altogether  incapable. 

"The  disturbance  of  the  action  of  the  heart  was  also 
exceedingly  wefl  marked,  and  may  be  described  best  by 
the  word  "tumultuous."  At  times  beginning  within  three 
minutes  after  the  injection,  and  continuing  with  more  or 
less  intensity  all  through  the  night,  the  heart  beat  so. 
rapidly  that  its  pulsations  could  not  be  counted ;  and  then 
its  action  would  suddenly  fall  to  a  rate  not  exceeding 
60  in  a  minute,  every  now  and  then  dropping  a  beat. 
This  irregularity  was  accompanied  by  a  disturbance  of 
respiration  of  a  similar  character,  and  by  a  sense  of  op- 
pression in  the  chest  which  added  greatly  to  my  discom- 
fort. 

"On  subsequent  nights  I  took  six,  eight,  ten  and 
twelve  grains  of  the  cocaine  at  a  dose,  but  I  will  not 
detain  the  society  with  a  detailed  account  of  the  effects 


156  PAINLESS   DENTISTRY. 

produced.  It  will  be  sufficient  to  say  that  they  were 
similar  in  general  characteristics,  though  of  gradually  in- 
creasing intensity  in  accordance  with  the  dose  taken,  to 
that  in  which  four  grains  were  injected. 

"In  all  there  was  great  mental  excitement,  increased 
fluency  of  thought,  and  exaggerated  disposition  to  write : 
the  matter  written  being  disconnected  and  at  times,  al- 
most incoherent,  though  it  appeared  to  me  at  the  moment 
to  be  wonderfully  logical  and  profound.  In  one,  that 
in  which  twelve  grains  were  taken,  I  was  conscious  of  a 
tendency  to  talk,  and  as  far  as  my  recollection  extends, 
I  believe  I  did  make  a  long  speech  on  some  subject  of 
which  I  had  no  remembrance  the  next  day.  In  all  the 
action  of  the  heart  was  increased,  was  irregular  in 
rhythm  and  force  to  such  an  extent  that  I  was  appre- 
hensive of  serious  results.  Insomnia  was  a  marked 
characteristic,  and  there  was  invariably  a  headache  the 
following  morning. 

"In  all  cases  the  effects  passed  off  about  midday,  and 
by  evening  I  was  as  well  as  ever. 

"Up  to  this  time  I  certainly  had  not  taken  a  poisonous 
dose  of  cocaine,  or  one  that  had  produced  inconvenience. 
My  experience  had  satisfied  me  that  a  much  larger  dose 
than  any  I  had  up  to  that  time  injected  might  in  my  case, 
at  least,  be  taken  with  impunity.  A  consideration  of  the 
phenomena  observed  appeared  to  show  that  the  effects 
produced  by  twelve  grains  were  not  very  much  ,more 
pronounced  than  those  following  six  grains.  I  determined 
therefore  to  make  one  more  experiment,  and  to  inject 
eighteen  grains.  I  knew  that  in  a  case  of  attempted  sui- 
cide twenty-three  grains  had  been  taken  into  the 
stomach  without  seemingly  injurious  effect,  and  that  in 
another  case  thirty-two  grains  were  taken  within  the 
space  of  three  hours  without  symptoms  following  of 
greater  intensity  than  those  I  had  experienced. 

"I  had  taken  the  dose  of  eight,  ten  and  twelve  grains 
in  divided  quantities,  and  this  dose  of  eighteen  grains  I 
took  in  four  portions,  within  five  minutes  of  each  other. 
At  once  an  effect  was  produced  upon  the  heart,  and  be- 
fore I  had  taken  the  last  injection  the  pulsations  were  140 


PAINLESS   DENTISTRY.  157 

to  the  minute  and  characteristically  irregular.  In  all  the 
former  experiments,  although  there  was  great  mental 
exaltation,  amounting  at  times  almost  to  delirium,  it  was 
nevertheless  distinctly  under  my  control,  and  I  am  sure 
that  at  any  time  under  the  influence  of  a  sufficiently 
powerful  incentive  I  could  have  obtained  entire  mastery 
over  myself,  and  have  acted  after  my  normal  manner. 
But  in  this  instance,  within  five  minutes  after  taking 
the  last  injection,  I  felt  that  my  mind  was  passing  beyond 
my  control,  and  that  I  was  becoming  an  irresponsible 
agent.  I  did  not  feel  exactly  in  a  reckless  mood,  but  I 
was  in  such  a  frame  of  mind  as  to  be  utterly  regardless 
of  any  calamity  or  danger  that  might  be  impending  over 
me.  I  do  not  think  I  was  in  a  particularly  combative  con- 
dition, but  I  was  elated  and  possessed  of  a  feeling  as 
though  exempt  from  the  operation  of  deleterious  in- 
fluences. I  do  not  know  how  long  this  state  of  mind 
continued,  for  I  lost  consciousness  of  all  my  acts  within, 
I  think,  half  an  hour  after  finishing  the  administration  of 
the  dose.  Probably,  however,  other  moods  supervened, 
for  the  next  day  when  I  came  down  stairs  three  hours 
after  my  usual  time,  I  found  the  floor  of  my  library 
strewn  with  encyclopedias,  dictionaries  and  other  books 
of  reference,  and  one  or  two  chairs  overturned.  I  cer- 
tainly was  possessed  of  the  power  of  mental  and  physical 
action  in  accordance  with  the  ideas  by  which  I  was  gov- 
erned, for  I  had  turned  out  the  gas  in  the  room  and 
gone  up  stairs  to  my  bed  chamber  and  lighted  the  gas, 
and  put  the  match  used  in  a  safe  place,  and  undressed, 
laying  my  clothes  in  their  usual  place,  had  cleaned  my 
teeth  and  gone  to  bed.  Doubtless  these  acts  were  all 
automatic,  for  I  had  done  them  all  in  pretty  much  the 
same  way  for  a  number  of  years.  During  the  night  the 
condition'  which  existed,  was,  judging  from  the  previous 
experiments,  certainly  not  sleep,  and  yet  I  remained  en- 
tirely unconscious  until  9  o'clock  the  following  morning, 
when  I  found  myself  in  bed  with  a  splitting  headache 
and  a  good  deal  of  cardaic  and  respiratory  disturbance. 
For  several  days  afterwards  I  felt  the  effects  of  this 
extreme  dose  in  a  certain  degree  of  languor  and  indisposi- 


158  PAINLESS   DENTISTRY. 

tion  to  mental  or  physical  exertion ;  there  was  also  a 
difficulty  in  concentrating  the  attention,  but  I  slept 
soundly  every  night  without  any  notable  disturance  from 
dreams. 

"Certainly  in  this  instance  I  came  very  near  taking  a 
fatal  dose,  and  I  would  not  advise  anybody  to  repeat  the 
experiment.  I  suppose  if  I  had  taken  the  whole  quantity 
in  one  single  injection,  instead  of  in  four,  over  a  period 
of  twenty  minutes  the  result  might  have  been  disastrous. 
Eighteen  grains  of  cocaine  are  equivalent  to  about  3,630 
grains  of  coca  leaves,  and  of  course,  owing  to  its  con- 
centration, capable  of  acting  with  very  much  greater  in- 
tensity. 

"I  am  not  aware  that  a  fatal  dose  of  cocaine  has  yet 
been  indicated  by  actual  fact.  Probably  eighteen  grains 
would  kill  some  people,  and  perhaps  ever  smaller  quan- 
tities might,  with  certain  individuals,  be  fatal.  But  these 
are  inferences  and  not  facts ;  but  so  far  as  I  know,  there 
is  not  an  instance  on  record  of  a  person  dying  from  the 
administration  of  cocaine.  So  far  as  my  experiments  ex- 
tend (and  I  think  it  will  be  admitted  that  they  have  gone 
as  far  as  is  safe),  I  am  inclined  to  think  that  a  dose  suf- 
ficient to  produce  death  would  do  so  by  action  on  the 
heart.  Certainly  it  was  there  that,  in  my  case,  the  most 
dangerous  symptoms  were  perceived.  The  rapidity, 
force,  and  marked  irregularity  of  the  pulse  all  showed 
that  the  innervation  of  the  heart  was  seriously  affected. 

"It  is  surprising  that  no  marked  influence  appeared  to 
be  exercised  upon  the  spinal  cord,  or  upon  the  ganglia 
of  the  base  of  the  brain.  Thus  there  were  no  disturb- 
ance's of  sensibility  (no  anaesthesia,  no  hyperasthesia) 
and  no  interference  with  motility,  except  that  some  of  the 
muscles,  especially  those  of  the  face,  were  subjected  to 
slight  twitchings.  In  regard  to  sight  and  hearing,  I 
noticed  that  both  were  affected,  but  that  while  the 
sharpness  of  vision  were  decidedly  lessened,  the  hearing 
was  increased  in  acuteness.  At  no  time  were  there  any 
hallucinations." 

Cocaine  is  eliminated  by  the  kidneys,  and  may  be  de- 
tected in  the  urine ;  the  excretion  takes  place  in  a  few 


PAINLESS   DENTISTRY.  159 

hours  and  hence,  any  effect  it  has  on  the  organism  is 
not  persistent.  An  impression  has  prevailed  that  it  is 
especially  hurtful,  but  this  conception  of  its  character 
has  developed  out  of  a  misconception,  and  unless  an 
idiosyncrasy  exists  (which  is  easily  detected),  the  proper 
use  of  cocaine,  seems  to  be  not  incompatible  with  a 
normal  degree  of  bodily  and  mental  vigor. 

In  formulating  a  local  anaesthetic  to  be  used  in  dental 
or  minor  surgery,  there  are  several  objects  to  be  obtained, 
viz. :  First,  to  have  one  that  will  be  safe  at  all  times ; 
second,  one  that  can  be  used  in  all  pathological  conditions 
of  the  gums ;  third,  one  that  will  have  no  bad  after 
effects;  fourth,  one  that  will  not  decompose,  within  a 
reasonable  length  of  time. 

In  the  following  formulae  I  think  we  have  overcome 
all  these  obstacles  and  have  an  anaesthetic  that  is  safe 
and  can  be  used  in  all  pathological  conditions  of  the 
gums  without  any  bad  after  effects,  if  used  with  anti- 
septic precautions  and  ordinary  skill. 


OBTUNDENT  FORMULAE. 


No.  i. 

Cocaine  hydrochlorate  (Merck's)  ...  .20  gr. 

Atropine  sulphate 3-10  gr. 

Chloral   hydrate 20  gr. 

Phenoresorcine   ^2  dr. 

Aqua   cinnamon 4  oz. 

No.  2. 

Cocaine  hydrochlorate  (Merck's)  ...  .40  gr. 

Atropine  sulphate 3-10  gr. 

Chloral   hydrate 20  gr. 

Phenoresorcine   l/2  dr. 

Aqua   cinnamon 4  oz. 


160  PAINLESS   DENTISTRY. 

No.  3. 

I£     Cocaine  hydrochlorate   (Merck's) I  dr. 

Atropine  sulphate 3-10  gr. 

Chloral   hydrate 20  gr. 

Phenoresorcine   ^2  dr. 

Aqua   cinnamon 4  oz. 

No.  4. 

^     Cocaine  hydrochlorate  (Merck's) ...  .80  gr. 

Atropine  sulphate 3-10  gr. 

Chloral   hydrate 20  gr. 

Phenoresorcine   YT.  dr. 

Aqua   cinnamon 4  oz. 

Mix  and  filter  through  absorbent  cotton  until  clear. 

The  above  formulae  represent  a  one,  two,  three  and 
four  per  cent  solution.  For  all  general  purposes,  I  use 
formula  No.  3.  In  having  these  formulae  compounded 
you  should  be  sure  and  have  it  done  by  some  one  who 
is  careful  and  competent  and  will  see  that  the  drugs  are 
fresh  and  pure,  and  from  a  reputable  house,  of  which 
Merck's  is  preferable.  The  question  naturally  arises,  why 
the  above  formulae  have  any  advantage  over  a  common 
cocaine  solution? 

Atropine  given  in  small. doses,  as  in  this  formula,  is 
a  cardiac,  respiratory  and  spinal  stimulant,  and  tends  to 
counteract  the  effects  of  the  cocaine  more  than  any  other 
remedy  we  possess.  By  the  term  phenoresorcine  is  meant 
by  Riverdine,  a  mixture  of  carbolic  acid  and  resorcine, 
sixty-seven  parts  of  the  former  and  thirty-three  of  the 
latter.  This  mixture  crystallizes  on  cooling  and  by  the 
addition  of  ten  per  cent,  of  water  (which  is  always  used 
in  the  above  formulae  as  follows)  : 

I£     Carbolic  acid 67  parts. 

Resorcine  33  parts. 

Aqua   10  parts. 

The  above  formula  -mixes  with  water  in  all  propor- 
tions, combining  the  virtues  of  both  remedies. 


PAINLESS   DENTISTRY.  161 

Phenoresorcine  is  not  only  an  efficient  and  valuable 
antiseptic  and  local  anaesthetic,  but  it  is  indispensible  in 
localizing  the  anaesthesia,  and  preventing  its  constitu- 
tional absorption,  it  was  also  discovered  by  laryngologists 
if  used  in  conjunction  with  cocaine,  it  alleviated  the 
nausea  which  sometimes  follows  the  use  of  that  drug. 
Phenoresorcine  is  also  one  of  the  most  valuable  remedies 
we  could  select  to  preserve  the  preparation.  While  a 
common  cocaine  solution  is  almost  worthless  at  the  end 
of  a  week,  this  preserves  the  preparations  for  months. 
Chloral  hydrate,  like  phenoresorcine  has  a  marked  anti- 
septic and  local  anaesthetic  effect,  and  also  assists  the 
other  remedies  in  localizing  the  anaesthesia  and  prevents 
its  absorption  into  the  general  circulation.  Aqua  cin- 
namon as  used  in  these  formulae  is  composed  as  follows: 

I£     Oil  of  cinnamon 6  drops. 

Glycerine    I  dr. 

Aqua   distilled 4  oz. 

Mix  and  filter  through  absorbent  cotton  until  clear. 

This  makes  an  aromatic  solution  which  disguises  the 
odor  of  the  phenoresorcine.  It  also  assists  in  preserving 
the  preparation. 


HYPODERMIC  SYRINGE  AND  NEEDLES. 


The  syringe  for  this  kind  of  work  should  have  a  strong 
broad  cross  bar,  or  finger  brace,  also  a  large  flat  piston 
head  so  that  by  continual  use  it  will  not  make  the  fingers 
sore.  The  piston  stem  should  have  a  minim  graduate,  or 
scale,  and  an  easily  working  nut  on  the  same  (for  we 

[ii] 


162  PAINLESS   DENTISTRY. 

can  best  regulate  the  use  of  our  medicine  with  this  nut). 
The  diameter  of  the  glass  cylinder  should  be  quite  small, 
so  that  you  may  run  up  a  high  pressure  when  required. 
Never  use  a  syringe  that  holds  over  thirty  minims,  as 
larger  ones  take  up  too  much  room  when  operating.  The 
metal  frame  work  holding  the  glass  cylinder  should  be 
open  on  both  sides  so  that  you  can  have  a  clear  view  of 
the  contents  of  the  syringe,  and  know  that  it  contains 
no  air  or  floating  matter  when  operating. 


SYRINGE   AND   CASE    DESIGNED   FOR    DENTAL   OPERATIONS. 

The  needle  should  be  of  medium  size,  about  twenty- 
two,  twenty-three  or  twenty-four  standard  wire  gauge 
is  the  proper  size.  When  the  syringe  is  not  in  use,  put  a 
wire  previously  dipped  in  olive  oil  through  the  needle, 
and  screw  the  cap  on  the  syringe  tight;  this  keeps  the 
needle  from  rusting  and  getting  stopped  up  and  the  pack- 
ing of  the  syringe  from  drying  out.  If  you  are  not  using 
the  syringe  continually,  you  should  oil  the  cylinder  occa- 
sionally and  always  keep  it  in  working  order,  and  ready 
for  use.  Before  using  the  syringe  again,  be  sure  that  it 
has  been  disinfected  and  is  in  a  thoroughly  antiseptic 
condition.  Never  use  a  rusty  needle,  or  one  that  has  a 
blunt,  or  rough  edge.  They  always  cause  more  or  less 


PAINLESS    DENTISTRY. 


163 


irritation.    One  of  the  best  things  to  sharpen  a  needle  on, 
is  a  common  honing  stone. 

The  accompanying  cut  represents  the  kind  of  syringe 
to  be  used  when  operating  with  local  anaesthetics: 
i.  Piston  head.  2.  A  30  minim  graduated  piston  stem 
with  scale.  3.  Nut  which  is  set  for  about  two  minims, 
sufficient  to  inject  one  side  of  a  molar.  4.  Finger  brace. 
5.  Metal  frame  work  supporting  glass  cylinder.  6.  Glass 
cylinder.  7.  Plunger  with  oil  chamber.  8.  Needle.  9. 
Cap  to  be  applied  when  syringe  is  not  in  use.  If  your 
needle  should  get  stopped  up,  so  that  you  cannot  get  a 
wire  through,  but  can  force  water  through,  put  a  drop 


a  3 


REGULAR    DENTAL   SYRINGE— TWO-THIRDS   SIZE. 


of  sulphuric  or  hydrochloric  acid  in  the  funnel  end  of  the 
needle,  and  blow  until  it  shows  at  the  point,  allow  it  to 
remain  this  way  a  little  while,  then  try  to  get  the  wire 
through;  should  you  fail,  try  the  acid  preparation  again 
until  you  succeed  and  then  rinse  the  needle  and  syringe 
thoroughly. 


TO   FILL  THE   SYRINGE. 

With  the  medicine  screw  the  needle  on  tightly  (never 
remove  the  needle  to  fill  the  syringe).  Insert  the  needle 
in  the  anaesthetic  until  it  has  been  thoroughly  immersed, 
then  slowly  draw  the  pison  back  until  you  get  all  the 
medicine  you  can  in  the  syringe.  Adjust  the  needle  up- 
wards and  make  sufficient  pressure  on  the  piston  to  force 
all  the  air  out  of  the  syringe  and  needle;  in  this  way  you 


164  PAINLESS   DENTISTRY. 

obviate  the  danger  of  injecting  air  into  the  tissues.  Be- 
fore operating  make  a  swab  by  winding  some  absorbent 
cotton  around  the  point  of  a  pair  of  pliers.  (See  cut.) 
Dip  this  into  an  antiseptic  solution  of  which  listerine 
is  one  of  the  best  for  this  purpose,  and  bathe  the  gums 
thoroughly  around  the  teeth  to  be  operated  on.  This 
makes  the  operation  thoroughly  antiseptic,  providing  you 
have  kept  your  syringe  aseptic. 


THE   GUMS 

To  be  operated  on  by  the  use  of  local  anaesthetics  can 
be  divided  in  three  classes,  viz. :  Firm,  spongy  and  dis- 
eased. The  firm  gums  are  the  most  favorable  of  all  for 
the  use  of  local  anaesthetics,  inasmuch  as  they  retain  the 
medicine  in  place  a  greater  length  of  time,  and  lessen 
the  constitutional  absorption.  You  will  find  it  requires 
a  greater  degree  of  pressure  to  force  the  medicine  in 
firm  gums  than  it  does  where  they  are  spongy,  and  gen- 
erallv  a  sac  will  form  where  the  medicine  has  been  in- 


ANTISBPTIC   SWAB— ONE-HALF   SIZE. 


jected  which  should  always  be  spread  by  the  antiseptic 
swab.  Spongy  gums  are  much  more  treacherous  than 
firm  gums,  and  if  you  do  not  watch  them  carefully  after 
withdrawing  the  needle  the  medicine  will  escape,  and 
you  will  not  get  the  desired  effect.  Hence 
after  withdrawing  the  needle,  apply  the  antiseptic  swab 
and  scatter  the  medicine  immediately.  Ulcerated  and 
diseased  gums  are  almost  invariably  spongy  and  should 
always  be  treated  as  such,  and  carry  out  the  antiseptic 
method  of  treatment  more  thoroughly  by  using  listerine 
freely.  Should  there  be  an  abscess  I  always  open  it  freely 
and  inject  peroxide  of  hydrogen. 


PAINLESS    DENTISTRY.  165 

Swelling  of  the  gums  will  follow  the  use  of  local 
anaesthetics  in  a  certain  per  cent,  of  operations,  which 
seems  unavoidable,  especially  if  the  gums  are  diseased. 
The  difficulty  subsides  in  a  few  days,  and  leaves  the  gums 
in  a  perfectly  healthy  condition. 


TO    INSERT   THE   NEEDLE. 


Insert  the  needle  about  one-twelfth  of  an  inch  above 
or  below  the  gum  margin,  as  the  case  may  be.  Do  not 
try  to  insert  the  needle  between  the  gum  and  the  tooth 
at  its  margin  (a  mistake  made  by  many  operators),  as 


METHOD   OF    INSERTING    THE    NEEDLE. 


you  are  quite  sure  to  insert  some  debris  which  generally 
accumulates  at  the  margin,  along  with  the  needle,  which 
always  causes  more  or  less  irritation.  To  insert  the 
needle  with  but  little  pain,  put  the  flat  side  of  the  needle 
on  the  gums  and  just  make  sufficient  pressure  to  catch 


166  >       PAINLESS   DENTISTRY. 

the  needle  under  the  gum  tissue,  and  as  you  push  the 
needle  in  on  a  line  with  the  roots,  force  the  medicine 
ahead  of  the  needle  until  you  have  reached  a  depth  cor- 
responding with  the  length  of  the  roots ;  withdraw  the 
needle  and  make  sufficient  pressure  on  the  outside  sur- 
face with  the  antiseptic  swab  to  scatter  the  medicine  and 
hasten  its  absorption  by  the  alveolus.  A  similar  treat- 
ment should  then  be  made  on  the  opposite  side  of  the 
tooth  and  extract  immediately.  I  never  exceed  waiting 
over  one  minute  after  rubbing  the  gums  with  the  anti- 
septic swab.  In  this  way  you  liberate  a  large  portion 
of  the  medicine,  hence  more  can  be  used  for  this  pur- 
pose than  where  it  gets  access  to  the  general  circulation. 
Regulate  the  amount  of  medicine  used  at  each  injection 
by  the  nut  on  the  graduated  piston  stem.  In  this  way 
you  do  not  have  to  watch  the  syringe  to  see  how  much 
medicine  you  are  using  at  each  injection,  but  you  know 
when  the  nut  on  the  piston  stem  comes  in  contact  with 
the  syringe,  just  how  much  medicine  has  been  used. 


THE    AMOUNT    OF    MEDICINE    USED 


In  preparing  teeth  varies  according  to  the  teeth  being 
prepared  for  operation.  Molars  and  canines  require  more 
medicine  than  incisors  and  bicuspides.  It  also  requires 
more  medicine  to  prepare  a  single  tooth  than  it  would  a 
number  located  together.  For  instance,  if  I  were  to  pre- 
pare a  single  rnolar  I  would  use  from  two  to  two  and 
one-half  minims  on  each  side  of  the  tooth,  where  if  I 
was  to  prepare  a  number,  of  molars  located  together  I 
would  use  from  one  and  one-half  to  two  minims  on  each 
side.  In  preparing  the  four  incisors  at  once,  I  make  five 
injection,  two  on  the  lingual  and  three  on  the  labial  side, 
using  about  one  and  one-half  or  two  minims  at  each  injec- 
tion. In  preparing  any  single  tooth,  all  molars  and 
canines  always  inject  on  each  side  of  the  tooth.  The 
reason  it  does  not  take  as  many  injections  on  the  lingual 


PAINLESS    DENTISTRY.  167 

side  as  it  does  on  the  labial  is,  the  space  is  more  com- 
pact and  the  tissues  more  dense,  and  you  can  spread 
the  medicine  at  your  will  with  the  antiseptic  swab,  which 
I  always  hold  in  my  left  hand  when  preparing  the 
teeth.  The  accompanying  cut  will  show  about  where 
to  insert  the  medicine  for  a  complete  operation.  The 
dots  representing  about  where  the  needle  should  be 
inserted.  It  will  require  a  little  experience  to  become 
skilled  in  manipulating  the  syringe  and  needle,  and  the 
more  you  operate,  the  less  medicine  you  will  use,  as 
it  requires  a  little  practice  to  learn  where  the  medicine 
will  do  the  most  good.  While  I  claim  that  the  use  of 


The  dots  in  the  above  cut  represents  where  the  needle  should 
be  inserted  for  a  complete  operation 

these  anaesthetics  when  carefully  administered  are  per- 
fectly harmless,  at  the  same  time  I  insist  that  they  be 
properly  used.  Dentists  generally  think  if  they  cannot 
inject  a  whole  mouth  full  of  a  local  anaesthetic  into  a 
patient's  gums  at  once,  the  anaesthetic  is  at  fault.  Ex- 
perience with  the  use  of  these  formulae  in  over  sixty 
thousand  different  operations  by  myself  and  others  under 
my  observation,  convinces  me,  that  they  are  the  safest 
and  best  in  use,  and,  if  handled  with  out-fourth  the  skill 
other  anaesthetics  are,  you  would  never  hear  of  any  bad 
effects  resulting  from  their  use.  It  is  not  the  use  of  a 
medicine  but  the  abuse  of  it,  that  makes  people  con- 


168  PAINLESS   DENTISTRY. 

demn  it.  In  carefully  looking  up  the  records  of  the  use 
of  local  anaesthetics,  I  am  not  able  to  report  a  single 
death  caused  by  their  use.  If  a  patient  presented  himself 
for  you  to  administer  chloroform,  you  wouldn't  com- 
mence by  pouring  one  or  two  ounces  of  the  drug  on  a 
napkin  for  inhalation,  but  would  begin  gradually,  the 
same  method  should  be  observed  in  using  local  anaes- 
thetics. Instead  of  injecting  a  patient's  gum  full  of  the 
anaesthetic  the  first  thing,  carefully  prepare  one  or  two 
teeth,  and  operate  in  this  way.  If  the  operation  is  pain- 
less and  successful,  you  get  the  patient's  confidence,  and 
he  loses  all  fear  of  proceeding  farther.  Always  allow  a 
few  minutes  (from  five  to  fifteen)  after  each  operation 
for  the  patient  to  rinse  his  mouth  and  the  gums,  to 
stop  bleeding.  Then  prepare  three  or  four  more,  allow- 
ing sufficient  time  after  each  operation  for  the  patient 
to  rinse  his  mouth,  and  his  gums  stop  bleeding.  If 
your  patient  gets  impatient,  tell  him  you  cannot  operate 
while  his  gums  are  bleeding;  for  the  secret  of  safety 
and  success  is  to  allow  sufficient  time  to  intervene  after 
each  operation.  I  will  admit  I  am  a  hundred  times 
more  reckless  than  the  instructions  given  above,  as  I 
frequently  prepare  from  ten  to  sixteen  teeth  at  a  time, 
but  I  am  so  accustomed  to  its  use,  and  can  judge  the 
temperament  of  a  patient  so  well  that  I  am  perfectly 
safe  in  doing  so,  and  the  above  instructions  are  laid  down 
for  operators  with  less  experience  and  it  is  always  best 
to  be  on  the  safe  side. 

Should  you  ever  make  such  a  mistake  as  to  inject 
the  gums  full  of  the  medicine  at  once  and  the  patient 
should  complain  of  feeling  faint,  sick  at  his  stomach, 
etc.,  extract  immediately,  and  this  will  liberate  a  large 
portion  of  the  anaesthetic,  also  give  the  patient  a  liberal 
supply  of  good  liquor  (preferably  brandy),  and  they  will 
generally  feel  all  right  in  a  few  minutes;  but  do  not 
continue  the  operation  until  the  patient  tells  you  he  feels 
better  and  is  ready  to  proceed. 

If  stronger  stimulants  are  required,  aromatic  spirits 
of  ammonia  and  amyl  nitrate  may  be  used  to  good  ad- 
vantage. 


PAINLESS    DENTISTRY.  169 


YOUR  SUCCESS. 


There  has  been  much  said  of  late  in  current  literature 
regarding  sloughing  gums  and  disastrous  after  effects  fol- 
lowing the  use  of  local  anaesthetics,  and  they  do  not 
understand  why  one  dentist  can  handle  a  local  anaesthetic 
successfully  and  another  cannot.  Many  dentists  will 
secure  some  nostrum,  allow  it  to  stand  around  the  office 
for  three  or  four  months  exposed  to  the  heat  and  light 
until  it  decomposes  and  loses  its  strength,  throw  their 
syringe  into  a  box,  allow  it  to  corrode,  dry  up,  and  the 
needle  get  rusty,  and  when  a  patient  presents  himself  he 
gets  the  benefit  by  having  some  decomposed  medicine  in- 
jected in  his  gums  through  a  corroded  and  rusty  syringe 
and  needle.  The  patient  complains  that  the  operation 
has  been  painful  (and  he  ought  to).  He  will  probably 
return  in  a  few  days  with  his  face  swollen  badly  and  you 
might  find  an  abscess  where  the  needle  was  inserted  to 
add  to  the  patient's  misery. 

There  is  always  a  right  and  a  wrong  way  for  every- 
thing, and  if  the  operator  will  follow  the  instructions  given 
and  observe  the  following  "pointers"  I  will  assure  him 
that  he  will  be  successful  while  his  competitors  are  not: 
First — Always  operate  under  antiseptic  precautions  by 
using  listerine  or  some  other  antiseptic  freely.  Second — 
Never  allow  your  syringe  and  needle  to  corrode,  dry 
up  and  become  rusty,  but  always  keep  it  aseptic  and  in 
working  order.  Third — Never  get  in  a  hurry,  but  give 
the  patient  plenty  of  time  to  rinse  his  mouth,  etc. 
Fourth — Always  operate  more  slowly  on  weak,  nervous 
and  sickly  people,  than  you  would  on  the' robust.  Fifth 
— Be  sure  that  the  medicine  has  been  inserted  in  the  gum 
and  not  squirted  in  the  mouth,  as  the  medicine  that  gets 
into  the  mouth  is  what  causes  the  patient  to  complain 
of  sore  throat,  stiff  tongue,  faint,  sick  at  stomach,  etc. 
Never  operate  without  having  liquor  at  hand  that  no 
needed  stimulation  may  be  delayed. 


170  PAINLESS   DENTISTRY. 

SECRET  NOSTRUMS  AND  NEW  PREPARATIONS. 

It  has  seemed  to  be  the  sole  ambition  of  the  nostrum 
venders  to  formulate  a  local  anaesthetic  without  the  use 
of  cocaine,  and  with  this  aim  in  view,  some  of  .them  have 
extolled  the  virtues  of  many  familiar  preparations,  such 
as  Aristol,  Listerine,  etc.  While  others  who  have  wished 
to  make  their  "wonderful  discoveries"  more  mysterious, 
have  attributed  them  to  some  foreign  country,  and  now 
we  have  offered  us  "The  Hindoo  Anaesthetic"  and  the 
"Brazilian  Anaesthetic"  (Dorsenia),  and  many  others,  all 
of  which  are  claimed  to  be  a  reliable  substitute  for 
cocaine,  and  free  from  its  disadvantages. 

On  the  other  hand,  there  has  been  many  legitimate 
products  offered  which  are  entitled  to  all  the  credit 
given  them  by  their  manufacturers.  Most  prominent 
among  these  may  be  mentioned  eucaine,  tropo-cocaine 
and  chloretone.  I  have  used  these  remedies  quite  ex- 
tensively, but  do  not  believe  that  their  action  can  be 
compared  with  cocaine,  which  in  my  opinion  is  par  ex- 
cellence as  a  local  anaesthetic.  There  has  been  several 
secret  preparations  analyzed  to  determine  the  percentage 
of  cocaine,  which  I  will  give  and  also  the  published 
formulae  of  several  advertised  dentifrices. 


ODONTUNDER. 

A.  W.  Diack,  D.  D.  S.,  in  the  Medical  World,  gives 
the  following  for  the  above  named  much  advertised  local 
anaesthetic.  He-  says  the  following  has  been  given  me 
as  (approximately)  the  correct  analysis  of  the  compound : 

I£     Carbolic   acid y2  dr. 

Tinct.  iodine y2  dr. 

Potassium  iodide I  dr. 

Glycerine 2  oz. 

Aqua    2.Y-2.  oz. 

Cocaine,   about 34  gr. 

Charles  M.  Kerr,  M.  D.,  writes  that  he  made  an 
analysis  of  a  similar  compound  called 


PAINLESS    DENTISTRY.  171 

AN^STHETINE 
With  the  following  results : 

^     Cocaine 4  per  cent,  solution. 

Boracic  acid quantity  not  estimated. 

Creasote    quantity  not  estimated. 

Glycerine quantity  not  estimated. 


DENS  ANTI  POENA. 

The  following  is  the  result  of  an  analysis  of  the  above 
named  compound  made  in  Frederick  Stearns  &  Co. 
laboratory.  The  examination  was  made  to  find  the  per 
cent,  of  cocaine  with  the  following  results : 

1$     Cocaine about  2  per  cent. 

Chloral    per  cent,  not  estimated. 

Carbolic   acid per  cent,  not  estimated. 

Cinnamon    per  cent,  not  estimated. 


PARSONS'  LOCAL  ANAESTHETIC. 

I£     Chloroform  12  parts. 

Tinct.  aconite .12  parts. 

Tinct.  capsicum 4  parts. 

Tinct.   pyrethrum .  . . 2  parts. 

Oil  cloves 2  parts. 

Camphor   2  parts. 

Dissolve  the  camphor  in  the  chloroform,  then  add  the 
oil  of  cloves,  and  then  the  tinctures.  The  venerable  Dr. 
Parsons,  in  sending  this  formula  for  publication  says : 
"I  cannot  expect  to  remain  much  longer  in  this  world, 
and  I  want  the  profession  to  know  the  value  of  this  local 
anaesthetic." 


172  PAINLESS   DENTISTRY. 

ODONTODOL. 

^     Cocaine  hydrochlorate i  part. 

Oil  of  cherry  laurel I  part. 

Tincture  of  arnica 10  parts. 

Solution  of  ammonia  acetate 30  parts. 


JESSOP'S  ANESTHETIC. 

Cocaine  hydrochlorate 2.63  per  cent. 

Carbolic  acid per  cent,  not  estimated. 

Oil  of  rose per  cent,  not  estimated. 

Aqua q.  s. 


DICKSON'S  ANESTHETIC. 

Cocaine  hydrochlorate 3.90  per  cent. 

Carbolic  acid per  cent,  not  estimated. 

Chloral   hydrate per  cent,  not  estimated. 

Aqua  distilled q.  s. 


DORSENIA. 

Cocaine  hydrochlorate 0.20  per  cent. 

Carbolic  acid per  cent,  not  estimated. 

Camphor    per  cent,  not  estimated. 

Alcohol  per  cent,  not  estimated. 

Aqua q.  s. 


WEINMANN'S  ANESTHETIC. 

Cocaine  hydrochlorate 5.68  per  cent. 

Aristol per  cent,  not  estimated. 

Oil  of  peppermint. .  .per  cent,  not  estimated. 
Br.  coloring  matter. per  cent,  not  estimated. 

Alcohol per  cent,  not  estimated. 

Aqua q.  s. 


PAINLESS   DENTISTRY.  173 

DENTAL  SURPRISE. 

Cocaine  hydrochlorate 1.46  per  cent. 

Carbolic  acid per  cent,  not  estimated. 

Aqua q.  s. 


ANyESTHETO  OBTUNDENT. 

Cocaine  hydrochlorate 3.39  per  cent. 

Carbolic  acid per  cent,  not  estimated. 

Camphor    per  cent,  not  estimated. 

Glycerine    per  cent,  not  estimated. 

Oil  of  cinnamon per  cent,  not  estimated. 

Oil  of  Citranella. . .  .per  cent,  not  estimated. 

Alcohol  per  cent,  not  estimated. 

Aqua q.  s. 


ODOLGINE. 

Cocaine 21  gr. 

Tincture  of  iodine 9  min. 

Potassium  iodide 2  gr. 

Carbolic  acid 6  min. 

Witch  hazel I  oz. 

Glycerine I  oz. 

Aqua 3  oz. 


BARR'S  ANAESTHETIC. 

Alcohol   per  cent,  not  estimated. 

Oil   of  peppermint,  .per  cent,  not  estimated. 
Oil  of  cloves per  cent,  not  estimated. 


EUREKA  ANESTHETIC. 

Cocaine  hydrochlorate 3.26  per  cent. 

Carbolic   acid per  cent,  not  estimated. 

Oil  of  rose per  cent,  not  estimated. 

Aqua q.  s. 


174  PAINLESS   DENTISTRY. 

AROPHENE. 

I£     Cocaine  hydrochlorate 1.46  per  cent. 

Carbolic  acid per  cent,  not  estimated. 

Chloral   hydrate per  cent,  not  estimated. 

Glycerine    per  cent,  not  estimated. 

Oil  of  rose per  cent,  not  estimated. 

Alcohol   per  cent,  not  estimated. 

Aqua  distilled q.  s. 


DENTIFRICES. 


REID'S  ANTISEPTIC  LIQUID  DENTIFRICE. 

^     Thymol 2  gr. 

Carbolic  acid 5  drops. 

Oil  sassafras 8  drops. 

Oil  wintergreen 8  drops. 

Oil  rose  geranium  (Turk)  ...... 8  drops. 

Oil  eucalyptus 3  drops. 

Oil  calamus 5  drops. 

Oil  pinus  pumilio 20  drops. 

Glycerine 2  oz. 

Alcohol 4^/2  oz. 

White  castile  soap 2  dr. 

Dist.  water  q.  s.  to 16  oz. 

Calcium  phosphate q.  s. 

Caramel 

Tinct.  cudbear aa.  q.  s.to  color 

Dissolve  the  soap  in  five  ounces  of  warm  water.  Dis- 
solve the  acid  and  oils  in  the  alcohol  and  add  to  the  soap 
solution.  Filter  through  paper  containing  a  small 
quantity  of  calcium  phosphate.  Add  glycerine. 


PAINLESS   DENTISTRY.  175 

VAN  BUSKIRK'S  SOZODONT. 

White  soap  (powdered) */£  dr. 

Alcohol   I  oz. 

Aqua    6  dr. 

Glycerine    2  dr. 

Oil  of  peppermint 

Oil  of  cloves 

Oil  of  wintergreen q.  s. 

Powdered   cochineal q.  s.to  color 


FRAGRANT  SOZODONT  POWDER. 

£     Calcis  precipitate i  oz. 

Magnesii   carbonatis i  oz. 

Iridis  florent  radicis i  oz. 

Triturate. 


RUSHMERE  LIQUID  DENTIFRICE. 

~fy     Soap  bark  ground 2  oz. 

Glycerine    1^2  oz. 

Salicylate  sodium 2  dr. 

Oil    bergamot J4  dr. 

Oil  wintergreen ^  dr. 

Oil  cloves 10  drops. 

Alcohol  _.,_. i  oz. 

Solution  carmine  (N.  F.) q.  s. 

Dilute  alcohol,  to  make 16  fl.  oz. 

Macerate  the  soap  bark  with  the  diluted  alcohol  and 
glycerine,  then  percolate.  To  the  percolate  add  the  oils 
dissolved  in  the  alcohol.  To  this  add  the  salicylate  of 
sodium  and  sufficient  solution  of  carmine  to  color.  Shake 
thoroughly  and  filter  through  wetted  talcum,  returning 


176  PAINLESS   DENTISTRY. 

first  portion  to  the  filtrate  until  it  runs  clear  and  add 
enough  dilute  alcohol  through  the  filter  to  make  the 
measure  one  pint. 


CALDER'S  SAPONACEOUS  DENTINE. 

Calcium  carbonate 59  per  cent. 

Soap  44  per  cent. 

Oil  of  wintergreen sufficient  to  flavor. 


ROSE  DENTOLINE. 

^     Quillaja,  coarse  powder 2  oz. 

Glycerine    2  oz. 

Cologne  spirits 8  oz. 

Rose  water 2  pts. 

Solution  carmine 3  dr. 

Essence  vanilla Y-Z  oz. 

Oil  wintergreen 30  drops. 

Oil  cloves 10  drops. 

Dissolve  the  oils  and  essence  in  the  spirits,  add  the 
rose  water,  and  in  the  whole  digest  the  quillaja  for  two 
weeks,  shaking  occasionally.  Finally  add  the  glycerine 
and  coloring  solution  and  filter. 

The  carmine  solution  is  made  by  rubbing  one  dram 
carmine  with  one-half  ounce  aqua  ammonia  till  dissolved, 
then  add  three  and  one-half  ounces  water. 


BROWN'S  CAMPHORATED  SAPONACEOUS 
DENTINE. 

I£     Calcium  carbonate 71  p«r  cent. 

Soap    - 

Camphor    aa.  29  per  cent. 


PAINLESS   DENTISTRY.  177 

DENTINE. 

I£     White  castile  soap 1^2  oz. 

Glycerine   4  fl.  oz. 

Cologne  spirits \ 6  oz. 

Hot  water 6  oz. 

Oil    peppermint 20  min. 

Oil   wintergreen 30  min. 

Oil  cloves 10  min. 

Extract  vanilla ^2  fl.  oz. 

Carmine  coloring q.  s. 

Dissolve  the  soap  in  the  hot  water,  add  the  glycerine 
and  vanilla.  Dissolve  the  oils  in  the  alcohol.  Mix  the 
two  solutions,  add  the  color,  allow  to  stand  twenty-four 
hours  and  filter.  (A  little  powdered  charcoal  in  the  filter 
improves  the  preparation.) 


CREAM. 

£     Precip.   chalk 3  oz. 

Powdered  carb.  magnesia 2  dr. 

Powdered  white  castile  soap 40  gr. 

Mix  and  add : 

Oil  cloves 

Oil  cassia 

Oil  orange  sweet 

Oil  lavender  flowers aa.  I  min. 

Oil  rose  geranium  (Turk) 3  min. 

Mix  thoroughly,  then  add  a  mixture  of 

Glycerine   I  fl.  oz. 

Water 6  fl.  dr. 

Triturate  for  a  long  time. 

[12]      . 


178  PAINLESS   DENTISTRY. 

DENTALBA. 

J£     Precip,   chalk 12  oz. 

Prep,   chalk 6  oz. 

Powd.  orris 6  dr. 

Essence  vanilla 3  dr. 

Tinct.  cotimarin 6  dr. 

Tinct.  benzoin 3  dr. 

Ammonia   (stronger) I  dr. 

Carmine    I  dr. 

Otto  rose 12  min. 

Oil  cloves 12  min. 

Glycerine 8  oz.  or  q.  s. 

(Note. — The  color,  to  our  mind,  is  too  strong,  other- 
wise the  preparation  is  an  excellent  one. — Ed.) 


CITROLEINE  DENTIFRICE. 

^     Cretse  praecip I  lb. 

Pulv.   sacch 2  oz. 

Pulv.  iridis 4  oz. 

Cuttle  fish  bone 2  oz. 

Soda  bicarb 2  oz. 

Oil  lemon 2  dr. 

Mix. 

First  tint  the  precipitated  chalk  with  a  concentrated 
tincture  of  saffron,  and  then  spread  on  paper  to  dry. 
Then  take  the  soft  portion  of  the  fish  bone  which  can  be 
scraped  off  with  a  knife,  place  in  a  mortar  with  the 
sugar,  rub  well  down  to  a  fine  powder.  To  this  gradually 
add  the  powdered  orris  root,  bicarbonate  of  soda  and  oil 
of  lemon.  Mix  thoroughly,  then  gradually  incorporate 
with  the  chalk  by  working  in  a  mortar  and  sifter. 


PAINLESS   DENTISTRY.  179 

IMPERIAL  TOOTH  POWDER. 


I£     Precipitated  chalk 8  oz. 

Powdered  castile  soap i  oz. 

Powd.  cuttle  fish  bone. 

Powd.  orris  root aa.  y2  oz. 

Oil  wintergreen y2  fl.  dr. 

Prepared  coloring q.  s.  to  suit. 

Prepared  coloring: 

I£     Carmine  No.  40 ^2  oz. 

Water    

Aqua,  ammonia aa.  8  oz. 

Triturate   the   carmine  with   the   ammonia,   add   the 
water  and  filter. 

To  the  chalk  add  y2  ounce  of  the  coloring. 


RUBICREME. 


I£     Menthol   2  scruples. 

Oil  clove 

Oil  peppermint aa.  1^-2  dr. 

Boric  acid .-^-nr^rrrrr. 9  dr. 

Tinct.    myrrh 4^2  oz. 

Tinct.  cudbear,  N.  F 2  oz. 

Alcohol  to  make 36  fl.  oz. 

Dissolve  the  menthol  and  boric  acid  in  20  ounces  of 
the  alcohol,  add  the  oils  and  then  the  tinctures,  filter  and 
add  the  alcohol  to  make  36  fl.  ounces. 


180  PAINLESS   DENTISTRY. 

DENTENAMEL. 

^     Saccharin    

Soda   bicarb aa.  24  gr. 

Cretse  precip 12  oz. 

Mag.  carb 3  dr. 

Soap  powd 

Orris    aa.  9  dr. 

Thymol 

Carmine    aa.  24  gr. 

Oil   genanium 24  min. 

Oil  gaultherium 12  min. 

Rub  the  thymol  and  carmine  with  the  carbonate  of 
magnesia  and  add  the  essential  oils  ;  then  the  cretse  precip. 
and  the  pulv.  orris;  lastly  the  soap.  Pass  through  a 
sieve -and  add  the  saccharine  and  bicorbonate  of  soda, 
and  again  pass  through  a  fine  sieve. 


ROSE  DENTIFRICE. 

^     Prepared   chalk 3^  ft>.  av. 

Sugar  of  milk i%  ft>-  av- 

Best  powd.  orris  root l/4  ft>.  av. 

Carmine  No.  40^ . . . 40  gr. 

Oil  rose 20  m.  or  40  drops. 

Rub  the  chalk,  orris  root  and  ^  ft>.  of  sugar  of  milk 
together  in  a  capacious  mortar  and  pass  the  mixture 
through  a  No.  80  sieve.  Then  rub  up  the  carmine  in  the 
mortar  and  gradually  add  to  it  whilst  rubbing  the  re- 
maining sugar  of  milk.  To  this  mixture  add  the  oil  of 
rose  and  after  rubbing  all  well  together  add  to  it  about 
r/2  ft),  of  the  sifted  mixture,  stir  this  well  together  and 
also  pass  it  through  a  sieve.  Mix. 

"  My  curse  upon  thy  venom'd  stang, 
That  shoots  my  tortured  gums  alang; 
And  through  my  lugs  lies  mony  a  twang, 

Wi'  gnawing  vengeance ; 
Tearing  my  nerves  wi'  bitter  pang, 

I,ike  racking  engines."  — Burns. 


HYPNOTISM.  181 


THE 
HYPNOTIC  SPECIALIST. 


The  medical  profession  of  this  country  have  never 
seemed  to  study  the  phenomena  of  hypnotism  as  our  med- 
ical brothers  across  the  water  have.  Although  it  is  a  sub- 
ject that  interests  the  statesman,  the  scientist,  the  pro- 
fessional man  and  the  layman  alike,  it  is  discussed  by  a 
few  only,  and  is  marveled  at  by  the  many. 

Showmen  and  charlatans  have  endeavored  to  hold 
the  world  at  bay  regarding  its  secrets  by  teaching  the 
people  that  they  were  in  possession  of  a  gifted  mystic 
power. 

While  the  phenomena  of  hypnotism  are  beyond  the 
scope  of  this  book,  I  feel  that  I  would  be  neglecting  a 
very  important  subject  if  I  did  not  divest  it  of  the  super- 
natural and  explain  how  it  is  done. 

If  there  is  any  class  of  people  who  should  acquire  a 
knowledge  of  hypnotism,  it  is  the  medical  profession,  for 
in  their  hands,  it  will  find  its  greatest  field  of  usefulness 
as  a  healing  agent  and  sociological  factor. 

In  the  following  pages,  I  will  endeavor  to  give,  in 
brief,  the  history  of  hypnotism ;  the  different  methods  of 
producing  the  hypnotic  state;  hypnotism  as  a  curative 
agent,  etc.  This  may  seem  very  simple  to  you.  It  is 
simple  and  by  following  the  instructions,  and  with  a 
little  practice,  you  can  produce  all  the  different  phe- 
nomena of  hypnotism,  as  well  as  other  operators.  Every 
physician  should  at  least  be  familiar  with  the  subject,  if 
he  does  not  practice  it. 


182  HYPNOTISM. 

THE  HISTORY  OF  HYPNOTISM. 


It  is  almost  impossible  to  realize  what  an  important 
part  hypnotism  has  played  in  the  political  and  religious 
histories  of  the  world.  It  has  made  prophets  and  seers 
of  old,  witches  and  wizards  at  the  beginning  of  the  last 
century,  and  all  kinds  and  conditions  of  religious  fanatics 
of  our  present  day.  The  laying  on  of  hands,  the  absent 
treatment  and  other  methods  used  by  the  modern 
divine  healers  (?)  were  practised  by  the  Egyptians  be- 
fore the  year  1552  B.  C.  It  is  also  known  that  Francis 
I.,  of  France,  and  other  French  kings  up  to  Charles  X., 
practiced  the  art  of  healing  by  the  imposition  of  hands. 
Another  system  was  presented  at  the  end  of  the  middle 
ages,  "which  developed  out  of  the  doctrine  of  the  influence 
the  moon  and  stars  had  upon  men,  which  is  well  known 
to  be  practised  by  astrologers  at  the  present  day. 

In  the  beginning  of  the  eighteenth  century,  we  find 
Santanelli  in  Italy,  recognizing  the  great  influence  of 
imagination  and  advancing  the  theory  that  every  thing 
material  possesses  a  radiating  atmosphere  which  operates 
magnetically.  Although  the  foundation  of  "animal  mag- 
netism was  thus  laid,  universal  attention  was  first 
drawn  to  it  by  Mesmer  (from  whom  the  name  mes- 
merism developed),  a  Viennese  doctor  (1734-1815). 
Mesmer  used  animal  magnetism  in  the  treatment  of  dis- 
eases. He  cured,  at  first,  by  contact,  but  believed  later 
that  different  objects  of  wood,  glass,  iron,  etc.,  were 
capable  of  receiving  the  magnetism,  consequently  he 
made  use  of  them  as  is.  means  of  conveying  his  mag- 
netism. 

Mesmer  made  many  disciples.  His  pupils  and  succes- 
sors were  generally  called  Mesmerists,  and  the  doctrine 
of  animal  magnetism  was  also  called  mesmerism,  vital 
magnetism,  bio-magnetism.  These  practices  flourished 
and  gained  a  strong  foothold  all  through  Europe. 

Mesmerism  was  introduced  in  Manchester,  England, 
in  1841,  when  Dr.  Braid,  of  that  city,  became  interested 


HYPNOTISM. 


183 


in  the  subject  and  showed  with  much  method  that  the 
phenomena  were  of  a  subjective  nature.  By  carefully 
fixing  the  eyes  upon  a  given  object,  it  induced  a  condi- 
tion of  sleep  which  he  called  "hypnotism,"  which  was  the 
origin  of  that  term. 

A  few  years  later,  Dr.  Braid  came  to  America  and 
introduced  hypnotism  in  New  Orleans,  which  was  its 
chief  center  for  many  years. 

In  the  year  1878  Dr.  Charcot,  of  Paris,  France,  began 
his  public  classes,  in  which  he  directed  attention  to  the 


CHARCOT'S  CLINIC,  PARIS,  FRANCE. 

physical  states  of  hystero-epileptics  during  hypnosis. 
Later,  hypnotism  was  introduced  by  Prof.  Bernheim,  in 
the  second  Medical  College  of  France,  at  Nancy.  This 
created  a  contest  between  the  school  of  Charcot,  and  that 
of  Nancy,  which  is  not  yet  entirely  settled.  The  latter, 
however,  has  gained  ground  more  and  more. 

At  the  present  time  hypnotism  has  gained  its  entrance 
into  the  lecture  rooms  of  several  universities  and  medical 
colleges,  both  in  Europe  and  America;  therefore  it  must 
be  mentioned  that  animal  magnetism,  out  of  which 
hypnotism  has  developed,  has  retained  many  adherents 


184  HYPNOTISM. 

in  the  scientific  world,  and  today,  we  can  recognize  three 
great  schools  with  many  points  of  transition:  First,  the 
school  of  Charcot;  second,  the  school  of  Nancy,  and 
third,  the  school  of  Mesmerists. 


METHOD   OF  INDUCING  HYPNOTISM. 


There  are  several  ways  of  producing  the  hypnotic 
condition,  but  for  convenience,  I  will  divide  them  into 
only  three  ways:  First,  the  mesmeric  method,  which  is 
the  system  used  at  most  public  exhibitions,  and  I  be- 
lieve the  easiest  way  to  induce  hypnosis;  second,  the 
so-called  mental  method,  and  third,  the  fascination 
method.  It  is  these  methods,  used  either  singly  or  com- 
bined, that  Charcot,  Bernheim,  Fere,  Braid,  Regnard, 
Preyer,  Dumont  and  all  others  used. 

Hypnotists  of  international  reputation  are  using  the 
mesmeric  method.  I  consider  this  method  the  easiest 
and  most  practical  way  of  producing  hypnosis.  The 
first  thing  to  accomplish,  is  the  concentration  of  thought 
in  the  subject.  Require  him  to  sit  down;  give  him  a 
coin  or  some  other  article,  tell  him  to  look  steadfastly  ai 
it  and  not  take  his  eye  from  it,  and  think  of  nothing  else 
except  the  article  you  hand  him.  By  watching  the  sub- 
ject carefully,  you  can  tell  whether  or  not  his  mind  is 
upon  the  object.  If  you  think  his  mind  is  not  wandering, 
approach  him  and  suggest  that  his  eyelids  are  growing 
heavy,  that  it  is  impossible  for  him  to  keep  his  eyes  open. 
Have  him  close  his  eyes  and  make  passes  from  the  head 
to  the  knees  (the  mesmeric  passes).  Now  suggest  that 
his  eyelids  have  grown  together,  and  it  is  impossible  for 
him  to  open  his  eyes.  Have  him  try  hard  (he  will  try, 
but  in  vain).  Place  his  hands  upon  his  knees  and  tell 
him  that  he  cannot  remove  them.  He  will  try,  but  fail  to 
do  so.  Keep  up  the  passes  and  suggest  that  he  is  now 
going  to  sleeps  sound  asleep ;  that  his  mind  is  a  blank ; 
he  can  no  longer  think  of  anything,  but  will  remain 


HYPNOTISM.  185 

sound  asleep  until  you  tell  him  to  wake  up.  If  your 
subject  is  susceptible  to  the  hypnotic  influence,  he  will  sit 
before  you  in  a  complete  state  of  hypnosis,  and  ready  for 
any  suggestions  you  may  offer.  You  may  tell  him  he  is 
a  horse,  broom,  or  thrashing  machine,  and  he  will  believe 
it  and  act  his  part  well. 

In  order  that  I  may  give  you  a  clearer  idea  of  the 
phenonema  of  this  mystic  power,  I  will  tell  you  my  first 
experience  as  a  hypnotist.  I  was  attending  a  medical 
convention  in  Cincinnati,  and  some  of  the  physicians, 
with  whom  I  was  stopping,  requested  me  to  join  them 
in  a  theatre  party,  to  attend  a  performance  given  by  a 
lady  hypnotist.  I  consented  to  do  so,  and  watched  her 
perform  very  attentively.  She  used  the  same  method 
as  described  above.  On  arriving  at  our  hotel,  after  the 
performance,  we  entered  into  a  discussion  regarding 
hypnotism,  and  I  stated  that  I  believed  that  if  that  lady 
could  produce  the  hypnotic  condition,  I  could,  for  I  could 
see  nothing  supernatural  about  her,  and  I  really  had 
more  confidence  in  my  own  ability  than  in  hers.  This 
self-confidence  and  positiveness,  I  afterwards  learned, 
is  one  of  the  chief  requisites  for  a  successful  hypnotist. 
To  be  brief,  the  physicians  present  volunteered  to  supply 
me  with  the  subjects  if  I  would  hypnotize  them.  This 
was  agreed  to,  and  they  presented  me  with  three  per- 
sons, two  ladies  and  a  young  man.  I  seated  them  and 
handed  each  a  coin,  requesting  them  to  concentrate  their 
thoughts  on  that  one  thing  and  to  think  of  nothing  else. 
They  took  the  matter  seriously  and  followed  my  instruc- 
tions. Presently,  I  approached  one  of  the  ladies  and  told 
her  that  her  eyes  were  getting  tired  and  advised  her  to 
close  them.  I  then  commenced  to  make  passes  from  her 
head  to  her  knees.  I  suggested  that  her  eyelids  had 
grown  fast  and  she  could  not  open  them.  I  told  her  to 
try  hard,  and  she  did,  but  in  vain.  She  was  perfectly 
conscious,  but  could  not  get  her  eyes  open.  I  then 
assured  her  that  she  had  grown  fast  to  the  chair  and 
could  not  get  up.  She  tried,  but  failed.  I  then  told  her 
that  I  was  going  to  give  her  a  magnetic  treatment,  and 
make  a  few  passes  over  her  body  and  she  would  go  fast 


186  HYPNOTISM. 

asleep.  I  commenced  to  make  the  passes  and  at  the 
same  time  to  suggest  "You  are  going  to  sleep  now,  fast 
asleep,"  etc.,  and  in  a  few  moments  she  sat  before  me 
in  as  complete  a  state  of  hypnosis  as  one  would  wish 
for.  You  may  imagine  my  surprise.  To  tell  the  truth, 
I  was  somewhat  confused,  for  I  had  never  studied 
hypnotism,  and  did  not  know  the  first  principle  of  it;  in 
fact,  I  did  not  know  whether  or  not  I  could  awaken  her, 
but  I  slapped  my  hands  loudly  in  front  of  her  face,  and 
said  "Wide  awake,"  and  she  immediately  opened  her 
eyes  and  smiled,  which  was,  I  assure  you,  a  great  relief 
to  me. 

I  next  tried, the  young  man.  I  could  place  him  in  a 
condition  in  which  he  could  not  open  his  eyes,  but  could 
go  no  farther. 

The  other  young  lady  I  could  do  nothing  with. 

I  cite  this  experience  to  show  you  how  simple  the 
subject  it,  and  when  you  make  your  first  efforts  in  that 
line,  you  will,  no  doubt,  be  as  much  surprised  at  your 
success  as  I  was.  I  had  never  read  an  article  on  the 
subject,  and  knew  very  little  about  it,  except  what  I  had 
seen  the  lady  do  that  evening. 

The  mental  method  of  inducing  hypnosis  is  the 
method  used  at  the  school  of  Nancy,  and  is  frequently 
referred  to  as  the  Nancy  method.  This  is  the  most 
popular  method  in  use  throughout  Europe.  By  its 
use  the  subject  is  thrown  into  a  hypnotic  state 
by  arousing  in  his  mind  the  image  of  sleep.  This  is 
more  easily  practiced  on  subjects  who  have  previously 
been  hypnotized.  The  following  is  the  exact  method 
proposed  by  Dr.  Bernheim,  and  used  at  the  college  in 
Nancy,  France:  The  person  is  advised  to  be  seated  and 
close  his  eyes.  Then  tell  him :  "You  must  try  and  go  to 
.sleep ;"  "think  of  nothing,  but  that  you  are  to  go  to 
sleep."  Leave  him  in  this  condition  for  a  few  seconds 
and  then  continue :  "You  are  commencing  to  feel  tired 
and  sleepy  all  over  your  body;"  "your  arms  and  legs 
feel  heavy ;"  "a  feeling  of  drowsiness  is  now  taking  pos- 
session of  your  body;"  "your  head  feels  dull;"  "your 
thoughts  grow  more  confused ;"  "you  can  no  longer  resist, 


HYPNOTISM.  187 

you  are  now  sound  asleep ;"  "you  cannot  open  your 
eyes ;"  "your  mind  is  a  blank,"  etc.  These  mental  sug- 
gestions are  often  all  that  is  required  to  produce  a  com- 
plete state  of  hypnosis,  and  it  is  a  very  convenient  way 
with  some  subjects.  You  can  now  ask  him  if  he  is 
asleep,  and  he  will  answer,  "Yes."  Ask  him  if  he  hears 
the  band  playing;  he  will  say  "Yes."  Tell  him  to  open 
his  eyes,  and  he  wrill  see  a  beautiful  white  horse.  Place 
a  chair  in  front  of  him  for  a  horse.  Tell  him  to  get  on 
the  horse  and  take  a  ride.  He  will  straddle  the  chair  and 
attempt  to  ride.  You  can  ask  him  what  he  sees  while 
riding  through  this  beautiful  forest  and  he  will  describe 
very  accurately  some  scene  he  has  viewed  in  his  life.  You 
now  have  completely  robbed  the  subject  of  his  will  by 
simply  suggesting  sleep.  He  is  en  rapport  with  you, 
and  you  only. 

The  fascination  method  is  induced  by  looking  the  sub- 
ject straight  in  the  eyes.  After  you  have  done  this  for 
some  time,  take  him  by  the  arm  and  draw  him  away 
with  you.  Still  keep  your  eyes  fixed  upon  each  other ; 
then  raise  3rour  arm  and  he  will  do  the  same ;  in  fact,  you 
can  have  him  imitate  any  movement  or  position  that  you 
make  as  long  as  you  keep  your  eyes  fixed  upon  his,  but 
as  soon  as  you  cease  to  look  at  him,  the  charm  is  broken. 
This  method  is  demonstrated  in  lower  animals.  We 
have  often  seen  snakes  and  cats  charm  birds.  For  all 
practical  purposes  it  is  used  less  than  the  other  methods. 


THINGS  THAT  PREVENT  AND  ENCOURAGE 
THE  PRODUCTION  OF  HYPNOTISM. 


When  you  are  attempting  to  hypnotize  a  subject,  you 
must  insist  that  the  place  shall  be  kept  quiet;  disturbing 
noises  of  all  kinds  have  a  tendency  to  distract  the  atten- 
tion and  interfere  with  the  mental  condition  required 
to  induce  the  hypnotic  state.  Have  those  who  are 
present  assume  rather  a  serious  mood  and  avoid  all  ac- 


188  HYPNOTISM. 

tions,  either  by  word  or  gesture  that  will  give  any  evi- 
dence of  mistrust.  Gain  the  confidence  of  those  upon 
whom  you  operate.  Endeavor  to  have  perfect  harmony 
in  your  presence.  This,  together  with  soft,  sweet  music 
and  quietness,  will  assist  you  in  establishing  the  results 
you  desire  from  your  efforts. 


HOW    TO    AWAKEN    FROM    THE    HYPNOTIC 

STATE. 


There  are  as  many  ways  of  awakening  a  subject  from 
the  hypnotic  state  as  there  are  of  putting  him  into  it. 
Crying  out  "Wide  awake,"  or  "All  right,"  "Open  your 
eyes,"  and  spatting  your  hands  loudly,  or  snapping  your 
fingers  in  front  of  the  subject's  face  is  generally  all  that 
is  required.  They  will  also  awaken  if  left  alone,  but  this 
will  take  some  time  if  they  are  in  a  deep  state  of  hypnosis. 
If  passes  have  been  made  downward,  reverse  them.  You 
will  never  have  any  trouble  in  bringing  your  subject  out 
of  the  hypnotic  state. 


HYPNOTISM  AS  A  THERAPEUTIC  AGENT. 


In  the  foregoing  paragraphs  you  were  told  how  to 
induce  the  hypnotic  state,  and  now  we  wish  to  know  how 
its  influence  can  be  used  as  a  curative  agent,  but  before 
discussing  its  various  applications,  we  wish  to  call  your 
attention  to  the  importance  of  the  way  in  which  you 
make  suggestions. 

A  hypnotist  must  always  be  positive  and  firm,  yet 
kind  and  gentle.  Your  subject  must  feel  that  you  under- 
stand your  business,  and  that  you  are  master  of  the 
situation.  You  should  make  your  suggestions  in  as  con- 
cise and  impressive  a  manner  as  possible.  For  instance, 


HYPNOTISM.  189 

do  not  say,  "Try  to  open  your  eyes ;  they  are  closed  fast 
and  it  is  impossible  for  you  to  open  them,"  but  say, 
"Your  eyes  as  closed  fast,  you  cannot  open  them,  try 
hard." 

The  first  suggestion  you  give  is  the  first  to  be  re- 
ceived by  the  subject,  that  is,  in  the  first  sentence,  you 
told  him  to  open  his  eyes,  which  he  might  do  before  you 
finish  the  balance  of  your  suggestion.  In  the  latter  sen- 
tence you  told  him  that  his  eyes  were  closed.  This  he 
receives  and  his  efforts  to  open  his  eyes  will  fail. 

There  are  a  great  many  ways  in  which  hypnotism 
can  be  applied  to  good  advantage.  It  can  produce  either 
local  or  complete  anaesthesia.  Under  its  influence,  Jules 
Cloquet  removed  a  breast,  and  Dr.  Loysel  amputated  a 
leg  painlessly  in  the  year  1845.  Its  influence  is  also  used 
at  the  present  time  by  hundreds  of  physicians  in  America 
and  Europe  in  the  treatment  of  certain  diseases  and  in 
minor  surgery.  Teeth  have  been  extracted,  small  tumors 
removed,  the  pain  of  neuralgia  relieved,  and  it  is  applied 
to  good  advantage  in  various  diseased  conditions,  which 
I  will  illustrate  in  the  following  cases: 

Case  i — Mr.  H.,  aged  23,  applied  to  me  to  have  an 
upper  molar  tooth  extracted,  and  requested  me  to 
hypnotize  him  for  the  operation,  as  he  was  prejudiced 
against  the  use  of  local  anaesthetics.  I  directed  him  to 
be  seated ;  I  had  hypnotized  him  before  and  it  was  very 
easy  to  place  him  in  a  state  of  hypnosis,  which  I  did.  I 
told  him,  "I  wish  to  extract  a  tooth  for  you  which  will 
be  done  without  pain.  You  must  open  your  mouth 
wide,"  which  he  did  without  any  hesitation.  I  then 
added,  "Your  mouth  is  now  wide  open,  and  it  will  be 
impossible  for  you  to  close  it."  I  took  this  precaution 
to  prevent  his  closing  his  jaws  upon  my  fingers  or  the 
instruments.  I  now  placed  my  thumb  and  finger  on  each 
side  of  the  tooth  and  made  heavy  pressure,  and  said, 
"This  tooth  is  perfectly  dead  now.  The  nerve  has  been 
killed  and  there  will  be  no  pain."  I  now  loosened  the 
gums  from  the  alveolar  process  and  removed  the  tooth. 
The  patient  still  sat  in  the  chair  with  his  mouth  open 
and  face  motionless.  I  now  told  him,  "The  tooth  is  out, 


190  HYPNOTISM. 

close  your  mouth  and  spit  out  the  blood."  He  did  as  I 
suggested,  after  which  I  slapped  my  hands  in  front  of  his 
face  and  added,  "All  right,  wake  up."  He  opened  his 
eyes  and  said,  "Did  you  get  it,  doctor?"  He  seemed  sur- 
prised to  find  his  mouth  full  of  blood. 

This  is  the  usual  method  of  producing  all  forms  of 
local  anaesthesia  through  hypnotism.  If  I  were  to  re- 
move a  small  tumor,  I  would  carry  out  nearly  the  same 
method  of  suggestion,  and  stroke  the  part  to  be  removed 
before  operating  upon  it,  and  never  forget  to  suggest 
that  it  will  be  done  without  pain. 


SIMPLE   SUGGESTION. 


I  do  not  wish  to  associate  hypnotism  with  Christian 
science,  but  their  modern  operations  are  very  much  alike 
at  times.  Their  principal  therapeutic  agent  is  suggestion, 
which  will  be  illustrated  in  the  following  case : 

In  the  early  days  of  my  medical  career,  I  was  treat- 
ing a  patient  who  had  a  fever.  Her  temperature  was 
104^.  She  was  delirious  and  I  had  much  difficulty  in 
getting  her  to  sleep.  Various  remedies  were  used,  but 
with  little  effect.  I  invited  an  older  brother  practitioner 
to  visit  the  case  with  me.  On  entering  the  room,  we 
found  that  she  had  had  very  little  sleep  in  the  last 
twenty-four  hours,  and  was  very  nervous.  The  doctor 
was  a  kindly  magnetic  old  soul,  and  after  discussing  the 
case  briefly,  he  sat  down  beside  the  patient  and  gently 
stroked  her  forehead,  and  said,  "I  guess  you  can  go  to 
sleep  now.  Try  hard.  Think  you  are  going  to  sleep 
and  you  will  sleep."  He  continued  stroking  her  head  for 
a  few  minutes  and  she  fell  into  a  beautiful  sleep,  which 
lasted  four  and  one-half  hours,  and  awakened  feeling 
much  refreshed. 

This  patient  was  not  hypnotized,  but  she  took  the 
suggestion  favorably.  This  demonstrates  what  simple 


HYPNOTISM.  191 

suggestion  will  often  do  as  a  restorative  agent  if  properly 
applied. 

It  is  by  this  simple  method  of  suggestive  therapeutics, 
that  the  modern  Christian  scientists,  faith  cures,  and 
divine  healers,  have  claimed  to  achieve  their  great  suc- 
cess, and,  although  its  field  of  usefulness  is  limited,  it  is 
worthy  of  consideration  in  many  cases,  and  can  often  be 
applied  in  the  general  practice  of  medicine.  It  might  be 
well  for  me  to  add,  however,  that  if  I  had  told  the  good 
old  doctor  he  was  practicing  hypnotism  or  Christian 
science  in  that  case,  he  would  have  ceased  to  be  my 
friend,  for  he  was  very  skeptical  on  such  subjects. 

The  following  case  is  reported  by  Dr.  Bernheim,  and 
will  illustrate  the  way  hypnotism  is  applied  at  the  school 
of  Nancy,  and  the  power  it  has  over  muscular  rheu- 
matism. The  doctor  says:  "A  child  was  brought  to  me 
with  a  pain  like  muscular  rheumatism  in  the  right  arm, 
which  dated  back  four  or  five  days.  The  arm  was  painful 
to  pressure ;  the  child  could  not  lift  it  to  its  head.  I  said 
to  him,  'Shut  your  eyes  and  go  to  sleep.'  I  held  his  eye- 
lids closed  and  went  on  talking  to  him,  'You  are  asleep 
and  you  will  keep  on  sleeping  until  I  wake  you  up.  You 
are  sleeping  very  well,  as  if  you  were  in  bed.  You  are 
perfectly  well  and  comfortable.  Your  arms  and  legs  and 
whole  body  are  asleep,  and  you  cannot  move.'  I  took  my 
fingers  off  his  eyelids  and  they  remained  closed.  I  put 
his  arms  up  and  they  remained  so.  Then  touching  the 
painful  arm,  I  said:  'The  pain  has  gone  away;  you  will 
have  no  more  pain ;  it  will  not  come  back  any  more.'  In 
order  to  increase  the  force  of  suggestion  by  embodying 
it,  so  to  speak,  in  a  material  sensation,  I  suggested  a  feel- 
ing of  warmth.  The  heat  took  the  place  of  pain.  I  said 
to  the  child,  'You  feel  that  your  arm  is  warm;  the 
warmth  increases  and  you  have  no  pain.'  I  awakened 
the  child  in  a  few  minutes ;  he  remembered  nothing.  The 
sleep  had  been  profound.  The  pain  had  almost  com- 
pletely disappeared.  The  child  lifted  the  arm  easily  to 
his  head.  I  saw  the  father  on  the  day  following,  and 
he  told  me  that  the  pain  had  disappeared  completely, 
and  that  there  was  no  return  of  it." 


192  HYPNOTISM. 

The  above  case  is  interesting,  for  it  illustrates  the  way 
in  which  painful  disorders  of  every  description  will  often 
yield  like  magic  to  the  influence  of  hypnotism.  Tooth- 
ache, neuralgia,  dysmenorrhea,  headache  and  other  affec- 
tions of  a  nervous  origin,  may  often  be  cured  by  placing 
the  patient  in  a  hypnotic  state  and  stroking  the  parts,  and 
suggesting  that  the  pain  has  left,  never  to  return.  There 
are  thousands  of  victims  of  the  alcohol  and  drug  habits 
that  have  been  cured  by  hypnotism,  while  the  great 
Charcot  and  his  followers  have  used  it  with  wonderful 
success  in  all  diseases  of  the  mind  and  the  nervous 
system. 

In  conclusion,  I  will  say  that  wherever  hypnotism 
can  be  applied,  it  has  a  large  field  of  usefulness.  It  is 
simple  in  practice  and  deep  in  theory.  As  yet  no  en- 
tirely satisfactory  explanation  has  been  made  why  this 
phenomenon  exists,  but  we  know  that  it  does  exist,  be- 
yond a  doubt,  and  today  hypnotism  holds  a  respected 
place  in  the  scientific  world.  But  its  nature,  like  the 
nature  of  most  other  mental  phenomena,  is  nqt  under- 
stood, and  to  the  medical  practitioner  who  is  wedded  to 
drugs,  a  statement  of  the  results  obtained  from  the 
h3^pnotic  influences  may  seem  like  the  miracles  of  some 
ancient  Oriental  work. 

I  do  not  wish  it  understood  as  my  belief  that  hyp- 
notism will  ever  be  the  universal  curative  agent,  the 
panacea  for  all  ills,  or  that  it  will  ever  supplant  the  use 
of  cocaine,  chloroform,  ether  or  gas  as  an  anaesthetic  for 
surgical  purposes.  My  experience  with  hypnotism  has 
been  very  limited,  but  I  must  confess  that  it  has  been 
rather  satisfactory. 

It  is  practical  when  it  can  be  used,  but  on  the  other 
hand,  it  is  impractical  when  we  stop  to  consider  that 
only  about  one  in  three  can  be  hypnotized,  and  a  smailei 
percentage  cured  by  its  use.  I  really  believe  that  hyp- 
notism has  a  bright  future,  and  if  this  chapter  has  suc- 
ceeded in  merely  throwing  a  small  ray  of  light  upon  the 
subject  and  robbing  it  of  its  mysteries,  I  will  feel  that  I 
have  not  wasted  my  efforts. 


HAU/S   HYGIENIC   TREATMENT.  193 

HALL'S 
HYGIENIC  TREATMENT. 


Several  years  ago  Dr.  Wilford  Hall  attempted  to 
startle  the  medical  world  by  announcing  he  had  made 
a  wonderful  discovery  of  a  treatment  which  would  cure 
almost  every  known  form  of  disease,  as  well  as  preserve 
health  and  prolong  life,  without  the  use  of  medicine. 

The  pamphlet  which  unfolds  the  secrets  of  this  new 
discovery  he  sold  for  $4.00,  the  purchaser  agreeing  by 
"pledge  of  honor"  not  to  divulge  the  treatment  outside  of 
his  or  her  family.  Physicians  were  allowed,  in  addition, 
the  right  of  using  the  treatment  on  their  patients.  His 
theory  was  this: 

"Disease  depends  upon  the  absorption  of  poisonous 
materials  from  the  colon  and  rectum.  Wash  this  out 
thoroughly  with  hot  water  once  or  twice  a  day  and  dis- 
ease is  robbed  of  its  power,  death  of  its  terror  and  the 
doctor  of  his  occupation.  Use  a  large  quantity  of  water, 
one  or  two  gallons ;  retain  it  as  long  as  possible  and 
that  which  is  not  absorbed  can  finally  be  expelled,  taking 
with  it  accumulations  which  have  a  tendency  to  create 
diseases."  He  claims  this  to  be  a  sure  cure  for  con- 
sumption and  Bright's  disease,  while  all  minor  ailments 
vanish  like  mist  before  the  sun. 

Although  this  method  of  flushing  the  colon  has  been 
severely  criticised  by  some  publications,  it  is  the  author's 
opinion  that  it  is  not  entirely  destitute  of  merit,  and  in 
well-selected  cases  much  good  can  be  derived  from  its 
application. 

I  have  used  the  "system"  several  times  with  marked 
success  and  quite  agree  with  Dr.  J.  H.  Etheridge,  of  Chi- 

[13] 


194  HALL'S  HYGIENIC  TREATMENT. 

cago,  who  has  reported  several  cases  in  the  Medical 
Standard,  which  I  believe  will  be  of  sufficient  interest  to 
quote  in  full.  The  doctor  said : 

"Flushing  the  colon  is  a  very  simple  and  a  very  ef- 
fective remedy.  The  muscular  coats  of  the  intestines 
are  circular  and  longitudinal.  In  the  large  intestine  the 
longitudinal  fibres  are  proportionately  longer  than  in  the 
small  intestine.  Their  greater  length  permits  the  forma- 
tion of  loculi,  which  become  the  seat  of  fecal  accumula- 
tions only  too  often  unnoticed  by  the  physician.  It  is 
undoubtedly  a  fact  that  the  loculi  of  the  colon  contains 
small  fecal  accumulations  extending  over  weeks,  months 
or  even  years.  Their  presence  produces  symptoms  vary- 
ing all  the  way  from  a  little  catarrhal  irritation  up  to  the 
most  diverse,  and  in  some  instances  serious  reflex  disturb- 
ances. When  the  loculi  only  are  filled,  the  main  channel 
of  the  colon  is  undisturbed.  Occasionally  a  loculus  will 
become  greatly  enlarged  and  filled  with  feces,  reaching 
even  to  the  size  of  a  fetal  head,  being  mistaken  for  an 
ovarian  tumor  or  a  malignant  growth  of  some  abdominal 
organ.  The  most  common  part  of  the  colon  to  become 
enlarged  is  the  sigmoid  flexure  and  the  ceacum.  Ac- 
cumulations can  occur  in  any  part  of  the  colon.  The 
ascending  colon  is  much  more  often  filled  in  life  than 
the  books  would  lead  us  to  believe ;  indeed,  it  may  be  said 
that  chronic  accumulations  are  oftener  to  be  found  in 
the  ascending  than  the  descending  colon,  which  is  also 
contrary  to  the  assertions  of  the  authors.  When  the 
accumulations  are  large,  the  increased  weight  of  the 
colon  tends  to  displace  it ;  then  the  transverse  colon  may 
descend  even  into  the  pelvis.  The  colon  may  be  filled 
in  an  adult  so  as  to  present  a  circumference  of  fifteen 
inches.  These i accumulations  vary  in  density;  they  may 
be  so  hard  as  to  resist  the  knife,  and  thus  be  mistaken 
for  gall  stones. 

"The  mass  may  be  so  enormous  as  to  press  upon  any 
organ  located  in  the  abdomen,  interfering  with  its  func- 
tions ;  thus  we  may  have  pressure  on  the  liver  that  arrests 
the  flow  of  bile,  or  upon  the  urinary  organs,  crippling 
their  functions.  Reported  cases  of  accumulations  almost 


HALL'S  HYGIENIC  TREATMENT.  195 

surpass  human-  credulity.  Enough  has  been  gathered 
from  the  colon  and  rectum  to  fill  a  common-sized  pail. 
Of  course  such  enormous  amounts  occur  only  excep- 
tionally; it  is  not  to  these  that  attention  is  particularly 
drawn  in  this  paper,  because  where  they  are  so  ex- 
cessive, any  physician  can  detect  them  by  palpation.  It 
is  to  the  minor  accumulations  particularly  that  I  wish  to 
draw  attention — the  accumulations  that  we  see  in  the 
majority  of  patients  who  visit  our  offices.  Such  patients 
assure  us  that  the  bowels  move  daily;  but  the  color 
of  their  complexion,  the  condition  of  their  tongue,  and, 
above  all,  the  color  of  the  feces,  are  enough  to  assure  us 
that  they  are  the  victims  of  costiveness. 

"Daily  movements  of  the  bowels  are  no  sort  of  a 
sign  that  the  colon  is  not  impacted;  in  fact,  the  worst 
cases  of  costiveness  that  we  ever  see  are  those  in  which 
daily  movements  of  the  bowels  occur.  The  diagnosis 
of  fecal  accumulations  is  facilitated  by  inquiring  as  to  the 
color  of  the  daily  discharges.  A  black  or  a  very  daik 
green  color  almost  always  indicates  that  the  feces  are 
ancient.  Prompt  discharge  of  food  refuse  is  indicated 
by  more  or  less  yellow  color.  It  would  be  interesting  to 
inquire  why  fresh  feces  are  yellow  and  ancient  feces  are 
dark. 

"Absorption  of  the  feces  from  the  colon  lead  to  a 
great  many  different  symptoms ;  amongst  others  anaemia, 
with  its  results,  sallow  or  yellow  complexion,  with  its 
chloasmic  spots,  furred  tongue,  foul  breath,  and  muddy 
sclerotics.  Such  patients  have  digestive  fermentations 
to  torment  them,  resulting  in  flatulent  distension  which 
encroaches  on  the  cavity  of  the  chest,  which  in  excessive 
cases  may  cause  short  and  rapid  breathing,  irregular 
heart  action,  disturbed  circulation  in  the  brain,  with 
vertigo  and  headache.  An  over-distended  caecum  or  sig- 
moid  flexure,  from  pressure,  may  produce  dropsy,  numb- 
ness or  cramps  in  the  right  or  left  lower  extremity.  A 
physical  examination  that  will  determine  this  impac- 
tion  is  simplicity  itself.  By  placing  the  patient  on  the 
back,  with  the  knees  well  drawn  up,  the  physician  can 
place  one  hand  on  the  abdomen,  below  the  tenth  or 


196  HALL'S   HYGIENIC  TREATMENT. 

eleventh  cartilage,  with  the  fingers  of  the  other  in  the 
posterior  hypochondriac  region.  The  ascending  or  de- 
scending colon  can  easily  be  pressed  forward  against  the 
hand  in  front  of  the  abdomen.  The  hand  in  front  should 
be  kept  firm  and  immovable.  A  little  practice  will  enable 
one  to  very  readily  distinguish  these  accumulations. 
Conjoined  manipulation  only  enables  one  to  decide  the 
incontestable  presence  of  impaction  of  the  colon.  Per- 
cussion sounds  may  be  so  obfuscated  by  adventitious 
circumstances  as  to  render  them  valueless.  Conjoined 
manipulation  can  be  very  quickly  practiced,  and  is  the 
most  satisfactory  method  of  examination.  Its  only  un- 
certainty of  detecting  accumulations  is  in  very  obese 
patients.  In  them  a  flushing  will  dispel  doubts. 

Case  I. — Miss  O.,  aged  27,  has  almost  continuous,  uni- 
versal cephalagia ;  pain  over  the  angle  of  the  transverse 
and  descending  colon,  anorexia,  functional  eye  disturb- 
ances, coming  on  suddenly  and  often  in  the  day,  fre- 
quent dizzy  blind  spells,  vague  muscular  pain  in  the 
arms,  face  yellow,  is  green  around  the  mouth  and  nose, 
a  greenish  yellow  all  over  the  head  and  neck.  On  the 
2ist  of  May,  1886,  first  flushing,  five  pints  of  water  being 
used ;  discharges  enormous.  The  appetite  at  once  ap- 
peared ;  her  spirits  immediately  improved.  Daily  flush- 
ings until  the  7th  day  of  July.  Face  almost  clear; 
color  coming  to  her  cheeks ;  lips  red,  digestion  perfect, 
and  her  general  health  totally  changed  for  the  better. 

"Case  II. — Mrs.  G.,  aged  32,  has  very  yellow  cheeks, 
both  covered  with  chloasmic  spots,  which  extend  down 
to  the  neck ;  is  costive.  Conjoined  palpation  indicates 
both  ascending  and  descending  colon  filled.  Is  losing 
strength ;  is  anaemic,  emaciating.  Her  husband's  poverty 
is  causing  the  most  distressing  anticipations,  and  her 
mental  suffering  almost  drives  her  insane.  A  daily  flush- 
ing was  ordered  on  the  loth  of  August,  1887,  and  con- 
tinued until  November  2d.  After  that  they  were  taken 
every  other  day.  On  the  25th  of  February,  1888,  she 
reported  that  the  flushing  had  completely  revolutionized 
her  health;  they  had  made  her  feel  light  and  strong; 
they  relieved  the  pressure  in  the  abdomen ;  their  presence 


HALL'S  HYGIENIC  TREATMENT.  197 

caused  eructations  always.  Sleeps  better  after  taking 
one.  In  fact,  if  she  finds  that  insomnia  be  upon  her, 
she  takes  a  flushing,  and  is  sure  to  sleep  soundly  there- 
after. Eating  when  fatigued  will  be  followed  by  great 
tympanites,  which  a  flushing  is  sure  to  relieve.  Form- 
erly had  great  acidity  of  the  stomach;  now  she  never 
has  it.  Formerly  she  used  to  have  a  headache,  with 
vomiting  and  prostration,  lasting  thirty-six  hours  every 
two  or  three  weeks,  since  August  she  has  not  had  one. 
Urinates  very  freely  after  using  flushing,  which  lightens 
her  very  much. 

"Case  III. — Mrs.  R.,  age  29,  has  had  chronic  digestive 
disturbances ;  a  poor  breakfaster  for  years ;  has  gastric 
dyspepsia  characterized  by  pain,  load,  weight,  gas,  acid 
and  bitter  pyrosis;  could  eat  but  few  things,  butter  es- 
pecially distressing  her;  constipated  and  costive  since 
girlhood ;  for  years  had  a  sense  of  pressure  in  the  rectum ; 
at  times  of  late  has  had  it  all  the  time.  Flushing  first 
given  the  i/th  of  May,  1887,  twice  per  week,  at  bed  time. 
At  first  they  produced  pain  and  nausea,  and  once  vomit- 
ing followed.  These  adverse  symptoms  were  relieved 
when  the  water  passed.  The  discharges  from  her  bowels 
were  simply  enormous.  They  were  continued  until  she 
passed  yellow  feces.  On  the  28th  of  June  she  was  eating 
everything.  She  became  a  good  breakfaster.  On  the 
ist  of  August  she  was  doing  all  her  own  housework,  the 
first  time  in  three  years. 

"Case  IV. — Miss  C.,  age  30,  always  constipated,  very 
muddy  complexion,  chloasmic  spots  all  over  her  face, 
capricious  appetite,  seeks  relief  for  a  progressively  in- 
creasing nervousness,  which  has  been  upon  her  the  past 
three  years,  and  is  very  much  worse  in  the  past  six 
months,  and  threatens  to  lead  her  to  a  suicide's  grave. 
She  experiences  sudden  misgivings ;  she  has  nervous 
prostration ;  colon  filled  to  an  enormous  extent.  Flush- 
ing was  used  and  continued  daily  for  a  period  of  one 
month,  when  she  reported  that  she  was  better  in  every 
way ;  does  not  give  out  any  more ;  is  stronger  in  all 
things;  her  complexion  is  clearing  out;  the  chloasmic 
spots  are  unchanged ;  the  appetite  decidedly  vigorous.  In 


198  HALL'S  HYGIENIC  TREATMENT. 

this  case  the  fecal  reliefs  were  enormous,  and  the  im- 
provement so  rapid  that  there  was  no  question  of  their 
being  cause  and  effect. 

"Case  V. — Mrs.  A.,  age  34,  has  been  having  epileptic 
convulsions  since  April,  1883,  two  years  subsequent  to 
her  only  confinement.  Immediately  after  her  confine- 
ment, in  February,  1881,  she  began  to  experience  nervous 
symptoms,  such  as  numbness,  twitching  of  the  left  side 
of  her  body;  these  increased  until  convulsions  be- 
gan, in  April,  1883.  From  that  time  until  the 
ist  of  May,  1887,  she  was  under  the  care  of  various 
European  and  American  physicians.  She  had  had  the 
cervix  and  perineum  closed  by  operation;  she  had  had 
almost  endless  medication;  had  used  hydropathy;  but 
still  the  convulsions  continued.  Careful  examination 
revealed  a  loaded  colon,  universal  congestion  of  the 
pelvic  organs,  and  renal  insufficiency.  It  was  evident 
that  convulsions  arose  from  some  trouble  upon  the  left 
side  of  her  pelvis,  which  in  a  normal  state  would  not 
produce  convulsions,  as  subsequent  events  showed,  but 
in  a  congested  condition  was  sure  to  precipitate  con- 
vulsions. This  was  shown  by  the  fact  that  the  con- 
vulsions were  preceded  by  an  intense  agitation  of  the 
muscles  of  the  left  lower  extremity,  which  became  more 
and  more  uncontrollable  until  the  convulsions  developed 
a  pain  in  the  left  leg,  and  could  be  produced  by  a  pressure 
on  the  left  side  of  the  pelvis.  Treatment  for  left-sided 
sciatica  with  ether  and  ice  was  given  immediately  after 
confinement.  Pain  through  the  pelvis  from  over-exertion, 
or  from  too  much  standing,  would  be  produced  in  the  left 
leg  just  the  same  as  would  be  produced  by  digital 
pressure.  There  never  was  a  convulsion  that  was  not 
preceded  by  this  disturbance  of  the  left  side.  Matters 
clearly  pointed  to  the  pelvis  for  treatment  for  the  relief 
of  the  convulsions.  It  was  considered  that  if  the  pelvic 
difficulty  could  be  relieved  by  any  means,  that  possibly 
the  convulsions  would  be  arrested;  accordingly,  daily 
flushings  of  the  colon  and  a  diuretic  were  used ;  glycerin 
tampons  were  also  daily  used.  The  amount  of  relief  was 
very  great.  For  weeks  the  daily  report  was  that  the 


HALL'S  HYGIENIC  TREATMENT.  199 

flushings  came  away  looking  like  soap-suds,  indicating 
a  probable  overplus  of  bile,  which  seemed  to  be  con- 
firmed by  the  fact  of  stomach  indigestion  and  intestinal 
fermentations  which  she  had  had  for  years. 

"The  result  of  the  treatment  so  improved  the  patient 
that  in  three  months  after  the  beginning  ol  the  flushings, 
etc.,  the  convulsions  ceased  for  a  period  of  nineteen 
months.  During  that  time  she  again  visited  Europe,  re- 
laxed her  vigilance  as  to  the  care  of  her  health,  returning 
to  America  in  January  of  the  present  year.  Her  face 
showed  that  she  was  absorbing  feces  again,  and  in  vari- 
ous ways  she  indicated  that  her  trouble  was  returning. 
Before  she  left  for  Europe  the  pelvic  organs  were  in  a 
condition  demanding  no  further  treatment.  She  was 
urged  to  return  to  her  flushings,  which  she  omitted  to  do, 
and  went  straight  on  her  iniquitous  course  of  neglecting 
herself,  and  in  February,  about  a  month  later,  she  had 
one  of  the  most  terrific  convulsions  she  had  ever  experi- 
enced. 

"I  believe  that  the  flushings  did  for  this  patient  what1 
medicine  could  not  do.  They  thoroughly  evacuated  her 
bowels  and  gave  her  alimentary  canal  a  chance  to  absorb 
food  instead  of  feces.  I  furthermore  consider  that  the 
successful  treatment  of  this  patient  with  medicine,  with- 
out flushings  of  the  colon,  will  be  entirely  unsuccessful. 

"Case  VI. — Miss  O.,  has  been  having  chills  daily; 
has  a  constant  bad  taste  in  the  mouth ;  has  vertigo, 
scalding  urine ;  has  eczema  extensively  on  the  right  hand 
and  fingers.  Examination  reveals  a  loaded  colon,  al- 
though her  bowels  move  nearly  every  day.  Ordered 
daily  flushings  of  the  colon,  a  daily  laxative  and  the 
potash  citrate.  In  a  week  the  chills  ceased  entirely,  the 
vertigo  had  disappeared,  the  urine  was  improving.  Medi- 
cine stopped,  and  the  flushings  continued,  for  a  period  of 
six  weeks,  daily.  The  surprising  thing  is  that,  at  the 
end  of  six  weeks,  the  hand  was  entirely  well. 

"The  question  comes  up — Was  not  the  eczematous 
condition  of  the  hand  a  thing  permitted  to  supervene 
from  fecal  absorption? 


200  HALL'S  HYGIENIC  TREATMENT. 

"Case  VII. — Mrs.  D.,  aged  29,  has  psoriasis  covering 
a  large  portion  of  her  body.  She  has  as  much  unsound  as 
sound  skin,  has  had  it  more  or  less  since  the  eighth  year 
of  her  age.  She  is  gouty,  has  gastric  indigestion,  head- 
aches every  two  or  three  weeks,  which  always  wind  up 
with  vomiting.  After  giving  her  medicines  for  a  period 
of  seven  months  without  much  benefit,  I  discovered  an 
impacted  condition  of  her  colon.  The  effect  of  the  flush- 
ings seemed  to  be  to  relieve  her  of  all  dyspeptic  troubles, 
relieved  her  headaches  entirely,  and  at  the  end  of  three 
months  of  using  flushings,  the  psoriasis  had  almost  en- 
tirely disappeared.  The  last  time  she  was  seen  a  few 
spots  of  it  remained  on  the  abdomen  and  forearms. 

"The  question  arises,  did  the  prevention  of  fecal  ab- 
sorption relieve  a  skin  disease? 

"Case  VIII. — Mrs.  W.,  age  30,  has  had  headaches  for 
years  anywhere  from  once  a  month  to  once  in  four  or 
five  days,  which  prostrated  her,  lasting  from  six  to 
twenty-four  hours.  She  always  had  been  constipated, 
and  strange  to  say,  about  the  only  thing  that  ailed  her 
was  headache.  Her  colon  was  found  loaded. 

"Flushings  ordered  for  a  period  of  three  months,  with- 
out medicines.  The  headaches  were  completely  and 
permanently  relieved ;  her  complexion,  which  had  always 
been  muddy,  cleared  up  greatly,  sending  out  in  bolder 
relief  the  chloasmic  spots  which  decorated  her  forehead 
and  temples. 

"I  have  often  questioned  whether  chloasmic  spots 
were  not  due  to  fecal  absorption.  These  spots  are  pig- 
mentary matter  deposited  under  the  skin.  It  is  a 
physiological  fact  that  all  pigments  originate  in  the  liver. 
In  a  condition  of  health  their  abnormal  deposit  we  never 
see.  It  is  only  when  the  patient  is  not  well  in  some  way, 
that  these  spots  are  noticed.  They  are  infinitely  more 
common  in  women  than  in  men.  It  is  easy  to  see  that 
their  sedentary  life  is  more  apt  to  lead  in  them  to  the 
filling  of  the  colon.  Absorption  from  the  colon  produces 
a  poisoned  blood,  which  in  turn  deranges  every  organ  of 
the  body,  among  others  the  liver.  It  is  possible  that  the 
action  of  light,  as  in  photographs,  contributes  in  some 


HAUL'S   HYGIENIC   TREATMENT.  201 

way  to  precipitate  the  deposits  of  these  chloasmic  spots, 
because  we  see  them  chiefly  upon  the  parts  of  the  body 
exposed  to  light. 

"The  use  of  a  long-  rectal  tube  is  unnecessary.  The 
patient  should  be  placed  in  a  genupectoral  position,  the 
shoulders  thus  being  lower  than  the  hips.  The  water 
will  be  made  to  descend  while  anatomically  ascending  the 
intestines.  Patients  can  be  made  to  receive  from  one  to 
six  pints  of  water  in  this  position  without  the  slightest 
trouble.  One  of  the  effects  of  the  water  is  to  distend 
the  colon,  and  in  that  way  pressing  away  the  walls  of  the 
loculi  from  the  accumulations  they  fall  into  the  current 
of  water,  and  are  passed  out  while  the  water  is  leaving 
the  intestine.  The  patient  will  oftentimes  complain  of 
severe  tormina ;  checking  the  current  of  water  for  a  few 
seconds,  and  will  be  followed  by  complete  relief.  The 
presence  of  such  a  strange  foreign  body  in  the  intestine 
as  hot  water  in  many  cases  excites  prodigious  peristalic 
activity,  thus  producing  the  tormina.  Plain  hot  water 
is  all  that  is  necessary  to  use.  The  water  should  be  hot ; 
cold  or  tepid  water  will  not  do.  It  will  produce  great 
suffering.  One  patient  took  the  flushings  for  a  fortnight, 
returning  vowed  she  never  would  use  any  more  because 
they  produced  such  terrific  cramps.  Upon  inquiry  it  was 
found  that  she  was  using  tepid  water.  The  subsequent 
use  of  hot  wrater  by  her  was  never  followed  by  a  cramp. 
Upon  many  patients  this  large  amount  of  water  acts  as 
a  vigorous  diuretic.  Where  patients  suffer  as  well  frcm 
renal  insufficiency,  I  am  in  the  habit  of  telling  them  to 
use  a  pint  or  a  pint  and  a  half  of  hot  water  after  the 
flushing  has  passed  away,  and  to  lie  upon  the  back  with 
hips  elevated  for  half  an  hour.  Thus  retaining  the  water 
it  will  act  as  a  powerful  diuretic.  Some  patients  can  ad- 
minister this  flushing  with  the  greatest  ease,  while  others 
will  develop  a  most  phenomenal  awkwardness.  I  am  in 
the  habit  of  telling  patients  to  kneel  in  the  bath  tub,  wno 
are  at  all  awkward  about  using  these  flushings." 


202  TAPE-WORM. 


THE 
TAPE-WORM  SPECIALIST. 


These  gentlemen  are,  as  a  rule,  not  graduates  of 
medicine,  and  often  prefix  the  title  "professor"  instead 
of  doctor  to  their  names.  They  are  either  permanently 
located  in  cities  or  travel  through  the  country,  lectur- 
ing on  worms,  from  a  buggy  on  the  street  corners  of 
small  towns,  where  they  display  large  bottles  of  the 
different  specimens  of  worms,  which  they  claim  to  have 
removed. 

They  cure  all  kinds  of  worms  and,  by  their  persuasive 
oratory,  make  a  large  portion  of  their  audiences  believe 
that  they  have  worms  whether  they  have  or  not.  The 
fact  that  physicians  often  overlook  the  symptoms  of 
worms,  gives  them  an  opportunity  to  sway  their  audi- 
ence by  their  convincing  arguments. 

The  treatment  of  tape-worms  is  very  simple  and  spe- 
cific. The  best  remedy,  without  a  doubt,  is  the  tannate 
of  pelletierine.  This  is  best  administered  in  the  form  of 
Tanrat's  solution  of  pelletierine,  which  is  sold  in  bottles 
containing  one  adult  dose,  for  two  dollars  each.  I  have 
used  this  in  several  cases  without  a  single  failure.  I 
regret  that  I  cannot  give  the  formula  of  this  preparation, 
but  it  is  a  preparation  like  many  others  used  by  physi- 
cians, of  which  the  manufacturers  hold  the  vehicle  a 
secret,  and  charge  many  times  the  price  it  is  worth. 

If  a  physician  wished  to  prepare  a  similar  prepara- 
tion, from  crude  drugs,  the  following  formula  comes  from 
high  authority,  and  is  said  to  be  used  with  equal  suc- 
cess: 

J$     Granati   .2  oz. 

Pepinis    I  oz. 

Aspidii   oleoresin y2  dr. 


TAPE-WOKM.  203 

Aqua  acacia  and  syrup q.  s.    ad.  9  oz. 

The  granati  should  be  mixed  with  a  pint  and  a  half  of 
water  and  boiled  down  to  seven  ounces.  The  pepinis 
should  be  deprived  of  their  outer  coats  and  beaten  to  a 
paste  with  fine  powdered  sugar.  The  aspidii  should  now 
be  made  into  a  emulsion  with  acacia  and  the  decoction 
of  granati,  then  added  to  the  paste  of  pepinis  and  add 
sufficient  flavored  syrup  to  bring  the  mixture  up  to  nine 
ounces. 

One-third  of  this  mixture  should  be  taken  in  the 
morning  after  a  light  diet  and  laxative  the  previous  day. 
If  the  first  dose  is  not  successful,  the  second  and  third 
portions  can  be  taken  at  intervals  of  every  three  hours. 
When  the  worm  comes  away  the  patient  should  be  sit- 
ting on  a  vessel  partly  filled  with  warm  water  to  pre- 
vent the  weight  of  the  expelled  portion  tearing  off  the 
head.  The  patient  should  be  instructed  never  to  attempt 
to  pull  on  the  worm,  for  he  will  always  break  it  and  the 
treatment  will  have  to  be  repeated. 

Another  way  is  to  cover  a  vessel  with  a  piece  of 
mosquito  netting  so  that  the  cloth  bags  somewhat  into 
the  vessel.  The  fseces  will  readily  pass  through  and  leave 
the  worm  on  top,  where  it  can  be  esaily  examined. 

In  the  larger  cities  we  find  German  specialists  who 
have  established  a  reputation  among  their  countrymen 
for  removing  tape-worms.  They  are  usually  successful 
and  their  method  is  worthy  of  mention.  Their  procedure 
is  as  follows :  The  patient  is  requested  to  omit  two  meals 
and  during  that  time  a  brisk  saline  cathartic  is  given 
until  the  bowels  are  emptied,  after  which,  they  are 
given  a  teaspoonful  of  the  ethereal  oil  of  male-fern 
(Merck)  in  a  teaspoonful  of  warm  milk.  The  patient 
can  now  lie  down  and  suck  a  lemon.  If  the  dose  nause- 
ates him  at  the  end  of  two  or  three  hours,  the  patient 
is  given  an  ounce  of  castor  oil  with  ten  drops  of  oil  of 
turpentine  and  one  drop  of  Choton  oil.  After  a  short  in- 
terval the  bowels  will  move  copiously  and  the  worm  be 
expelled.  As  son  as  the  worm  is  expelled  it  should  be 
examined  to  ascertain  if  the  head  is  present. 


204  PASTEUR'S  METHOD  FOR  HYDROPHOBIA. 


PASTEUR'S  METHOD 


FOR 


TREATING  HYDROPHOBIA. 


One  of  the  most  successful  of  the  toxin  treatments  is 
Pasteur's  treatment  for  rabies.  From  the  years  1886  to 
1893  inclusive  there  were  14,430  cases  treated  at  the 
Pasteur  Institute  in  Paris,  with  only  72  deaths.  This 
leaves  a  mortality  of  one-half  of  one  per  cent.  The 
institute  in  New  York  treated  424  cases  with  but  two 
deaths. 

As  yet  there  has  never  been  a  microbe  discovered 
which  lsv  associated  with  rabies,  yet  proof  is  abundant 
that  the  disease  is  due  to  a  micro-organism.  Pasteur 
found  the  virus  most  abundant  in  the  spinal  cord  of 
the  rabid  animal  and  showed  that  its  inoculation  upon  a 
healthy  animal  will  produce  the  characteristic  symptoms 
of  the  disease,  also  that  the  virus  may  be  attenuated  in 
virulence  by  drying  the  spinal  cord  containing  it. 

He  also  found  by  inoculating  on  each  successive  day 
the  virus  from  a  cord  dried  during  a  shorter  period  than 
that  used  on  the  previous  day  the  animal  so  treated  may 
be  gradually  made  almost  certainly  secure  against  rabies, 
either  from  the  bite  of  a  rabid  animal  or  from  any 
method  of  subcutaneous  inoculation.  Upon  these  facts 
he  founded  the  preventative  treatment  of  this  disease, 
commenced  by  him  in  Paris  in  1885,  which  consists 
in  the  daily  inoculation  of  the  bitten  person  with 
emulsions  of  gradually  increasing  virulence,  made  from 
the  dried  spinal  cord  of  rabbits  that  have  died  from 
rabies.  By  this  procedure  chemical  substances  (toxins) 


PASTEUR'S  METHOD  FOR  HYDROPHOBIA.          205 

produced  during  the  life  of  some  specific  organism  and 
known  to  be  inhibitory  of  its  growth,  are  introduced 
into  the  system  of  the  patient  (V.  Horsley). 

Dr.  Horwitz  gives  the  following  as  his  mode  of  con- 
ducting the  treatment  of  a  case  of  hydrophobia. 

The  substance  used  for  inoculation  is  perfectly  pure 
veal  broth,  free  from  microbes,  in  which  has  been  dis- 
solved a  little  of  the  spinal  marrow  of  a  rabid  rabbit. 
The  broth  is  carefully  prepared  and  put  into  a  glass  re- 
ceiver of  spherical  form  with  a  long  neck,  hermetically 
sealed.  It  is  then  submitted  for  half  an  hour,  under 
pressure,  to  a  heat  of  239  degrees  F.  This  boiling  is 
for  the  purpose  of  destroying  all  germs.  When  per- 
fectly clear  it  is  decanted  in  one  of  Pasteur's  receptacles. 
To  obtain  the  infected  marrow,  a  rabbit  is  chloroformed 
and  trepanned,  the  infected  broth  is  injected  under  the 
dura  mater,  then  the  edges  of  the  wound  are  stitched  to- 
gether, and  the  rabbit  is  left  to  recover. 

After  the  inocctilation,  rabies  declares  itself  in  the 
rabbit  at  the  end  of  six  days.  Two  or  three  days  later 
the  animal  dies.  The  spinal  cord  is  carefully  extracted 
and  then  hung  up  in  a  flask  containing  caustic  potash. 
It  is  placed  in  a  room  kept  at  a  heat  of  68  degrees  F. 
When  the  infected  substance  is  to  be  used,  a  piece  about 
a  centimetre  in  length  is  cut  off  and  mixed  with  pure 
broth.  The  first  day  the  patient  receives  half  a  hypo- 
dermic syringeful  of  broth,  with  marrow  of  thirteen  days' 
strength.  The  following  day  the  patient  receives  a  hypo- 
dermic injection  of  twelve  days'  strength.  Each  day  the 
marrow  is  one  day  younger,  the  operation  being  repeated 
daily  for  twelve  days. 

Rabies  may  be  considered  a  very  rare  disease  and 
many  old  practitioners  have  never  seen  a  case.  It  is 
therefore  best  for  the  physician  to  send  the  patient  who 
has  been  bitten  by  a  rabid  animal  to  one  of  the  Pasteur 
institutes.  He  should  be  accompanied  by  a  piece  of 
the  medulla,  oblongata  of  the  rabid  animal  if  possible. 
This  will  allow  the  physicians  in  charge  to  determine 
whether  or  not  the  animal  was  rabid. 


206  STAMMERING. 


THE 
STAMMERING  SPECIALIST. 


The  treatment  of  stuttering  and  stammering  does 
not  properly  belong  to  the  physician,  as  they  are  habits, 
not  diseases,  and  no  medicine  will  have  any  effect  upon 
them;  but  as  he  is  often  consulted  in  regard  to  these 
impediments  of  speech,  a  statement  of  the  manner  of 
curing  them  will  not  be  out  of  place  in  this  work.  They 
differ  very  slightly,  one  being  an  inability  to  pronounce 
certain  words,  the  other  to  give  certain  sounds;  and  by 
persistent  effort  both  are  easily  overcome.  A  New  York 
prof essor, '  who  is  a  graduate  of  a  German  college  for 
the  study  of  the  vocal  organs,  says : 

"The  whole  thing  is  very  simple,  so  simple  that  you 
will  smile  when  I  tell  you  the  sole  and  only  cause  of 
stuttering  and  stammering  is  careless  respiration. 
People  who  suffer  from  the  impediment  have  only  to 
pause,  take  in  a  long  breath,  and  then,  opening  the  mouth 
in  the  manner  laid  down  in  the  charts  used  by  elocu- 
tionists, pronounce  the  word  sharply.  Have  you  ever 
noticed  the  remarkable  fact  that  people  who  are  in- 
veterate stammerers  are  often  accomplished  vocalists? 
That  is  because  in  the  act  of  singing  respiration  is  done 
in  a  proper  way. 

"A  novel  fact  is  that  the  troubles  of  stammerers  or 
stutterers  lie  entirely  with  the  vowel  sounds.  Patients 
do  not  seem  to  understand  this.  In  describing  their 
cases  they  will  tell  me  that  they  have  difficulty  in  sound- 
ing 'p'  or  'd.'  That  is  where  they  are  wrong.  They 
sound  the  consonant  all  right,  but  stagger  at  the  vowel. 
A  patient  conies  to  me,  and  I  say  to  him,  'Say  papa.'  He 
will  commence,  T-p-p-p-p,  oh,  professor,  I  c-c-c-c-c-c-an't 
say  p-p-p-p-p-papa.' 


STAMMERING.  207 

"It  is  at  once  apparent  that  his  trouble  lies  with  the 
vowel  'a.'  Then  the  treatment  commences.  Standing 
before  him,  I  suggest  that  he  take  a  long  breath  through 
the  partially  closed  mouth  until  the  lungs  are  well  filled, 
and  then,  at  the  moment  of  exhalation,  following  my 
direction,  he  opens  the  mouth  in  the  proper  manner,  as 
indicated  by  a  chart,  and  pronounces  with  me  in  a  high, 
mechanical  voice,  'pawpaw.'  This  is  often  repeated,  the 
vowels  being  changed. 

"From  words  we  pass  on  to  sentences  and  so  on  to 
introduce  in  close  connection  all  the  vowel  sounds.  The 
respiration  before  each  vowel  sound  is  necessary.  The 
treatment  therefore  consists  in  forming  this  habit.  As 
the  patient  pupil  progresses,  the  length  of  this  respira- 
tion is  reduced,  the  pronunciation  is  made  in  a  lower 
pitch  and  in  a  few  weeks,  rarely  over  five,  the  most  in- 
veterate stutterer  can  talk  fluently  and  rapidly  with  no 
sign  of  his  former  affliction.  But  eternal  vigilance  is 
necessary. 

"Should  the  apparently  cured  patient  become  care- 
less and  forget  the  necessity  of  respiration  as  taught  him, 
he  may  relapse  into  his  former  state,  and  then  his  train- 
ing must  be  done  all  over  again.  A  boy  of  sixteen 
years  of  age  was  brought  to  me.  His  was  a  stubborn 
case,  but  in  six  weeks  I  had  him  talking  all  right.  Time 
passed  on  for  two  years.  I  frequently  saw  the  boy  at 
his  father's  house  and  was  delighted  with  the  cure.  Last 
summer  he  came  to  my  institute.  He  was  as  badly  off 
as  when  I  first  met  him. 

"It  seems  that  his  father  had  sent  him  on  a  short 
business  trip  to  Europe,  away  from  the  restraining  in- 
fluence of  the  father,  whose  ears  were  always  alert  for 
any  return  of  his  son's  affliction,  and,  much  disturbed 
by  the  noise  of  the  vessel's  machinery,  he  became  care- 
less, and  having  once  relapsed  he  became  worse  every 
day,  and  was  really  forced  to  shorten  his  stay  abroad  and 
return  to  New  York  for  treatment. 

"He  was  a  bright  lad,  who  readily  applied  himself  to 
my  rules,  and  in  a  week  he  was  all  right  again.  As  a 


208  STAMMERING. 

matter  of  fact,  he  need  not  have  come  back  to  me,  but 
could  have  applied  his  old  lessons  with  success. 

"The  German  government  has  long  recognized  the 
importance  of  rational  treatment  of  vocal  impediments, 
and  school  children  afflicted  in  this  manner  are  put 
through  a  regular  course  by  graduates  of  the  college 
at  Frankfort,  where  this  specialty  is  taught  in  the  govern- 
ment employ.  The  German  treatment  is  that  of  ele- 
mentary training  in  elocution. 

"The  habit  of  imperfect  respiration  is  generally  found 
in  connection  with  some  diseases  of  childhood  like  the 
measles,  but  a  most  frequent  cause  is  unconscious  imita- 
tion. One  stuttering  child  in  a  family  will  set  all  the 
others  to  struggling  with  the  vowel  sound.  An  adult 
in  conversation  with  a  stuttering  person  finds  it  difficult 
to  speak  without  stammering." 

In  this  city  there  is  an  institute  for  the  cure  of  stam- 
mering and  stuttering,  and  I  have  an  acquaintance  who 
took  the  course  and  was  at  the  institute  for  about  three 
weeks.  Through  this  gentleman  I  received  the  follow- 
ing information,  although  the  professor  is  very  careful 
to  keep  his  methods  a  secret,  and  I  believe  each  student 
is  required  to  sign  an  agreement  not  to  teach  or  expose 
his  methods. 

A  synopsis  of  the  treatment  is  as  follows:  The  first 
day  or  so  the  student  is  "put  in  silence,"  that  is,  he  is 
not  allowed  to  speak  a  word  to  anyone.  After  this,  he 
is  taught  to  pronounce  each  word  in  syllables  and  at 
the  same  time  mark  each  syllable  by  waving  his  fingers 
in  very  much  the  same  way  as  a  director  of  a  band  or 
orchestra  marks  the  time  of  music.  To  illustrate,  have 
the  person  take  a  full  breath  and  repeat  the  following 
sentence  and  words:  "Breathes-there-a-man-with-soul- 
so-dead,  who-nev-er-to-him-self-hath-said,  this-is-my- 
own-my-nat-ive-land.  Con-stan-ti-no-ple ;  Phil-a-del- 
phi-a."  You  will  see  that  each  syllable  should  be  pro- 
nounced separately  and  each  word  and  each  syllable 
marked  by  a  right  angular  wave  of  the  finger  or  hand,  the 
same  as  a  musician  marks  time.  As  the  pupil  progresses, 


STAMMERING.  209 

he  can  combine  the  syllables  of  words  and  pronounce 
them  as  one. 

This  is  what  he  called  "the  method,"  and  it  is  sur- 
prising to  notice  how  well  many  extreme  stammerers 
can  speak  after  following  this  method  for  a  few  days. 
The  method  was,  no  doubt,  founded  upon  the  knowledge 
that  stutterers  could  sing  with  as  free  flow  of  words  as 
others,  and  by  using  this  method,  he  is  practically  sing- 
ing his  conversation  without  any  tune.  He  gradually 
overcomes  the  sing-song  conversation  and  talks  as  freely 
as  others.  In  connection  with  the  method  the  student 
is  given  exercises  in  breathing  and  pronouncing  different 
vowels,  reading  sentences,  etc. 

This  is  a  very  simple  method  and  I  believe  one  of 
the  best,  for  it  will  cure  a  large  percentage  of  cases, 
if  patients  will  be  persevering  and  persistent. 


"  Glorious  their  aim  to  ease  the  laboring  heart, 

To  war  with  Death  and  stop  his  flying  dart. 

To  trace  the  source  whence  the  fierce  contest  grew 

And  life's  short  lease  on  easier  terms  renew, 

To  calm  the  frenzy  of  the  burning  brain 

To  heal  the  tortures  of  imploring  pain  ; 

Or,  when  more  powerful  ills  all  efforts  brave 

To  cure  the  victim  no  device  can  save 

The  yet  may  smooth  the  stormy  passage  to  the  grave. 


[14] 


210  SECRET  PRESCRIPTION   WRITING. 

SECRET 
PRESCRIPTION  WRITING. 


Very  often  we  find  physicians  who  wish  to  have 
their  prescriptions  filled  at  a  certain  drug  store,  either 
because  they  think  they  have  better  drugs  or  else  be- 
cause they  receive  a  percentage  on  prescriptions  or  per- 
haps they  have  an  interest  in  the  store.  This  has  caused 
different  secret  systems  of  prescription  writing  to  be 
introduced.  The  following  very  simple  method  has  been 
used  in  some  places  and  is  a  very  convenient  way  to 
write  prescriptions. 

By  the  use  of  this  system  all  medical  ingredients  are 
divided  into  grains,  minims,  and  drachms.  If  the  drug 
is  a  solid,  it  is  designated  either  as  grains  or  drachms, 
if  a  liquid,  either  minims  or  drachms.  Grains  and  minims 
are  distinguished  from  drachms  by  the  position  of  the 
period.  If  the  period  appears  at  the  right  of  the  number, 
it  either  means  grains  or  minims  (i.  one  grain  or  minim)  ; 
if  at  the  left  of  the  number,  it  signifies  drachms  (.1  one 
drachm).  To  illustrate,  the  following  perscription  will 
give  the  symbols  of  both  ways  of  writing  the  same 
prescription : 

I£     Strychnine   nitrate *^.  equals  ^  gr. 

Tinct.  capsicum 20.  equals  20  min. 

F.  E.  cinchona  com 6    equals    6  dr. 

Simple  elixir q.  s.  ad.  .32    equals    4  oz. 

M.  Sig.  A  teaspoonful  every  hour  as  a  "bracer"  for 
debauch. 

»  For  writing  prescriptions  in  this  way  you  should  have 
special  printed  prescription  blanks  directing  the  patient 
to  the  pharmacy  where  it  is  to  be  filled  or  tell  the  patient 
that  he  can  get  it  filled  only  at  that  certain  store. 

To  the  pharmacist  who  is  not  familiar  with  this  way 
of  writing  prescriptions  it  is  rather  puzzling  and  some 
will  refuse  to  fill  the  prescriptions  altogether,  while 
others  will  attempt  to  guess  it  out,  which  might  act  to 
the  disadvantage  of  the  prescriber. 


NOSTRUMS.  211 


THE 
NOSTRUM  SPECIALIST. 


Nostrum  venders  should  not  be  classed  under  the 
title  of  specialists,  but  most  nostrums  have  a  specialist 
at  their  helm,  who  is  exercising  great  energy  for  the 
sale  of  his  preparations.  The  amount  of  money  spent 
in  advertising  the  so-called  patent  medicines  will  reach 
into  the  millions  every  year,  and  the  methods  of  ad- 
vertisers has  created  quite  a  rivalry,  and  we  often  see 
one  attack  another  through  printer's  ink. 

There  has  been  hundreds  and  hundreds  of  nostrums 
offered  for  sale,  and  while  many  of  them  have  only  be- 
come popular  in  certain  localities,  others  have  gained  a 
national  or  international  reputation,  depending  some- 
what upon  the  amount  of  money,  energy  and  cleverness 
displayed  in  advertising  them.  It  is  the  author's  belief 
that  any  preparation  with  a  reasonable  degree  of  merit 
can  be  sold  if  it  is  placed  before  the  public  in  the  right 
light,  and  the  amount  of  popularity  gained  will  depend 
altogether  upon  the  "man  behind  the  gun."  To  illustrate 
the  great  and  small,  I  will  give  some  instances  which 
have  come  to  my  notice. 

ESTABLISHING  THE  SALE  OF  NOSTRUMS  IN 
SMALL  COMMUNITIES. 

Several  years  ago  I  had  a  friend  who  was  conducting 
a  drug  store  in  a  small  city.  One  day  we  entered  into 
a  discussion  regarding  the  profit  made  in  patent  medi- 
cines. I  argued  that  any  meritorious  preparation  could 
be  manufactured  at  about  one-third  the  cost  of  nostrums 
and  would  find  a  ready  sale,  if  the  same  amount  of  money 
was  expended  in  advertising;  he  decided  to  test  the 
project  and  made  up  a  quantity  of  King's  Consumption 


212  NOSTRUMS. 

Cure,  after  the  formula  given  on  another  page.  The 
preparation  was  identical  with  King's  Consumption  Cure, 
except  that  he  added  more  caramel  to  give  it  a  deeper 
color.  This  was  cartooned  and  labeled  nicely  and  placed 
upon  the  market  under  the  name  of  Halwood's  Cough 
Cure.  By  keeping  his  advertisement  persistently  before 
the  public,  he  has  created  a  great  demand  for  the  prepara- 
tion, which  to-day  is  bringing  him  a  greater  profit  than 
all  the  rest  of  his  drug  business.  Although  the  prepara- 
tion is  only  known  in  one  county,  there  is  no  doubt  that 
if  he  would  exercise  more  energy  and  use  more  capital, 
he  would  create  a  demand  for  the  preparation  through- 
out the  state,  or  perhaps  the  United  States,  and  it  would 
gain  the  same  popularity  as  the  original ;  but  he  is  con- 
tented with  his  lot.  One  county  satisfied  his  ambition. 
This  is  given  to  show  how  the  sale  of  a  nostrum  can  be 
limited  or  expanded  according  to  the  ambition  of  the  pro- 
prietor. 

There  are  several  other  ways  in  which  patent  med- 
icines have  been  brought  before  the  public.  Most  of 
the  Indian  remedies  have  been  introduced  through 
Indian  medicine  companies,  who  travel  from  town  to 
town ;  pitch  their  tents  on  some  public  thoroughfare  and 
give  an  Indian  show.  The  presiding  professor  tells  the 
story  of  the  skill  the  Indians  possess  in  selecting  remedies 
for  the  sick  and  suffering  (?).  The  New  Idea  gives  the 
following  regarding  a  company  that  visited  this  city  a 
few  years  ago  for  the  introduction  and  sale  of 

HARTLEY'S  SOUTH  AMERICA  CURE. 

"During  the  summer  of  the  present  year  a  man  calling 
himself  Prof.  Hartley  occupied  a  vacant  lot  in  Detroit, 
with  a  large  tent,  lighted  by  electric  light,  wherein  he 
had  immense  audiences  every  evening  during  his  stay, 
which  lasted  some  two  months.  The  professor  gave  a 
short  lecture  upon  a  South  America  cure,  which  he 
stated  to  be  composed  of  roots,  herbs,  seeds,  barks,  and 
flowers  growing  exclusively  in  South  America,  and  used 
for  centuries  by  the  Araucanians,  a  tribe  of  people  who 


NOSTRUMS.  213 

inhabit  the  western  slope  of  the  Andes,  in  the  southern 
part  of  Chili.  During  his  lecture  the  professor  managed 
to  give  the  audience  to  understand  that  this  wonderful 
medicine  performed  more  cures  of  indigestion,  dyspepsia, 
catarrh,  rheumatism,  liver  complaints,  and  kidney  dis- 
eases, than  any  other  medicine  on  the  face  of  the  earth. 
Being  curious  to  know  something  more  concerning  the 
internal  constitution  of  this  South  America  Cure,  we  pur- 
chased a  bottle,  and  subjected  it  to  an  analysis,  according 
to  which  we  find  that  it  consists  of  fluid  extract  of  rhu- 
barb, 8  parts ;  fluid  licorice  and  anise,  each  2  parts ;  fluid 
capsicum,  ^  part;  fluid  aloes,  ]/$  part;  alcohol,  6  parts; 
water  enough  to  make  32  parts,  to  which  a  small  per- 
centage of  sodium  bicarbonate  is  added,  about  ten  grains 
to  the  ounce.  How  is  this  for  a  South  American  cure, 
which  country  does  not  furnish  to  commerce  one  in- 
gredient in  the  nostrum?  It  is  asserted  that  nearly  60,000 
bottles  were  sold  in  Detroit  in  a  few  weeks  that  this  so- 
called  professor  held  forth." 

Other  medicine  firms  depend  exclusively  upon  news- 
papers, circulars,  and  sampling,  free  prescriptions,  etc. 
The  following  will  give  you  an  idea  of  the  way  the 
free  prescription  fake  schemes  are  worked: 

DR.  CHURCHILL'S  PRESCRIPTIONS. 

The  "Churchill  Prescriptions"  are  still  being  sent  out 
"free."  As  this  particular  form  of  the  "sands  of  life" 
kind  of  philanthropy  will  be  new  to  some  readers,  we 
will  copy  literally,  as  a  sample,  one  of  the  prescriptions, 
which  is  for  "nervous  debility,"  etc.: 

I£     Pareira  brava ^  oz. 

Hydrastis  C ]/z  oz. 

Peruvian  bark  calisaya YZ  oz. 

Bromide  potassium J4  oz. 

Carbonate  lithia I  dr. 

The  "mode  of  preparing"  is  given  as  follows : 
"Put  one-quarter  ounce  pareira  brava  to  one  ounce 
of  boiling  water;  let  it  stand  for  two  hours;  then  add 
of  finely  powdered  hydrastis  C,  one  ounce;  mix  well  and 


214  NOSTRUMS. 

reduce  to  the  consistency  of  syrup  by  evaporation.  Put 
one  ounce  Peruvian  bark  calisaya  to  two  ounces  of  boil- 
ing water;  let  it  boil  five  minutes;  then  filter  and  add 
one  and  one-half  ounces  bromide  potassium.  Wash  two 
drachms  in  the  salts  of  carbonate  lithia  in  proper  vessels, 
and  add  all  the  ingredients  together,  and  heat  on  a  slow 
fire  in  a  close  covered  vessel  to  100  degrees  specific 
gravity;  remove  it  to  a  mortar,  pulverize  well,  and 
triturate.  Divide  the  whole  mixture  into  fifteen  powders." 

The  reader  is  warned  in  the  customary  fashion 
against  "unprincipled  druggists"  who  undertake  to  pre- 
pare the  "prescriptions"  as  "best  they  can,"  and  is  invited 
to  send  to  the  advertiser  for  the  "remedies." 

The  difference  between  these  prescriptions  and  the 
"Blodgetti"  and  "Arabian  sea-grass"  operations  is,  that 
the  former  direct  nothing  but  medicines  that  really  exist, 
but  cannot  be  "compounded"  according  to  the  absurd 
directions,  which  appear  very  learned  to  the  average 
reader. 

The  only  course  left  open  to  a  conscientious  pharm- 
acist who  is  asked  to  prepare  such  a  prescription,  is  to 
inform  the  customer  of  its  exact  nature,  and  to  "back  up" 
his  statements  by  the  Circular,  in  which  he  will  find  all 
such  schemes  explained  as  they  arise.  As  people  seem 
to  take  more  kindly  to  what  they  see  in  print  than  to 
what  is  told  them  by  a  familiar  acquaintance,  this  plan 
has  been  found  to  work  well ;  the  pharmacist  sustaining 
his  reputation  for  knowledge  and  ability. 

CORRASSA  COMPOUND. 

Another  free  recipe  for  the  permanent  cure  of 
spermatorrhoea,  seminal  weakness,  involuntary  emis- 
sions, impotence,  etc. : 

IJ     Extract  of  corrassa  apimis 8  dr. 

Extract  of  salarmo  umbellifera 4  dr. 

Powdered  alkermes  latifolia 3  dr. 

Extract  of  carsadoc  herbalis .6  dr. 

Mix  well  together  in  a  mortar,  then  put  the  mixture 
in  a  box  and  keep  it  covered,  or  wrap  it  in  paper  and 


NOSTRUMS.  215 

cover  with  tinfoil  to  exclude  the  air.  For  a  dose,  take 
about  one-half  a  tea-spoonful  of  the  mixture,  and  moisten 
it  with  a  little  cold  water  in  a  glass  or  cup,  then  add  about 
two  table-spoonfuls  of  cold  water,  or  just  enough  to  enable 
you  to  take  it  down  easily.  Take  the  medicine  at  night 
before  going  to  bed,  and  in  the  morning  before  eating. 
If  you  wish  to  sweeten  it  you  may  add  as  much  sugar  or 
syrup  to  each  dose  as  may  suit  your  taste. 

REMARKS. 

The  above  named  herbs,  so  remarkable  for  their  heal- 
ing qualities,  are  found  in  the  great  valleys  of  the  Am- 
azon and  through  most  of  the  valleys  of  the  South 
American  mountains.  Their  wonderful  medicinal  prop- 
erties are  known  to  the  Indian  medicine  men,  and  also 
to  some  of  the  learned  missionaries  -from  Europe,  who 
reside  in  South  America. 

This  particular  combination  of  remedies  is  called 
the  Corrassa  Compound,  taking  its  name  from  the  first 
of  the  four  medicines  which  compose  the  recipe  when  it 
is  ready  for  use. 

The  Corrassa  Compound  acts  particularly  on  the 
membranes  which  line  the  urinary  and  genital  organs, 
allaying  irritation,  curing  the  unhealthy  discharges,  and 
imparting  a  healthy  tone  to  the  nerves  and  tissues  which 
compose  these  parts.  Its  tonic  properties  give  strength 
to  the  weak  and  incompetent,  while  its  soothing  prop- 
erties keep  down  over-excitement  of  the  sexual  organs. 
In  gonorrhoea  or  gleet  this  medicine  cures  almost  like 
magic.  It  is  also  highly  beneficial  for  females  who  suf- 
fer from  leucorrhoea  or  whites. 

This  remedy  from  South  America  (the  land  sf  medi- 
cines) is  entirely  a  product  of  the  vegetable  world.  No 
deleterious  ingredients  enter  into  its  composition ;  no 
injury  to  the  constitution  can  possibly  occur  from  its 
use,  and  no  other  remedy  will  so  effectually  eradicate 
mercury  and  other  mineral  poisons  from  the  body.  On 
the  human  system  it  acts  like  a  charm.  It  improves  the 
digestion,  purifies  the  blood,  gives  tone  to  the  nerves, 
prevents  the  tendency  to  consumption,  imparts  to  the 


216  NOSTRUMS. 

skin  a  fresh  bloom,  and  gives  to  the  countenance  an  ani- 
mated and  brilliant  expression.  The  good  effects  of  this 
medicine  in  my  own  case  you  will  find  related  in  the 
following  circular,  which  you  will  please  read.  (Extract 
from  accompanying  circular.) 

Following  this  the  Rev.  Jos.  T.  Inman  tells  a 
plaintive  story  of  how  he  suffered  from  the  effects  of 
his  youthful  indiscretions;  how  he  tried  all  the  best 
physicians  in  America  and  Europe ;  how  at  last  his 
friends  managed  to  transport  him  in  the  good  ship  Rein- 
deer, R.  I.  Marsh,  captain,  to  Para,  South  America,  to 
spend  his  last  hours  as  a  missionary  among  the  heathen. 
While  there  he  devoted  his  "spare  time  to  the  study  of 
medicinal  plants,"  and  while  doing  so,  "first  learned  the 
virtues  of  the  Carrassa  Compound,"  and  also  made  the 
acquaintance  of  a  "learned  and  venerable  physician 
named  Ferandez  Colina,  a  native  of  Spain,  who  had 
studied  in  Paris,  and  had  traveled  extensively  through 
South  America." 

All  of  this  is  intended  to  frighten  and  obtain  money 
from  the  hoped-for  victim.  No  such  drugs  as  are  given 
above  being  in  existence,  the  dupe  is  expected  to  pur- 
chase them  from  the  "Reverend"  Inman. 

This  wonderful  ( ?)  preparation  having  been  analyzed 
by  Dr.  A.  B.  Lyons,  of  Detroit,  was  found  to  consist  of: 

^     Gentian   15  per  cent. 

Licorice    15  per  cent. 

Sugar    50  per  cent. 

Sodium  bicarb 17^  per  cent. 

Cochineal    2^  per  cent. 

All  in  fine  powder.  — (New  Idea.} 

THE  RAPID  METHOD  OF  CREATING  A  LARGE 
DEMAND  FOR  NOSTRUMS. 

One  of  the  most  novel  and  profitable  ways  of  intro- 
ducing patent  medicines  was  told  me  by  a  druggist,  who 
was  formerly  proprietor  of  a  drug  store  in  northern 
Michigan,  and  I  think  the  story  will  be  sufficiently  in- 
teresting to  repeat  here,  from  the  fact  that  the  company 


NOSTRUMS.  217 

is  now  located  in  Columbus,  Ohio,  and  is  among  the 
largest  of  patent  medicine  advertisers,  as  it  spends  sev- 
eral hundred  thousand  dollars  every  year  in  advertising. 
This  company  had  three  preparations  for  which  it  wished 
to  create  a  rapid  demand,  and  its  method  was  to  send  an 
advance  agent  to  various  given  points,  to  contract  with 
some  local  druggist  to  place  so  many  gross  of  each 
kind  of  medicine  in  his  store  for  sale.  The  drug- 
gist was  not  to  pay  for  the  medicines  until  they  were 
entirely  disposed  of,  when  he  was  expected  to  pay  the 
regular  wholesale  price.  After:  making  the  contract  with 
only  one  store  in  each  place,  the  advance  agent  immedi- 
ately commenced  to  circularize  the  entire  population  not 
only  of  the  city,  but  of  the  country  for  many  miles 
around.  The  circulars  conveyed  the  information  that  a 
certain  specialist  of  wonderful  skill  and  ability  would 
visit  that  city  for  the  purpose  of  healing  the  afflicted. 
The  physician  was  billed  as  a  philanthropist  of  the 
highest  character,  and  under  no  consideration  would  he 
accept  any  remuneration  for  his  services,  his  skill  being 
absolutely  free  and  at  the  command  of  the  sick  and 
suffering. 

THE  SPECIALIST  ARRIVED. 

As  early  as  six  o'clock  in  the  morning  the  hotel 
parlors  were  packed  to  their  fullest  capacity.  Each 
patient  was  handed  a  card  giving  instructions  how  to  ap- 
proach the  doctor,  a  part  of  the  advice  being  to  "ask  the 
doctor  no  questions,  as  he  can  tell  your  ailments  better 
than  you  can  describe  them  yourself.  Each  patient  will  be 
allowed  only  five  minutes'  consultation,"  etc.  When  the 
patient  was  admitted  to  the  consultation  room  he  was 
given  a  seat  and  the  doctor  then  proceeded  to  describe 
his  ailments  in  very  much  the  same  manner  outlined  in 
the  chapter  on  the  Observing  Specialist.  The  doctor 
then  dictated  a  prescription  to  his  stenographer,  which 
consisted  principally  of  fictitious  names  of  pharma- 
ceutical products,  handed  it  to  the  patient  and  dis- 
missed him. 


218  NOSTRUMS. 

THE  DOCTOR'S  UNDERSTANDING  WITH  THE 
DRUGGIST. 

It  was  understood  between  the  physician  and  drug- 
gist that  any  prescription  he  sent  him,  containing  a  six- 
teen-ounce  mixture  would  be  the  preparation  he  left  at 
the  store,-  containing  the  same  amount  of  medicine 
(which  is  supposed  to  be  a  mild  cinchona  tonic).  The 
twelve  and  fourteen-ounce  mixtures  were  also  identified 
in  the  same  way.  The  physician  did  not  always  confine 
his  prescribing  to  the  stereotyped  preparations  at  the 
store,  but  often  added  a  little  nux  vomica  or  other  medi- 
cines he  thought  the  patient  required.  The  druggist 
supplied  the  doctor  with  prescription  blanks,  with  the 
name  and  address  of  his  store,  which  was  supposed  to 
be  the  only  store  in  the  city  where  the  prescription 
could  be  compounded.  The  physician  instructed  the 
druggist  to  remove  the  original  labels  the  preparation 
contained,  and  replace  them  with  the  regular  druggist 
label  with  Sig.  The  gentleman  who  conducted  the  store 
told  me  that  the  financial  receipts  for  the  prescriptions 
that  day  amounted  to  several  hundred  dollars,  but  they 
did  not  end  there,  they  continued  to  fill  the  same  pre- 
scriptions for  several  years  afterwards,  and  thus  created 
a  demand  for  the  nostrums  which  I  suppose  are  still  sup- 
plied by  the  same  company. 

This  method  has  proven  to  be  one  of  the  most  suc- 
cessful methods  of  introducing  nostrums  that  the  author 
has  any  knowledge  of,  for  today  the  company  is  rated 
at  over  a  million  dollars,  and  it  did  not  take  the  doctor 
and  his  staff  over  two  years  to  visit  most  of  the  prin- 
cipal cities  of  the  United  States,  and  thus  cover  the  en- 
tire country. 

THE  COST  OF  NOSTRUMS. 

In  the  preceding  paragraphs  we  have  outlined  some 
of  the  ways  of  promoting  the  sale  of  nostrums.  We  will 
now  discuss  the  cost  of  nostrums.  My  attention  was  first 
called  to  this  subject  by  an  article  which  appeared  in  the 
Indiana  Pharmacist,  in  which  it  said: 


NOSTRUMS.  219 

"Why  should  you  pay  $1.90  a  dozen  for  Bull's  Cough 
Syrup,  when  you  can  put  up  a  better  article  containing 
no  opium,  giving  three  times  the  quantity  for  the  same 
money,  at  a  cost  of  but  46  cents  a  dozen? 

Here  is  a  formula  for  a  most  excellent  cough  syrup : 

^     Fl.  ext.  ipecac 2.  oz.  38  cents. 

Chloroform    ^  oz.  2.  cents. 

Tinct.  white  pine 8  oz.  14  cents. 

Water    28  oz. 

Sugar    56  oz.  25  cents. 

Magnesia  carb 2  oz.  3  cents. 

Tinct.    gelsemium i  oz.  2  cents. 


Total 84  cents. 

This  makes  five  pints  of  the  finished  product,  which 
put  up  in  three  ounce  ball-neck  panels,  holding  2)4 
ounces,  would  make  35^  dozen  bottles.  The  cost  of  the 
bottles  wrould  be  50  cents,  and  the  labels,  wrappers,  etc., 
would  cost  not  more  than  10  cents,  making  a  total  cost 
of  $1.44  for  three  and  one-sixth  dozen  syrup,  or  about 
46  cents  a  dozen,  as  against  $1.90  a  dozen  for  Bull's. 

Take  the  subject  of  bitters.  None  of  the  patents  can 
be  bought  for  less  than  $7.00  a  dozen,  and  from  that  up 
to  $8.50.  They  retail  for  $1.00  where  "cutting"  is  not 
known.  Take  the  following  formula : 

^     Cinchona  bark,  red .8  oz.  30  cents. 

Gentian   root 8  oz.     5  cents. 

Columbo   root 8  oz.  10  cents. 

Juniper    berries 8  oz.     3  cents. 

Glycerine   8  oz.     9  cents. 

Alcohol    i-iTvr-rrvm  .  i  part. 

Water   3  parts. 

To  make  one  gallon  of  finished  product. 

Have  the  drugs  ground  to  a  coarse  powder,  pack  in 
a  percolator,  pour  on  menstruum  until  the  top  of  the  drug 
is  evenly  covered.  When  the  percolate  begins  to  drop, 
insert  a  cork  in  the  percolator,  cover  the  top,  and  allow 
the  contents  to  macerate  48  hours.  Then  proceed  to  ob- 


220  NO  TRUMS. 

tain  75^  pints  of  percolate,  to  which  add  the  glycerine. 
Flavor  with  oil  of  wintergreen. 

This  makes  eight  pints  of  finished  product,  which 
put  up  in  pint  bottles,  sells  for  $1.00  a  bottle.  The 
bottle  costs  25  cents,  and  the  labels  and  wrappers  not  to 
exceed  10  cents,  making  a  total  cost  of  $1.50  for  eight 
bottles,  or  $2.25  for  a  dozen,  as  against  $7.00  to  $8.00 
for  the  regular  nostrum. 

For  a  blood  purifier  that  will  "do  the  work  every 
time:" 

J$     Fl.  ext.  sarsaparilla 8  oz.  50  cents. 

Fl.  ext.  stillingia 8  oz.  25  cents. 

Fl.  ext.  yellow  dock 8  oz.  25  cents. 

Podophyllin 24  gr.     3  cents. 

Aqua   2  pt. 

Elix.    simplex 2  pt.  23  cents. 

Alcohol    2  pt.  55  cents. 

Iodide   potash i  oz.  18  cents. 

Mix  and  filter.  Put  up  in  paneled  14-ounce  bottles. 
This  will  give  nine  bottles  to  the  gallon.  The  bottles 
will  cost  26  cents,  label  and  wrappers  10  cents,  making 
a  total  cost  of  $2.35  for  nine  bottles,  or  $3.13  a  dozen,  as 
against  $7.00  to  $8.50  a  dozen  for  the  much-vaunted 
nostrums  that  are  generally  only  a  solution  of  epsom 
salts,  colored  and  flavored. 

For  a  kidney  cure,  one  that  invariably  brings  back 
the  customer,  recommends  itself  and  makes  business 
brisk : 

I£     Fl.  ext.  buchu 8  oz.  35  cents. 

Fl.  ext.  pareira  brava 4  oz.  20  cents. 

Fl.  ext.  stone-root 4  oz.  20  cents. 

Acetate    potass 4  oz.  15  cents. 

Holland  gin,  best 8  oz.  20  cents. 

Simple  elixir,  to  make I  gal.  72  cents. 

Mix.  Filter  and  put  up  in  bottles  holding  eight 
ounces,  plain  or  paneled,  as  best  suits.  The  bottles  will 
cost  44  cents,  and  the  labels  and  wrappers  10  cents,  mak- 
ing a  total  cost  of  $2.35  for  16  bottles,  or  $1.77  a  dozen. 


NOSTRUMS.  221 

This  can  be  sold  for  50  cents  a  bottle,  and  will  afford  a 
much  better  per  cent,  and  larger  profits  than  Warner's 
nostrums  and  do  the  patient  some  good. 

For  a  liniment  for  general  purposes,  that  will  relieve 
pain  and  soreness,  giving  much  better  satisfaction  than 
St.  Jacob's  oil: 

^     Soap  liniment 5  pt.  $1.10 

Aqua   ammonia 2  pt.       .12 

Tinct.    opium I  pt.       .60 

After  reading  the  above  article  it  occurred  to  me  that 
physicians  might  need  a  little  of  the  same  advice,  when 
we  stop  to  consider  the  number  of  pharmaceutical  prep- 
arations, which  are  offered  to  the  medical  profession  at 
an  enormous  advance  in  price,  and  the  only  defense  their 
manufacturers  can  offer,  is  that  their  products  are  "chem- 
ically pure,"  which  is  no  doubt  true,  but  when  we  have 
access  to  products  from  the  laboratories  of  Parke,  Davis 
&  Co.,  Merck's  and  many  others,  why  should  we  pay 
many  times  the  original  cost  to  have  some  pharma- 
ceutical manufacturing  company  place  these  chemical 
products  in  an  aromatic  vehicle?  This  is  well  illustrated 
in  the  preparation  Bromidia,  Peacock's  Bromides,  San- 
metto,  and  others.  I  would  suggest  why  pay  one  dollar 
for  a  four-ounce  bottle  of  Bromidia  when  you  can  get 
the  identical  preparation  in  purity  and  therapeutical 
value  in  the  following  formula: 

BROMIDIA. 

I£  Chloral  hydrate  (Merck's)..!  oz.  n  cents. 
Potassium  brom.  (Merck's) .  I  oz.  5  cents. 
Fl.  ext.  cannabis  ind.  (P. 

D.  &  Co.) 4  min. 

Fl.      ext.      hyoscyamus     (P. 

D.  &  Co.) 4  min. 

Caramel  q.  s.  color. 

Aromatic  elix q.  s.  4  oz.     4  cents. 

The  above  makes  an  excellent  preparation  and  only 
represents  one  of  the  many  stock  preparations  which  a 
physician  could  prepare  and  have  in  his  dispensing  case 
at  little  expense. 


222  NOSTRUMS. 

Perhaps  no  greater  illustration  can  be  made  in  the 
way  chemical  products  have  been  sold  to  physicians,  at 
fancy  prices,  than  in  the  different  ways  acetanilid  has 
been  introduced.  The  cheapness  of  this  remedy  (fifty 
cents  a  pound)  makes  it  a  very  profitable  preparation  to 
compound  with  other  remedies,  and  dispose  of  under  a 
"framed  name."  Dr.  Potter's  Materia  Medica  gives  the 
following  regarding  some  of  the  preparations  this  drug 
is  supposed  to  largely  enter: 

AMMONOL. 

A  proprietary  antipyretic  and  analgesic,  claimed  to 
possess  unusual  stimulating  and  expectorant  properties 
due  to  the  loosely  combined  ammonia  in  its  composition. 
Beringer  concludes  that  it  is  merely  an  admixture  of: 

^     Acetanilid   2  parts. 

Sodium   bicarbonate I  part. 

Ammonium   carbonate i  part. 

With  a  minute  quantity  of  the  dye  metanil — yellow. 
A  similar  mixture  is  used  at  the  Philadelphia  Hospital 
under  the  name  ammoniated  acetanilid,  which  con- 
sists of: 

I£     Acetanilid    2^2  gr. 

Sodium    bicarbonate 1^2  gr. 

Ammonium  carbonate I  gr. 

This  for  a  minimum  dose.  Dose  of  ammonol  or  am- 
monol  salicylate  gr.  v-xx. 

ANTIKAMNIA. 

Ts  a  proprietary  preparation  widely  advertised  as  an 
antipyretic  and  analgesic.  Analysis  of  several  samples 
have  been  made  by  different  chemists,  all  of  which  agree 
in  finding  the  chief  ingredients  to  be  acetanilid  and 
sodium  bicarbonate  in  varying  proportions.  By  some 
observers  caffeine  was  detected,  also  tartaric  acid,  etc. 
The  preparation  is  formulated  by  the  latest  analysis  as  a 
mixture  of : 

1$     Acetanilid    70  parts. 

Sodium  bicarbonate 20  parts. 

Caffeine   10  parts. 

Dose,  gr.  v-xv,  in  powder  or  tablets. 


NOSTRUMS.  223 

ANTIKOL. 

I£     Acetanilid    75  parts. 

Sodium    bicarbonate ijl/2  parts. 

Tartaric  acid jl/2  parts. 

Dose,  gr.  v-xv.  —(Squibb.) 

ANTINERVIN. 

^     Acetanilid    2  parts. 

Salicylic    acid I  part. 

Ammonium    bromide , . .  .  i  part. 

Dose,  gr.  v-xv.  — (Ritsert.) 

EXODYNE. 

^     Acetanilid    90  parts. 

Sodium  salicylate 5  parts. 

Sodium    bicarbonate 5  parts. 

The  name  sufficiently  states  its  claim  to  medicinal 
virtue.  Dose,  gr.  iij-x. 

FEBRINOL. 

So-called  by  its  proprietors,  is  a  mixture  of  acetanilid 
and  other  inert  substances,  advertised  at  one-half  the 
price  of  similar  coal-tar  preparations. 

PHENOLID. 

1$     Acetanilid   58  parts. 

Sodium  salicylate 43  parts. 

And  competes  with  the  above  as  a  panacea.  Dose, 
gr.  v-xv. 

I  am  not  aiming  to  do  an  injustice  to  the  manufac- 
turerers  of  the  different  non-secret  preparations,  which 
are  offered  the  medical  profession,  but  I  only  wish  to 
point  out  the  large  revenues  they  receive  for  adding  an 
aromatic  vehicle  and  favorably  impressing  the  profession 
that  their  preparations  offer  special  advantages,  because 
they  are  chemically  pure  and  pharmaceutically  correct. 

PHYSICIANS  AND  NOSTRUMS. 

Many  physicians  are,  generally  speaking,  no  different 
from  the  laity,  and  often  entertain  some  of  the  mysteries 
which  hover  around  the  healing  art,  and  place  more  value 
upon  a  remedy  of  which  they  know  little  of  the  contents, 


224  NOSTRUMS. 

than  they  do  on  their  own  knowledge  of  medicine.  The 
principal  thing  they  are  seeking  is  "results,"  and  with 
this  end  in  view  prescribe  nostrums,  with  the  same  grace 
and  dignity  as  a  grandmother  will  goose-oil. 

I  have  seen  many  physicians  prescribe  such  nostrums 
as  Hive  Syrup,  Castoria,  Trask's  Ointment  and  others  of 
a  similar  character,  when  superior  treatments  were  at 
their  command.  This  practice  has  become  as  profound 
a  habit  with  some  physicians  as  tobacco  has  with  others ; 
on  the  other  hand  the  medical  journals  contain  advertise- 
ments of  several  preparations  which  are  nostrums  in  the 
broadest  sense  of  the  term.  To  illustrate,  Micajah's 
Uterine  Wafers,  which  are  sold  at  fancy  prices,  do  not 
compare,  in  results,  with  those  which  can  be  obtained 
from  the  use  of  the  extra-uterine  application,  given  on 
another  page. 

If  the  practice  of  medicine  is  the  exercise  of  medical 
art,  and  embraces  all  that  pertains  to  the  knowledge  of 
medicine,  my  plea  is  to  broaden  our  knowledge  to  the 
extent  that  we  may  prescribe  knowingly,  intelligently 
and  specifically  in  each  case,  and  abandon  as  far  as  pos- 
sible "shot  gun  therapeutics." 

THE  FORMULAE  OF  NOSTRUMS. 

It  is  the  author's  belief  that  most  physicians  will  ap- 
preciate a  collection  of  the  formulae  of  the  most  prom- 
inent secret  nostrums,  and  for  several  years  I  have  been 
extracting  these  formulae  from  medical  journals,  books, 
newspapers,  etc.,  and  in  addition  to  the  formulae  already 
given  throughout  this  volume,  I  will  add  several  more. 
Preserving  these  formulae  in  a  convenient  form  for 
ready  reference,  affords  many  advantages,  as  patients 
will  often  ask  physicians  regarding  the  contents  of  a  cer- 
tain patent  medicine,  and  by  referring  to  this  collection, 
he  can  not  only  supply  them  with  the  information,  but 
encourage  them  to  abandon  their  use  for  a  more  thor- 
ough course  of  treatment,  as  their  case  may  require. 

In  cases  of  poisoning  from  patent  medicines,  which 
is  not  of  infrequent  occurrence,  this  allows  the  physician 
to  select  the  antidote.  It  also  gives  your  patient  to 


NOSTRUMS.  225 

understand  that  you  are  familiar  with  the  ingredients 
these  preparations  contain,  and  you  cannot  recommend 
their  use,  because  you  can  furnish  a  more  specific  course 
of  treatment.  Although  some  of  these  medicines  have 
a  certain  degree  of  merit,  many  of  them  are  of  little  or  no 
value,  as  their  formulae  will  indicate.  Out  of  curiosity 
I  have  had  several  of  these  formulae  compounded  and 
compared  them  with  the  original,  to  ascertain  whether 
or  not  there  was  a  resemblance,  and  if  they  could  be 
prescribed  with  equal  therapeutical  results,  and  I  am  sur- 
prised at  the  success  obtained  in  many  cases. 

I,  in  no  way  wish  to  be  held  responsible  for  the  cor- 
rectness of  all  these  formulae.  The  author's  name  is  ap- 
pended in  each  case,  when  known. 

ALTERATIVES. 

AVER'S  SARSAPARILLA. 

~fy     Fluid  extract  sarsaparilla    3  oz. 

Fluid  extract  stillingia   3  oz. 

Fluid  extract  yellow  dock 2  oz. 

Fluid  extract  may  apple 2  oz. 

Sugar   i  oz. 

Iodide  potassium 90  gr. 

Iodide   iron 10  gr. 

Mix.  — (Chicago  Druggist.) 

BULL'S  BLOOD  SYRUP. 

1$     Iodide  of  potash 12  dr. 

Red  iodide  of  mercury 2  gr. 

Tinct.  of  poke  root 3  dr. 

Comp.  syrup  of  stillingia 6  oz. 

Simple  syrup,  to  make I  pt. 

Mix.  — (National  Druggist.) 

CLARK'S  BLOOD  MIXTURE. 

I£     Iodide  of  potassium 64  gr. 

Chloric   ether 4  dr. 

Liquor  potash 30  min. 

Water   7^2  oz. 

Caramel  to  color. 


226  NOSTRUMS. 

The  chloric  ether  is  made  by  dissolving  one  part  by 
weight  of  chloroform  in  nineteen  parts  by  volume  of  al- 
cohol. 

CUTICURA  RESOLVENT. 

^     Aloes,  Socot i  dr. 

Rhubarb  powd i  dr. 

Iodide  potass 36  gr. 

Whisky I  pt. 

Macerate  over  night  and  filter. 

— (St.  Louis  Druggist.) 

EDWARD'S  ALTERATIVE  AND  TONIC  BITTERS. 

$     Fluid  extract  of  hops . . .  16  oz. 

Fluid  extract  of  red  cinchona 8  oz. 

Fluid  extract  of  sarsaparilla 6  oz. 

Fluid  extract  of  hydrastis 6  oz. 

Fluid  extract  of  podophyllum 4  oz. 

Oil  of  wintergreen 6  dr. 

Oil  of  sassafras ; 3  dr. 

Oil  of  peppermint 2  dr. 

Oil  of  lemon 2  dr. 

Sugar    6  tb. 

Alcohol    2  gal. 

Water,  enough  to  make 12  gal. 

'Mix.  — (Myers  Bros.'  Druggist.) 

ELIXIR    IODO-BROMIDE    OF    CALCIUM    COM- 
POUND. 
]$     Bromide  of  calcium 256  gr. 

Iodide  of  sodium 256  gr. 

Chloride  of  magnesium 256  gr. 

Iodide  of  potassium 256  gr. 

Comp.  fl.  ext.  of  sarsaparilla. 2  oz. 

Comp.  fl.  ext.  of  stillingia 2  oz. 

Elixir  of  orange 4  oz. 

Sugar   4  oz. 

Water  to  make 16  oz. 

Dissolve  the  salts  in  the  water,  add  the  sugar  and  to 
this  syrup  add  the  fluid  extracts,  previously  mixed  with 
the  elixir  of  orange.  After  standing  two  days,  filter,  add- 
ing water  to  make  the  measure  sixteen  fluid  ounces. 


NOSTRUMS.  227 

JAYNE'S  ALTERATIVE. 

I£     Tartar   emetic 4  gr. 

Spirits  of  camphor I  dr. 

Fluid  extract  of  ipecac. 4  min. 

Laudanum 2  dr. 

Tinct.  of  lobelia I  dr. 

Syrup  of  tolu 12  dr. 

tinct.  of  digitalis i  dr. 

Syrup  of  squills 2  oz. 

Mix.  — (National  Druggist.) 

PERRY'S   COMPOUND   SARSAPARILLA   BLOOD 
PURIFIER. 

^     Turkey-corn  root 2  Ib. 

Stillingia    root 2  Ib. 

Sarsarparilla  root   2  Ib. 

Yellow-dock  root 2  Ib. 

Sassafras  bark i  Ib 

Simple  syrup. . .:. 2  gal. 

Diluted   alcohol 32  pt. 

Iodide  of  Potassa 2  Ib. 

Water  sufficient 

Percolate  roots  and  bark  with  diluted  alcohol,  add 
syrup,  then  iodide  of  potassa.  Dissolve  in  water  to  make 
six  gallons. 

Mix.  — (Kilner's  Modern  Pharmacy.) 

DR.  RAD  WAY'S  RENOVATING  RESOLVENT. 

I£     Potassium  iodide    2.5  grm 

Concentrated  sarsaparilla  decoction.  15  grm 

Bitter  almond  water 10  grm 

Syrup  30  grm 

Parrish's  simple  elixir 90  grm 

Distilled  water 250  grm 

Caramel  sufficient  to  color. 
Mix.  —  (H.  B.  Parsons.) 

RUSSELL'S  BOTANIC  KING. 

As  Dr.  Russell  states  on  the  label,  of  a  mixture  of  pow- 
dered extracts  of  dandelion,  mandrake,  buchu,  yellow 
dock,  and  peruvian  bark,  each  10  parts  ;  aloes,  50  parts. 

— (New  Idea.) 


228  NOSTRUMS. 

SYRUP  OF  STILLINGIA  COMPOUND. 
This  is  an  old  eclectic  remedy  and  may  be  prepared 
as  follows: 

I£     Fl.  ext.  stillingia  comp i  oz. 

Fl. '  ext.  corydalis i  oz. 

Fl.  ext.  blue  flag ^2  oz. 

Fl.  ext.  elder  flowers y2  oz. 

Fl.  ext.  prince's  pine y2  oz 

Fl.  ext.  prickly  ash  berries ^  oz. 

Fl.  ext.  coriander y$  oz. 

Sugar  14  oz. 

Water   Sufficient. 

Mix  the  fluid  extracts  and  add  water  to  make  &/2 
fluid  ounces.  In  this  dissolve  the  sugar,  using  as  little 
heat  as  possible,  and  add  water  to  make  one  pint. 

ANODYNES. 

BRADYCROTINE. 

A  compound  closely  resembling  it  may  be  made  by 
the  following  formula: 

I£     Caffeine    (alkaloid) 5  gr. 

Potassium   bromide 20  gr. 

Sodium    bromide 20  gr. 

Simple  syrup 2  dr. 

Alcohol 2  dr. 

Port  wine  sufficient  to  make 2  oz. 

Caramel  sufficient  to  color. 
Mix.  — (Druggists'  Circular.') 

CHLORODYNE. 

The  following  is  a  mixture  resembling  Brown's,  and 
L  think  fully  as  good: 

^     Chloroform   I  dr. 

Morphia 5  gr. 

Ether l/2  dr. 

Oil   peppermint 4  min. 

Dil.  hydrocyanic  acid i  dr. 

Tinct.    capsici 1  dr. 

Molasses    10  dr. 

Ext.  licorice 15  gr. 

Mix. 


NOSTRUMS.  229 

The  following  is  a  mixture  put  up  by  a  manufactur- 
ing firm: 

I£     Sulph.   morphia 24  gr. 

Tinct.  cannabis  indica 6  dr. 

Chloroform   6  min. 

Tinct.    capsici 12  min. 

Oil   peppermint 12  mm. 

Dil.  hydrocyanic  acid 72  min. 

Alcohol    3^  oz. 

Glycerine    3|£  oz. 

Mix.        — (Fred  Rohnert  in  American  Pharmacist.) 

COALINE  HEADACHE  POWDERS. 
We  would  suggest  antipyrine,  3  grains,  cane  sugar 
in  powdered  form,  15  grains,  to  each  powder.  One 
powder  to  be  dissolved  in  a  teaspoonful  of  water  and 
taken  as  a  dose,  to  be  repeated  in  three-quarters  of  an 
hour.  — (New  Idea.) 

KEPHALGINE. 
This  remedy  for  headache,  consists  of: 

IJ     Antipyrine   5  parts 

Roasted  coffee 5  parts 

Caffeine   2  parts 

Salicylate  of  sodium .2  parts 

Mix.  — (American  Journal  of  Pharmacy.) 

KLINE'S  NERVE  RESTORER. 

J$     Bromide  of  ammonia 3  dr. 

Bromide  of  potassium 3  dr. 

Bicarb,  of  potassium 80  gr. 

Tinct.    columbo 6  dr. 

Water   6  oz. 

Mix.    Dose:    Teaspoonful  thrice  daily  in  water. 
— (Dr.  Wade  in  Med.  World.) 

POPE'S  CURE  FOR  NEURALGIA. 

J9     Iodide  of  potash 4  dr. 

Extract  of  conium I  dr. 

Comp.tinct.  of  cinchona 2  oz. 

Syrup  of  sarsaparilla 4  oz. 

Mix.    Teaspoonful  three  times  a  day. 

— (National  Druggist.) . . 


230  NOSTRUMS. 

POWELL'S  BALM  OF  ANISE  SEED. 

This  patent  preparation  is  merely  a  modification  of 

'Paragoric  Elixir,"  without  the  perceptible  presence  of 

camphor,  but  with  the  addition  of  a  small  quantity  of 

extract  of  licorice,  and  the  faintest  presence  of  rhubarb. 

The  medicine  is  distinctly  acid,  owing  to  the  presence 

of  benzoic  acid,  and  when  water  is  added  it  becomes 

turbid  and  milky,  from  anise  seed  oil  being  one  of  the 

principal  constituents.  — (New  Idea.) 

QUICK  STOP  FOR  HEADACHES. 

Besides  camphor,  it  contains  a  little  over  i^4  grains  of 
cocaine  to  the  bottle;  that  is  about  %  grain  of  the  alka- 
loidal  salt  to  the  dose.  The  greenish  color  is  evidently 
due  to  some  greenish  fluid  extract,  and  underneath  the 
camphor  there  is  an  odor  suggestive  of  henbane,  though 
we  failed  to  isolate  any  alkaloid  having  decided  mydri- 
atic  qualities.  The  cocaine  dilated  the  pupil  slightly,  but 
the  dilation  was  attributed  to  the  cocaine  itself,  which 
is  reported  to  sometimes  have  this  effect. 

— (New  Idea.) 

RICHMOND'S  SAMARITAN  NERVINE. 

According  to  our  analysis,  this  wonderful  agent  has 
the  following  formula: 

T$     Potass,  bromide i  oz. 

Sugar   i  oz. 

Caramel  20  min. 

Water   5  oz. 

Dissolve  and  add  oil  cassia 10  min. 

Mix.  — (New  Idea.) 

ROGER'S  ANTI-NEURALGIC  PILLS. 

Asafoetida    10  gr. 

Ext.  valerian 10  gr. 

Galbanum   10  gr. 

Castoreum   . .  10  gr. 

Mix.  Make  ten  pills.  Dose:  Three  or  four  pills  a 
day  — (Country  Doctor.) 


NOSTRUMS.  231 

SENCKENBERG'S  MIGRAINE  PASTILLES. 
I£     Methozine   (antipyrine) 4^  gr. 

Antif ebrin   7^  gr. 

Rhubarb    ^  gr. 

Calamus    y$  gr. 

Cinchona   y2  gr. 

Mix.  — (Pharm.  Cent.) 

STEDMAN'S  SOOTHING  POWDERS. 

I£     Opium   pulv 3  gr. 

Ipecac   i  gr 

Milk  sugar 8  gr 

Rice  flour 12  gr 

Mix  and  divide  into  8  powders.          — (New  Idea.) 

WINSLOW'S  SOOTHING  SYRUP. 

~Sjt     Morphia  sulph y2  gr. 

Sodii   carbon i  gr. 

Simp,   syrup il/2  oz. 

Aqua   y2  oz. 

Spirit  foeniculi i  dr. 

Mix.  (New  Idea.) 

APERIENTS  AND  CATHARTICS. 

AYER'S  PILLS. 

Consist  of  Colocynth,   Gamboge  and  Aloes,   coated 
with  Starch  and  Sugar. 

BRANDRETH'S  PILLS. 

I£     Extract  colocynth 20  gr. 

Aloes,  Socotrine. .....  ^r~. 2  dr. 

Gamboge  i  dr. 

Castile  soap ^  dr. 

Oil   peppermint 2  min. 

Oil   cinnamon i  min. 

Powd.  arabic  and  alcohol,  of  each q.  s. 

Mix  and  make  80  pills.     Dose:  i  to  3,  as  directed. 

—(Dr.  D.  S.  Clark.) 


232  NOSTRUMS. 

CARTER'S  LITTLE  LIVER  PILLS. 

^     Podophyllin  il/2  gr. 

Aloes  2>l/2  gr. 

Mucilage  of  acacia q.  s. 

Mix ;  divide  into  12  pills  and  coat  with  sugar. 

— (New  Idea.) 

COMBE'S  APERIENT. 

~fy     Sulphate  of  magnes 35  parts. 

Roasted   coffee 40  parts. 

Boiling  water 500  parts. 

Mix.  Boil  for  two  minutes,  sweeten  to  taste  with 
white  sugar.  Dose: — One  wine-glassful  in  the  morning. 

DOW'S  WHITE  LIQUID  PHYSIC. 

~fy     Sodium  sulphate 8  oz. 

Dissolve  in  water '. 24  oz. 

Then  add  nitro-muriatic  acid 2  oz. 

Powdered   alum 68  gr. 

Mix.  The  dose  is  a  table-spoonful  in  water.  A  cool- 
ing purgative. 

ENO'S  "FRUIT  SALT." 

^     Soda   bicarbonate 168  parts. 

Tartaric  acid 150  parts. 

Rochelle  salt  - no  parts. 

Mix.  — (New  Idea.) 

FLEURY'S  TASTELESS  CASCARINE. 

Examination  proves  it  to  be  subnitrate  of  bismuth  and 
calomel,  triturated  through  powdered  cane  sugar. 

— (New  Idea.) 

GARFIELD  TEA. 

Our  examination  showed  it  to  contain  chiefly  senna 
leaves  and  crushed  couch-grass.  There  are  perhaps  small 
amounts  of  other  drugs  present;  but  if  so  they  are 
relatively  of  little  importance.  — (New  Idea.) 


NOSTRUMS.  233 

HOLMES'   LIVER  PILLS. 

^     Colocynth  pulp I  oz. 

Gamboge  i  oz. 

Scammony  I  oz. 

Barb,  aloes 2  oz. 

Castile  soap y2  oz. 

Oil  peppermint 2  fl.  dr. 

Water   Sufficient. 

Make  into  three-grain  pills,  of  which  from  two  to 
three  are  an  average  cathartic.  These  pills  formerly 
had  a  big  reputation  in  the  city  of  Pittsburg,  Pa. 

HALLOWAY'S  PILLS. 

I£     Aloes   2  dr. 

Rhubarb    I  'dr. 

Capsicum    20  gr. 

Saffron  5  gr. 

Sulphate  of  soda 5  gr.  . 

Make  one  hundred  pills. 

• 

HUNYADI  JANOS  WATER. 

I£     Sulphate  of  lime il/2  oz. 

Glauber  salts 24  oz. 

Epsom  salts 26  oz. 

Sulphate  of  potassa i  dr. 

Water    10  gal. 

Mix  and  charge  with  gas. 

LEE'S  ANTI-BILIOUS  PILLS. 

ff     Calomel    30  gr. 

Jalap    60  gr. 

Gamboge   12  gr. 

Tartar  emetic 3  gr. 

Beat  into  a  mass  and  make  into  24  pills,  mix  with 
gum  arabic  or  extract  of  dandelion.  Dose:  3  to  5  pills 
as  a  purgative. 

By  substituting  podophyllin  in  the  place  of  calomel 
(same  quantity)  it  makes  a  safer  and  better  pill  for 
common  use.  Dose :  2  to  3  pills. 


234  NOSTRUMS. 

LITTLE  HOP  PILLS. 

I£     Podophyllin   3  gr. 

Ext.  colocynth 6  gr. 

Oil  of  peppermint i  min. 

Ext.  rhubarb   Sufficient. 

Mix,  divide  into  12  pills  and  coat  heavily  with  sugar. 

— (New  Idea.) 

MARSHALL'S  PILLS. 

I£     Compound  extract  colocynth 60  gr. 

Mass  mercury 60  gr. 

Powd.  aloes 60  gr. 

Powd.  soap   60  gr. 

Powd.  rhubarb   60  gr. 

Mix  and  make  into  60  pills. 

— (Pharmaceutical  Record.) 

MORRISON'S  PILLS. 

I£     Powdered  colocynth  3  gr. 

Powdered  gamboge 6  gr. 

Powdered  aloes    9  gr. 

Cream  of  tartar 12  gr. 

Also  syrup  enough  for  12  pills.  Serious  results  are 
often  produced  by  large  doses  of  these  pills. 

PARSON'S  PURGATIVE  PILLS. 

I£     Aloes i  gr. 

Calomel    Y*  gr. 

Powd.  colocynth    ^2  gr. 

Gamboge    YZ  gr. 

Soap    ^  gr. 

Mandrake  root Y*  Sr- 

Oil  peppermint ^  ST- 

RADWAY'S  PILLS. 

^     Aloes    4  parts 

Jalap    2  parts. 

Ginger   2  parts. 

Myrrh    2  parts.  . 

Make  into  a  mass  with  mucilage  and  divide  into 
2-grain  pills,  of  which  about  four  dozen  are  put  into 
each  box.  — (Cooley.) 


NOSTRUMS.  235 

TARRANT'S  SELTZER  APERIENT. 
The    Assistant    State    Geologist   of    Arkansas    offers 
this  hypothetical  combination  for  this  well  known  arti- 
cle, which  we  quote  as  reported  by  J.  J.  Beidelman  to 
Meyer  Bros.,  Druggists: 

I£     Bi-carbonate  of  soda 28.25  per  cent. 

Rochelle   salts 26.04  Per  cent. 

Potassium,  soda  tartar 

Tartaric  acid  free 30.96  per  cent. 

Sulphate  of  magnesia 12.89  Per  cent. 

Magnesia   28  per  cent. 

Silica  . . . : 01  per  cent. 

Chloride  of  sodium 17  per  cent. 


Total 98.60  per  cent. 

Loss  probably  Tartaric  acid.   1.40  per  cent. 

SIMMON'S  LIVER  REGULATOR. 

3£     Hepatica    I  oz. 

Leptandra  I  oz. 

Serpentaria    I  oz. 

Senna  V/z  oz. 

Mix.  Put  the  ingredients  into  2^  pints  of  boiling 
water.  Let  stand  19  hours,  then  strain.  Add  y2  pint 
of  good  whisky.  — (New  Remedies.} 

SYRUP  OF  FIGS. 
The  formula  for  syrup  of  figs  is  as  follows: 

I£     Senna  leaves 14  oz. 

Coriander  seed 6  oz. 

Figs  . .  .24  oz. 

Tamarind   18  oz. 

Cassia  pulp 18  oz. 

Prunes   T."7777TT. 12  oz. 

Ext.  licorice il/2  oz. 

Ess.  peppermint il/2  oz. 

Syr.   simp I  gal. 

The  formula  omits  directions;  but  probably  a  water 
extract  should  be  made  of  the  drugs,  so  as  to  measure 
about  four  pints,  and  in  this  dissolve  eight  pounds  of 
sugar  to  make  the  syrup.  — (Druggists'  Circular.} 


236  NOSTRUMS. 

TOWNSEND'S  PILLS. 

Have  been  in  considerable  use  among  physicians  of 
our  acquaintance.  The  formula  is  the  following: 

~Bf     Mass  hydrarg 20  gr. 

Gamboge    20  gr. 

Ext.   aloes    20  gr. 

Zingiber  pulv 20  gr. 

Oil  peppermint 3  drops. 

Mix.     Divide  into  16  pills.    — (American  Druggist.) 

TROPIC  FRUIT  LAXATIVE. 

The  following  is  offered  as  being  a  very  fair  duplicate 
of  the  article : 

^     Jalap,  powdered 5  parts. 

Senna,  powdered    5  parts. 

Sugar 5  parts. 

Tamarind  pulp  (E.  I.) 30  parts. 

Make  into  lozenges  weighing  45  grains  each,  and  coat 
with  chocolate  and  sugar,  and  wrap  in  tin  foil. 

— (Adam  Sonrath.) 

ASTHMA  REMEDIES. 

CLEARY'S  ASTHMA  POWDER. 

JJ     Pulv.  stramonium  leaves 30  parts. 

Pulv.  belladonna  leaves 30  parts. 

Pulv.  saltpetre 5  parts. 

Pulv.  opium 2  parts. 

Mix.    A  little  to  be  burned  and  fumes  inhaled. 

— (Chemist  and  Druggist.) 

HIMROD'S  ASTHMA  CURE. 

Dr.  Geo.  Covert,  of  Clinton,  Wis.,  in  a  recent  article, 
says  in  regard  to  this  preparation:  "A  one-time  school- 
mate and  friend  of  mine  cured  himself  of  asthma  with 
his  own  remedy.  He  went  to  Europe,  introduced  his 
asthma  remedy  to  the  notice  of  Kaiser  William,  who 


NOSTRUMS.  237 

used  it  with  benefit  and  gave  it  his  royal  commendation. 
Our  friend's  fortune  was  made,  and  Himrod's  Asthma 
Remedy  is  still  on  the  market.' 

~Sjt     Powdered  lobelia 2  oz. 

Powdered  stramonium  leaves 2  oz. 

Powdered  nitrate  of  potash 2  oz. 

Powdered  black  tea 2  oz. 

Sift  well  and  mix. 

DR.  B.  W.  HAIR'S  ASTHMA  CURE. 

I£     Wine  of  tar 14  oz 

Iodide  of  potassium 220  gr. 

Make  a  solution.  Shake  well  before  taking.  The 
wine  of  tar  to  be  used  in  the  above  must  be  made  as 
follows : 

I£     Common  pine  tar 2  dr. 

Sherry  wine 2  pts. 

Pine  sawdust l/2  oz 

Mix  the  tar  with  the  sawdust  so  as  to  form  a  sort  of 
powder;  then  macerate  it  for  a  week  with  the  wine  and 
filter  through  paper.  — (Dr.  Palmer.) 

LANGELL'S  ASTHMA  REMEDY. 

J$     Powdered  belladonna  leaves i  part. 

Powdered  nitrate  of  potash 10  parts. 

CARMINATIVES. 

CHAMBERLAIN'S  COLIC,  CHOLERA,  AND  DIAR- 
RHOEA REMEDY. 

IJ     Tinct.  capsicum 20  dr. 

Tinct.   camphor 16  dr. 

Tinct.  guaicum 12  dr. 

Mix.  — \Medical  World.) 

CHAMBERLAIN'S  RELIEF. 

3£     Tinct.  capsicum  (about) I  oz. 

Spts.  camphor  (about) ft  oz. 

Tinct.  guaiac  (about) %  oz. 

Color  tinct.  to  .make 2  oz. 

Mix.  —(The  Drug  Mill.) 


238  NOSTRUMS. 

EDISON'S  POLYFORM. 

^     Chloroform    2  oz. 

Chloral  hydrate 2  oz. 

Alcohol  iy2  oz. 

Gum  camphor I  oz. 

Ether    I  oz. 

Morphine   sulphate 6  gr. 

Oil  of  peppermint 2  dr. 

Mix.  — (Druggists'  Circular.) 

FOSGATE'S  ANODYNE  CORDIAL. 

I£     Fluid  extract  rhubarb 5  dr. 

Fluid  extract  rhatany 2  dr. 

Fluid  extract  ginger 6  min. 

Paregoric    i  dr. 

Simple  syrup I  dr. 

Dilute  alcohol 5  dr. 

Mix.  — (New  Idea.) 

FLAGG'S  RELIEF. 

J$     Oil  of  cloves,  about I  dr. 

Oil  of  sassafras,  about 2  dr. 

Spirits  of  camphor,  about .  .1^2  dr. 

Mix.  —(].  ].  Pierson,  Ph.  C.) 

KELLOGG'S  RED  DROPS. 

^     Spirit  of  camphor 2  oz. 

Spirit  of  origanum }4  oz- 

Oil  of  sassafras y±  oz. 

Oil  turpentine .y2  oz. 

Color  tincture  (about) 4  oz. 

Mix.  — (Pharmacist  and  Chemist.) 

LINDSEY'S   PAIN   CURE. 

This  is  said  to  be  an  excellent  application  for  pain 
of  any  kind,  or  in  any  place,  and  especially  for  neuralgia 
and  inflammatory  rheumatism. 


NOSTRUMS.  239 

I£     Alcohol  4  oz. 

Ethereal  oil  of  wine 4  dr. 

No.  six 4  oz. 

Spts.  camphor 4  oz 

Oil    hemlock 2.  oz. 

Oil    cinnamon I  dr. 

Oil  sassafras  I  oz. 

Oil  cloves 4  dr. 

Ether   2  oz. 

Chloroform   2  oz 

Sweet  spirits  of  nitre 4  oz. 

Chloral  hydrate   2  oz. 

Lard  oil ..- 4  oz. 

Oil   cedar 4  oz. 

Oil   origanum I  oz. 

Oil  wintergreen 2  dr. 

Mix.  It  may  be  taken  internally  in  doses  of  5  to 
60  drops.  The  number  six  is  tincture  of  capsicum  and 
myrrh,  made  double  strength.  The  spirits  of  camphor 
is  also  made  double  strength  by  the  aid  of  chloroform. 

— (Dr.  McCann.) 

REE'S  CHOLERA  MIXTURE. 

1$     Spts.    chloroform 12  oz. 

Spts.  lavender,  comp 12  oz. 

Vin.  opium .3  oz. 

Oil  of  cloves .40  min. 

SEVEN  SEALS,  OR  GOLDEN  WONDER. 

^     Ether    4  parts. 

Chloroform  6  parts. 

Camphor   ^m^-rrr; 4  parts. 

Oil  of  peppermint 2  parts 

Tinct.  of  capsicum   35  parts. 

Alcohol  (90  per  cent) 50  parts. 

These  proportions  are  approximate.  This  prepara- 
tion is  recommended  for  "cholera-morbus,  rheumatism, 
wart,  corns  and  all  diseases." 

— (National  Druggist.) 


240  NOSTRUMS. 

THIELMAN'S  CHOLERA  MIXTURE. 

I£     Oil   peppermint 4  dr. 

Chloroform    . .  > 4  dr. 

Fl.  ext.  ipecac 3^  dr. 

Fl.  ext.  valerian 1^4  oz. 

Tinct.  opium,  deod 1^2  oz. 

Ether    2  oz. 

Alcohol 6  oz. 

Sherry  wine  sufficient  to  mix 16  oz. 

Mix.  — (Western  Druggist.) 

CATARRH  REMEDIES. 

HALL'S  CATARRH  CURE. 

1^     Gentian  root 1^4  oz. 

Bitter  orange  peel 5  dr. 

Cardamon  seeds 100  gr. 

Potassium  iodide I  oz. 

Dilute  alcohol Sufficient. 

Macerate  the  crude  drugs  in  12  ounces  of  dilute 
alcohol  for  48  hours,  then  transfer  to  a  percolator  and 
allow  to  percolate  slowly;  when  the  liquid  has  ceased 
to  percolate,  pass  enough  menstruum  through  the  perco- 
lator to  make  the  finished  product  measure  16  ounces. 
In  this  dissolve  the  potassium  iodide. 

— (New  Idea.) 

SAUL'S  CATARRH  REMEDY. 

I£     Comp.  tinct.  benzoin 2  oz. 

Tinct.  tolu 2  oz. 

Chloroform I  dr. 

Sulphuric    ether i  dr. 

Aramotic  spts.  of  ammonia i  oz. 

Oil  of  tar i  dr. 

Rectified  spirits 5  oz. 

Mix.    Use  with  Cutler's  inhaler. 

—  (Dr.  Brucker  in  Medical  World.) 


NOSTRUMS.  241 

SAGE'S  CATARRH   REMEDY. 

^     Powdered  hydrastis  canadensis I  oz. 

Powdered   borax 10  gr. 

Salt  10  gr. 

Ferro-cyanuret  of  iron.  .  .Sufficient  to  color. 
Mix. 

The  above  is  the  formula  of  Dr.  Sage,  and  sold  by 
him  to  Dr.  Pierce,  of  New  York,  for  $500.00.  The  for- 
mula was  given  to  me  by  Dr.  Sage  himself,  while  on 
a  visit  to  relatives  in  Switzerland  County,  Indiana,  two 
years  ago.  — (Dr.  Hewitt  in  Medical  World.) 

SANFORD'S  RADICAL  CURE  FOR  CATARRH. 

Consists,  according  to  an  analysis  made  by  Prof.  A. 
B.  Lyons,  of  a  distilled  extract  of  witch  hazel,  contain- 
ing a  little  alcohol  and  glycerine,  perhaps  as  much  as 
five  per  cent,  of  the  latter,  and  between  ten  and  fifteen 
per  cent,  of  the  former  (no  exact  determinations  at- 
tempted), also  an  important  constituent — morphine — 
quantity  not  estimated. 

The  "solvent"  consists  mostly  of  nitre  and  bicarbon- 
ate of  soda,  with  a  small  quantity  of  the  yellow  powder, 
insoluble  or  sparingly  soluble  in  water — probably  a 
vegetable  powder.  — (New  Idea.) 

DR.  SYKES'S  CATARRH  CURE. 

Mr.  D.  S.  Sager,  chemist,  Brantford,  Canada,  writes 
the  American  Druggist  that  an  analysis  of  a  package  of 
this  substance  showed  that  it  consisted  of  between  66 
and  67  per  cent,  of  chlorate  of  potassium,  with  powdered 
licorice  root,  and  a  small  amount  of  brown  powder  not 
analyzed.  The  liquid  is  made  by  adding  the  powder 
to  a  stated  amount  of  water,  filtering  out  the  sediment, 
and  then  flavoring  with  wintergreen. 

WEIDEMEYER'S  CATARRH  CURE. 

We  examined  in  1880  and  found  it  to  be  composed 
almost  entirely,  of  bicarbonate  of  soda,  costing  less  than 
one-tenth  of  one  cent  for  the  contents  of  a  box,  which 
retails  for  $1.50.  — (New  Idea.) 

[18] 


242  NOSTRUMS. 

CORN   CURES. 

HANSON'S  MAGIC  CORN   CURE. 

1$     Simple   cerate I  oz. 

Salicylic  acid I  dr. 

Mix  intimately.  — (Indiana  Pharmacist.) 

KOHLER'S  ONE  NIGHT  CORN   CURE. 

This  is  claimed  to  consist  of  lard  containing  25  per 
cent  of  salicylic  acid.  — (Western  Druggist.) 

LIEBIG'S  CORN  CURE. 

The  following  formula  for  Liebig's  Corn  Cure  is  said 
to  be  very  effective : 

^     Extract  of  cannabis  indica 5  parts. 

Salicylic  acid 30  parts. 

Collodion 240  parts. 

Mix  until  dissolved.  Apply  with  a  camel-hair  pencil 
four  consecutive  nights  and  mornings  to  form  a  thick- 
coating.  The  collodion  protects  the  corn  from  irritation 
and  rubbing,  while  the  extract  of  cannabis  indica  acts  as 
an  anodyne,  and  the  salicylic  acid  dissolves  and  disin- 
tegrates the  corn. 

MOREHEAD'S  MAGNETIC  PLASTER. 

Is  said  to  be  composed  of  tar  and  extract  of  bella- 
donna, of  each  equal  parts. 

ROGER'S  EXCELSIOR  CORN  CURE. 

1$     Fluid  ext.  cannabis  indica I  dr. 

Sulph.  morphine 20  gr. 

Salicylic  acid 10  gr. 

Collodion  to  make 2  oz. 

Mix  well.  Pare  the  corn  down  thin,  apply  till  a  coat 
forms ;  do  so  twice  or  more,  and  you  can  pick  the  corn 
out.  — (Dr.  Sullivan  in  Medical  World.} 

TRIUMPH  CORN  PLASTERS. 

We  would  suggest  the  following  formula  as  a  satis- 
factory one  for  making  a  good  plaster  to  replace  the 
secret  article. 


NOSTRUMS.  243 

Make  an  adhesive  plaster  by  melting  equal  parts  of 
resin  and  balsam  of  fir  together;  while  warm  spread  on 
linen,  and  when  cold  cut  into  circular  discs,  about  the 
size  of  a  nickel,  and  in  the  center  of  each  place  a  quan- 
tity, about  the  size  of  a  half  pea,  of  the  following  mixture : 

^     Resin 3  parts. 

Balsam  of  fir 2,y2  parts. 

Salicylic  acid 5  parts. 

Melt  the  resins  together,  then  stir  in  the  salicylic  acid. 

— (New  Idea.) 

EXPECTORANTS. 

ALLEN'S  LUNG  BALSAM. 

I£     Tinct.    sanguinaria 8  oz. 

Tinct.  lobelia 8  oz. 

Tinct.    opium .4  oz. 

Tinct.  capsicum \y2  oz. 

Essence    sassafras i  oz. 

Essence  anise .1  oz. 

New  Orleans  molasses y2  gal. 

Bring  the  syrup  to  a  boil,  and  add  cautiously  the  other 
ingredients.  — (Kilner.) 

AMICK'S  CONSUMPTION  CURE. 

The  Amick  advertisements  appeared  shortly  after  the 
publication  of  Dr.  N.  B.  Shade's  paper  in  this  and  other 
journals.  Amick  copied  Shade's  language,  speaking  of 
the  "chemical"  cure,  etc.,  and  I  believe  adopted  Shade's 
method  of  treatment.  These  are  fully  described  by  Shade, 
and  consist  of  the  use  of  calomel,  iodoform,  guaiacol, 
etc.  — (Dr.  Waugh  in  Times  and  Register.} 

AYER'S  CHERRY  PECTORAL. 

I£     Acetate  of  morphia 3  gr. 

Tincture  of  bloodroot 2  dr. 

Wine    antimony 3  dr. 

Wine  ipecac .3  dr. 

Syrup  wild  cherry 3  oz. 

Mix.  — (Pacific  Med.  and  Surg.  Journal.) 


244  NOSTRUMS. 

BATEMAN'S  PECTORAL  DROPS. 

^     Tinct.  of  opium il/2  oz. 

Tinct.  of  opium-benzoated 20  oz. 

Tinct.  of  Canada  castor 5  oz. 

Cochineal,    ground i  oz. 

Mix.  Dose,  for  adults,  20  to  30  drops,  morning  and 
evening.  Not  to  be  given  to  children  under  ten  years  of 
age.  — (Hager.) 

BOSCHEE'S  GERMAN  SYRUP. 

^     Oil  of  tar I  dr. 

Fluid  extract  ipecac 4  dr. 

Fluid  extract  wild  cherry 6  dr. 

Tincture  of  opium 4  dr. 

Carbonate  of  magnesia 3  dr. 

Water   6  oz. 

White  sugar 10  oz. 

Triturate  the  magnesia,  first,  with  the  oil  of  tar ;  then 
with  a  mixture  of  the  fluid  extracts  and  water ;  filter  and 
form  a  solution  with  the  sugar,  by  agitation,  without 
heat.  —(Medical  World.) 

BROWN'S  BRONCHIAL  TROCHES. 

Said  to  be  like  the  original  formula : 
I£     Powdered  ext.  of  licorice I  ft>. 

Powdered  sugar i*/2  ft>. 

Powdered  cubebs y±  ft. 

Powdered  gum  arabic %  ft>- 

Ext.  conium I  oz.' 

Mix.  — (New  Idea.) 

BRONCHILLINE. 

I£     Mullein   64  gr. 

Hoarhound    :  64  gr. 

Senega    64  gr. 

Ipecac    64  gr. 

Sanguinaria   64  gr. 

White   pine 64  gr. 

Wild    cherry 256  gr. 


NOSTRUMS.  245 

Chloroform    64  min. 

Sugar  14  oz.  av . 

Alcohol    8  oz. 

Tar  water  (U.  S.  P.) 8  oz. 

Mix.  — (New  Idea.) 

BULL'S  COUGH  SYRUP. 

We  have  no  reason  to  believe  that  it  contains  any- 
thing else  of  medicinal  consequence  than  the  morphia 
and  sugar-house  syrup.  — (New  Idea). 

BUCKLER'S  CROUP  MIXTURE. 

^     Tartar  emetic 2  gr. 

Pluv.  ipecac 40  gr. 

Syrup  of  squills 2  oz. 

Mix.  Dose:  Teaspoonful  every  ten  minutes  until 
emesis  occurs. 

CHILD'S  COUGH  MIXTURE. 

f$     Syr.    squills 2  dr. 

Wine    ipecac i  dr. 

Tinct.  camphor  comp i  dr. 

Simple  syrup 4  dr. 

Water    3  oz. 

DELLENBAUGH'S  COUGH  CURE. 

I£     Picrate  of  ammon 2  gr. 

Chloride  of  ammon i  dr. 

Extract  of  licorice i  dr. 

Water   3  oz. 

ELIXIR  PINUS  COMP. 

It  is  evident  that  this  elixir  is  modeled  on  the  Syrup 
of  White  Pine  Comp.  (White  Pine  Expectorant),  intro- 
duced some  years  ago  by  Mr.  C.  S.  Hallberg.  On  the 
basis  of  the  claimed  formula  of  the  elixir  we  would  offer 
the  following  formula: 

I£     Fl.  ext.  white  pine  bark 6  dr. 

Fl.  ext.  balm  gilead  buds 5  dr. 

Fl.  ext.  spikenard 5  dr. 


246  NOSTRUMS. 

Fl.  ext.  wild  cherry 4^  dr. 

Fl.  ext.  ipecac 40  min. 

Sanguinaria  nitrate 2.  gr. 

Chloroform 64  min. 

Morphia   acetate 8  gr. 

Ammonium    chloride 64  gr. 

Spirits  of  orange  (i  in  8) 30  min. 

Spirits  of  coriander  (i  in  8) 10  min. 

Spirits  of  anise 10  mm. 

Alcohol  3  oz. 

Simple  syrup 4  oz. 

Water  to  make i  pt. 

This  elixir  should  be  allowed  to  stand  four  or  five 
days  before  filtering.  — (New  Idea). 

FIRWEIN. 

Dr.  Lewis,  of  Belvidere,  gives  the  following  formula 
for  Firwein: 

I£     Solution    bromine,    iodine,    and    phos- 
phorus  i  oz. 

Fir  bark  (in  coarse  powder) i  oz. 

White  pine  bark  (coarse  powder) . . . .  l/2  oz. 
Tamarac  bark  (coarse  powder) ...... .l/2  oz. 

Dilute  alcohol 16  oz. 

Sugar   4  oz. 

Percolate  the  barks  with  the  dilute  alcohol  until  13 
fluid  ounces  are  obtained;  remove  the  tannin;  add  the 
solution  bromine,  iodine,  and  phosphorus.  Dissolve  the 
sugar;  allow  to  stand  24  hours  and  filter. 

The  solution  of  bromine,  iodine  and  phosphorus  is 
made  thus: 

I£     Phosphorus 10  gr. 

Iodine    170  gr. 

Bromine    170  gr. 

Alcohol  i  oz. 

Glycerine  sufficient  to  make 8  oz. 

Dissolve  the  iodine  in  the  alcohol,  then  add  glycerine, 
then  bromine  and  lastly  the  phosphorus  gradually  in  fine 
shavings.    Use  great  care  in  adding  the  phosphorus.  One- 
ounce  of  this  for  the  above  Firwein.         — (New  Idea.) 


NOSTRUMS.  247 

FORD'S  BALSAM  OF  HOARHOUND. 

1^     Hoarhound    herb 3^  ft). 

Licorice  root 3^  ft). 

Water 8  pt. 

Infuse  for  12  hours,  then  strain  off  six  pints.    To  these 
add: 

J£     Camphor    10  dr. 

Opium I  oz. 

Benzoin    i  oz. 

Dried  squills 2  oz. 

Oil  of  anise-seed I  oz. 

Alcohol    12  pt. 

Macerate  for  one  week  and  then  add  3^2  pounds  of 
honey.  — (New  Idea.) 

GOOCHE'S  MEXICAN  COUGH  SYRUP. 

I£     Fluid  extract  wild  cherry 2  dr. 

Glycerine 6  dr. 

Simple  syrup 2  dr. 

Syrup  of  tar,  sufficient  to  make .3  oz. 

Mix.  — (New  Idea.) 

GOOD  SAMARITAN  COUGH  SYRUP. 

I£     Morphia  muriat I  gr. 

Aq.   lauro-cerasi i  dr. 

Syrupi   2  oz. 

Mix.    One  dr.  to  two  drs.,  once  or  twice  daily. 

GRANDMOTHER'S  OWN  COUGH  REMEDY. 
IJ     Liquid   tar 5  gr. 

Fluid  ext.  hemlock i  dr. 

Powd.  white  sugar.  .^.^ 2  oz. 

And  add 

Alcohol   y2  oz. 

Water   i^  oz. 

Molasses    3  oz. 

Fluid  ext.  ipecac 8  min. 

Mix  well  and  add  finally 

Chloroform   i  dr. 

Mix.  — (New  Idea.) 


248  NOSTRUMS. 

JACKSON'S   COUGH  SYRUP. 

The  following  is  the  formula  recommended  by  Prof. 
J.  U.  Lloyd  to  be  followed  as  a  standard  for  the  above 
preparation,  which  also  goes  by  the  name  of  "Compound 
Syrup  of  Morphine:" 

I£     Fl.   ext.   ipecac ^  dr. 

Fl.  ext.  senega 3  oz. 

Fl.  ext.  rhubarb 4  dr. 

Sulphate    morphine 8  gr. 

Oil    sassafras 2.2.  min. 

Syrup,  to  make 32  oz. 

Mix.  — (American  Druggist.) 

JAYNE'S  EXPECTORANT. 

The  following  is  given  in  New  Idea  as  approximating 
this  preparation : 

Tfy     Syrup    squills 2  oz. 

Tinct.    tolu 1 1/2  oz. 

Tinct.    camphor I  dr. 

Tinct.    digitalis . .  .  I  dr. 

Tinct.    opium 2  dr. 

Wine    ipecac 2  dr. 

Antimon.  and  pot.  tart 2  gr. 

KEATING'S    COUGH    LOZENGES. 

I£     Lactucarium 7^2  gr. 

Ipecac .3^4  gr. 

Squills    3  gr. 

Ext.    licorice 3  dr. 

•  Mucil.    tragacanth q.  s. 

Mix  and  divide  into  lozenges  each  containing  19  gr. 

KING'S  NEW  DISCOVERY. 
The  following  is  said  to  represent  its  composition : 

~fy     Sulp.  morphia  8  gr. 

Fl.   ext.   ipecac y2  dr. 

Chloroform    60  min. 

Tinct.  white  pine 2  oz. 

Water 7  oz. 

Carbonate  of  magnesia 54  °z- 

Sugar 14  oz. 


NOSTRUMS.  249 

Rub  the  magnesia  with  one  ounce  of  the  sugar  in  a 
mortar,  and  triturate  with  the  tincture  of  white  pine  and 
the  fluid  extract  of  ipecac ;  gradually  add  the  water,  and 
triturate  with  the  mixture  in  the  mortar.  Filter  and 
dissolve  the  morphia  sulphate  in  the  filtrate;  mix  the 
chloroform  with  the  rest  of  the  sugar  in  a  bottle  and  add 
the  liquid  above.  Keep  in  a  tight  vessel. 

— (New  Idea.) 

LOCOCK'S  PULMONIC  WAFERS.- 

I£     Sugar    10  dr. 

Starch   10  dr. 

Gum  arabic 5  dr. 

Lactucarium    75  gr. 

Equal  parts  each  of  vinegar  of  squills,  Oxymel  of 
squills,  Wine  of  ipecac. 

The  last  three  are  to  be  mixed  and  evaporated  to  one- 
sixth  the  original  bulk  and  added  to  the  powders  in 
quantity  sufficient  to  make  a  mass  of  proper  consistance. 
This  is  to  be  divided  into  lozenges  of  seven  and  one-half 
grains  each. 

MEIBOM'S  PECTORIAL  BALSAM. 

I£     Benzoin    10  parts 

Dragon's   blood    10  parts 

Opium    10  parts 

Bals.  Peru 10  parts 

Spermaceti    5  parts 

Butter rr-rrf^ 10  parts 

Sweet  oil  of  almonds 50  parts 

Oil  of  turpentine  100  parts 

Acetic  acid    2  parts 

Digest  for  some  days,  frequently  shaking,  and  strain 
through  linen.  To  be  rubbed  on  the  breast  once  daily 
and  taken  internally  once  or  twice  daily,  in  doses  of  ten 
to  fifteen  drops,  for  coughs  and  catarrh. 


250  NOSTRUMS* 

PEEKSKILL'S  COUGH  SYRUP. 

1$     Syrup  of  tolu 5  oz. 

Syrup  of  ipecac I  oz. 

Paregoric   4  oz. 

Syrup  of  wild  cherry I  oz. 

Mix.  — (Medical  World.) 

PISO'S  CURE  FOR  CONSUMPTION. 

I£     Tinct.  tolu  y2  oz. 

Fl.  ext.  lobelia   2  dr. 

Fl.  ext.  cannabis  indica  2  dr. 

Chloroform    I  dr. 

Sulp.  morphia  4  gr. 

Tartar  emetic 4  gr. 

Ess.  mentha  viridis  10  min. 

Water  8  oz. 

Sugar    14  oz. 

Mix  the  fluid  extracts,  tincture  of  tolu,  chloroform 
and  essence  of  spearmint,  and  shake  with  the  sugar  in  a 
bottle.  Dissolve  with  the  morphine  and  tartar  emetic 
in  hot  water,  then  add  the  water  to  the  sugar  in  a  bottle. 
Dose: — One  teaspoonful. 

—(New  Idea.) 

RANSOM'S  HIVE  SYRUP  AND  TOLU. 

IJ     Fluid  ext.  squills   2  dr. 

Fluid  ext.  senega 2  dr. 

Soluble  essence  tolu   2  dr. 

Tartar  emetic   4  gr. 

White  sugar   4  oz. 

Water  to  make 4  oz. 

It  is  readily  prepared  by  rubbing  the  tartar  emetic 
and  sugar  well  together,  adding  the  fluid  extract  and  es- 
sence of  tolu,  and  then  enough  water  to  make,  after  short 
slight  heating  and  straining,  4  fluid  ounces.  Each  fluid 
ounce  of  the  syrup  contains  I  grain  of  tartar  emetic. 

— (New  Idea.) 


NOSTRUMS.  251 

RED  STAR  COUGH  CURE. 

We  purchased  a  bottle  of  it  and  have  submitted  it  to 
examination,  and  find  that  it  is  a  syrup  preparation  of 
wild  cherry  bark,  with  a  little  tar  and  slight  trace  of 
chloroform  or  chloric  ether,  with  possibly  a  little  bitter 
almond  added.  It  is  put  up  in  a  green  panel  bottle  con- 
taining full  three  fluid  ounces.  It  is  a  clear  reddish- 
brown  syrup,  of  thick  substance,  has  a  very  faint  acid  re- 
action ;  but  has  pronounced  bitter-almond  flavor,  and 
tarry  taste  and  odor. 

— (New  Idea.} 

SCHENCK'S  PULMONIC  SYRUP. 

The  following  formula  for  Schenck's  Pulmonic  Syrup 
was  given  to  me  by  an  old  lady  several  years  ago,  who 
professed  to  know  all  about  the  late  Dr.  Schenck  when  he 
commenced : 

1^     Wormwood YZ  oz. 

Catnip  YZ  oz. 

Tansy   Y*  oz. 

Hyssop   Y*  oz- 

Hoarhound    Y*  oz- 

Hops   Y*  oz; 

Chamomile Y2  oz- 

Comf rey Y*  oz- 

Senega    Y*  oz- 

Elecampane  Y*  oz- 

Boil  with  sufficient  water  to  make,  after  straining, 
one  quart ;  then  add  : 

Gum    arabic    . I J4  oz. 

Liquorice   1^2  oz.' 

Then  one  good-sized  Indian  turnip,  and  finally  add : 

Sugar 3  Ib. 

Brandy    Y*  P*- 

Juice  of  two  lemons. 

—  (H.  M.  Wilder  in  Pharmaceutical  Record.) 


252  NOSTRUMS. 

SHILOH'S  CONSUMPTION  CURE. 

I£     Muriate  of  morphine    3  gr. 

Muriatic  acid    3  min. 

Fl.  ext.  of  henbane  2.  dr. 

Fl.  ext.  of  ginger 3  dr. 

Fl.  ext.  of  wild  cherry 3  dr. 

Diluted   alcohol    3  dr. 

Chloroform    I  dr. 

Essence  peppermint    30  min. 

Syrup  of  tar  3  oz. 

Simple  syrup  enough  to  make 8  oz. 

Mix.  — (New  Idea.) 

SMITH  BROS.'  COUGH  DROPS. 

1$     Average  weight  of  each  drop 36.5  gr. 

Sugar  (and  glucose  in  small  quanti- 
ties)   35-5  gr- 

Powdered  charcoal    80  gr. 

Licorice  in  small  quantities.  And 
highly  flavored  with  oil  of  sas- 
safras with  a  little  oil  of  anise. 

— (New  Idea.) 

STOKES'  EXPECTORANT. 

IJ     Carbonate  ammonia    30  gr. 

Fluid  ext.  squills  i  dr. 

Fluid  ext.  senega  i  dr. 

Paregoric   6  dr. 

Syrup  of  tolu   12  dr. 

Water 10  dr. 

Dissolve  the  carbonate  of  ammonia  in  the  water  and 
add  the  remaining  ingredients.     Dose: — A  teaspoonful. 

THORN'S  COUGH  MIXTURE. 

^     Hive  syrup    2  oz. 

Paregoric   i  oz. 

Sweet  spts.  nitre i  oz. 

Mix.     Dose   for   an    adult: — One    teaspoonful    every 
two  or  three  hours. 


NOSTRUMS.  253 

WISTAR'S  BALSAM  OF  WILD  CHERRY. 

The  following  formula  makes  a  preparation  which  is 
substantially  the  same  as  the  proprietary  article: 

I£     Fl.  ext.  wild  cherry i  oz. 

Fl.  ext.  ipecac 2  dr. 

Fl.  ext.  squills   2  dr. 

Tinct.    opium    i  dr. 

Tartar  emetic   2  gr. 

Sugar-house   syrup    3  oz. 

Alcohol   6  dr. 

Sp.  anise  (i  in  8) 20  min. 

Tinct.  cudbear  comp.  (N.  F.) 2  dr. 

Water  sufficient  to  make 8  oz. 

Mix.  — (New  Idea.) 


WHITE'S  ELIXIR. 

The  following  is  the  formula  of  "White's  Elixir,"  a 
nostrum  extensively  sold  throughout  Vermont  for  lung 
complaints : 

I£     Antimonii  et  potassii  tart 32  gr. 

Tinct.  opii    2  dr. 

Tinct.    camphorae    2  dr. 

Tinct.  anisi    2  dr. 

Alcoholis  dil   3  oz. 

Syrupi  simplicis   ID  oz. 

Aquae   to   make I  pt. 

Mix.  — (Dr.  Ladue  in  Medical  World.} 


WHEELOCK'S  COUGH  MIXTURE. 

£     Sulp.    ether    3  dr. 

Tinct.  hyoscyamus    i  oz. 

Syr.  wild  cherry i  oz. 

Syr.   tolu    i  oz. 

Water  to  make 4  oz. 

Mix.  (Pharmaceutical  Era.) 


254  NOSTRUMS. 

EYE  REMEDIES. 

GOLDEN  EYE  WATER. 

I£     Sulphate  of  hydrastia 2  gr. 

Distilled  water i  oz. 

OCULINE,  OR  "THE  BRILLIANT  EYE." 

This  is  a  collyrium  advertised  by  a  New  York  firm. 
It  is  guaranteed  to  cure  every  description  of  eye  disease, 
and  to  impart  a  beautiful  and  lasting  brilliancy,  to  the 
organ  of  vision. 

Examined  by  Dr.  Fr.  Hoffman,  it  has  been  found  to 
consist  of  water  containing  i  per  cent,  of  boric  acid  and 
5  per  cent,  of  glycerin.  — (Pharm.  Rundschau.) 

THOMPSON'S  EYE-WATER. 

I}     Zinc,  sulphate 20  gr. 

Copper,  sulphate    5  gr. 

Tinct.  saffron 2  dr. 

Tinct.  camphor i  dr. 

Rose-water 8  oz. 

Dist.  water    8  oz. 

Mix  and  filter.  —(Neiv  Remedies.} 

FEVER  AND  AGUE  REMEDIES. 

AYER'S  AGUE  CURE. 

This  is  said  to  be  a  syrupy  tincture  of  cinchona  with 
aromatics.  Each  bottle  holds  6  fluid  ounces,  and  each 
fluid  ounce  was  found  to  contain  3.2  grains  of  amorphous 
cinchona  alkaloids,  3  grains  cinchonine,  0.9  cinchonidine, 
0.8  quinine,  and  i  grain  quinidine. 

BEGG'S  FEVER  AND  AGUE  PILLS. 

Each  pill  contains  one  grain  of  quinia  sulphate,  one- 
half  grain  cinchona  sulphate,  rhubarb  one  grain,  with  a 
little  flavoring.  These  pills  are  put  up  in  a  half-ounce 
plain  flint  vial ;  they  are  uncoated,  32  pills  in  a  bottle, 
balance  of  space  filled  with  powdered  licorice  root.  A 
small  slip  with  title,  uses,  and  directions  surrounds  the 


NOSTRUMS.  255 

bottle,  and  a  red  lead  wrapper,  type  set,  surrounds  the 
whole.     This  is  an  excellent  ague  cure.      — {New  Idea.) 

FEBRILINE. 

Dr.  R.  G.  Eccles  declares  in  the  Druggists'  Circular, 
May,  1889,  that  he  has  investigated  a  preparation  sold 
under  the  name  "Febriline  or  Tasteless  Syrup  of  Amor- 
phous Quinine  (Lyons),  "by  the  Paris  Medicine  Co.,  of 
Paris,  Tenn.,  and  finds  that  it  contains  no  quinine  at 
all.  Instead  of  quinine,  quinidine  is  used,  anothei  alka- 
loid of  cinchona  bark.  Its  lack  of  bitterness  renders  it 
convenient  for  .administration  to  children,  and  its  im- 
perfect solubility  is  not  disadvantageous  when  a  slow  or 
tonic  action  is  alone  required. 

GADBERRY'S  MIXTURE. 

Gadberry's  Mixture  is  used  to  a  great  extent  in  the 
Mississippi  valley  to  control  malaria. 

I£     Liquor  tersulphate  iron 3  dr. 

Liquor  arseniate  potash 90  min. 

Saltpetre    2  dr. 

Sulph.    quinine 2  dr. 

Water  to  make 2  oz. 

Mix.  — (Bulletin  of  Pharmacy.} 

HAMLET'S  AGUE  PILLS. 

I£     Sulph.    quinine    2  dr. 

Powd.   myrrh    I  dr, 

Powd.  capsicum   i  dr. 

Mix  and  make  sixty  pills. 

KREYDER'S  AGUE  PILLS. 

Sulph.    quinia    20  gr. 

Dover's  powder   10  gr. 

Sub.  carb.  iron 10  gr. 

Mix  with  mucilage  of  acacia  and  form  twenty  pills. 
Dose: — Two  each  hour,  commencing  five  hours  before 
the  chill  should  set  in.  Then  take  one  night  and  morn- 
ing until  all  are  taken. 


256  NOSTRUMS. 

OSGOOD'S    CHOLAGOGUE,     OR    CELEBRATED 
AGUE  CURE. 

T$     Sulph.   quinine    2  dr. 

Fluid  ext.  leptandra 2  dr. 

Saturated  tinct.  stillingia    4  oz. 

Fluid  ext.  podophyllin 3  dr. 

Oil  of  sassafras 10  min. 

Oil  of  wintergreen 10  min. 

New   Orleans   molasses   sufficient   to 

make    8  oz. 

Mix.     Dose: — One  to  two  teaspoonfuls. 

SMEDLEY'S  FEVER  POWDERS. 

^     Camphor  gum    ^  oz. 

Gum  myrrh ^2  oz. 

Blood-root   i  oz. 

Lobelia  (seeds,  pods,  and  leaves) ....  2  oz. 
All  pulverized  fine  and  well  mixed. 

For  colds  and  to  break  a  fever  in  its  first  stages,  in 
powders  of  ordinary  size.  For  catarrh  in  the  head,  use 
as  a  snuff. 

INHALANTS. 

ACTINA. 

Prof.  Flavel  B.  Tiffany,  of  the  University  Medical 
College,  this  city,  says  the  extensively  advertised 
"Actina"  has  this  composition: 

^     Menthol   crystals i  dr. 

Alcohol y*  dr. 

Ether  sulph i  dr. 

Oil   mustard 2  dr. 

Sponge  sufficient  to  make i  oz. 

CARBOLIC  SMOKE  BALLS. 

Upon  examination,  made  in  our  laboratory  by  H.  W. 
Snow,  it  was  found  to  consist  of  glycyrrhiza  and  flour 


NOSTRUMS.  257 

(identified  by  microscopical  examination  and  physicial 
properties)  and  one  of  the  veratrums,  probably  white 
hellebore  (identified  by  means  of  the  alkaloid  jervine, 
which  was  separated  and  identified).  The  smoky  body 
is  some  tar  product,  not  easy  to  say  just  which.  It  is 
this  latter  and  the  white  hellebore  which  it  contains  that 
cause  it  to  yield  a  temporary  relief;  permanent  relief  we 
do  not  believe  can  afford.  No  quantitative  estimates 
were  attempted.  — (New  Idea.) 

CARBOLATE  OF  IODINE  INHALANT. 

I£     Compound  tincture  of  iodine 180  min. 

Carbolic  acid,  No.  1 48  mm. 

Glycerine I  dr. 

Water    5  dr. 

Mix  and  expose  to  the  sunlight  until  the  mixture  is 
entirely  colorless.  — (National  Druggist.) 


INJECTIONS. 

BIG  G  INJECTION. 

An  examination  made  in  our\  laboratory  shows  the 
presence  of  boric  acid,  or  borax  and  berberine,  the  yellow 
alkaloid  of  hydrastis.  No  zinc  sulphate  or  other 
astringent  was  found.  No  quantitative  estimates  were 
made. 


GRIMAULT'S  INJECTION  OF  MATICO. 

A  satisfactory  and  valuable  substitute  could  be  made 
by  distilling  about  y£  to  I  fluid  drachm  of  fluid  extract  of 
eucalyptus  globulus,  with  water  sufficient  to  obtain  5 
fluid  ounces  of  distillate,  and  then  in  this  dissolve  4  grains 
of  sulphate  of  copper.  — (New  Idea.) 

ttt] 


258  NOSTRUMS. 

INJECTION  BROU. 

A  preparation  which  is  substantially  the  same,  may  be 
made  by  the  following  formula : 

I£     Tinct.  catechu  (i  in  16) i  dr. 

Cocaine  muriate  10  gr. 

Lead  acetate   10  gr. 

Zinc,  sulphate  10  gr. 

Water   6^4  oz. 

Alcohol    l/2  oz. 

Dissolve  the  mineral  salts  each  in  y2  ounce  of  water 
and  mix  them.  Dilute  the  tinct.  catechu  with  4  fluid 
ounces  of  water ;  add  the  minerals  and  then  the  solution 
of  cocaine  muriate  in  an  ounce  of  water ;  lastly  the  alcohol 
and  water  to  make  /^  fluid  ounces.  The  color  of  Injec- 
tion Brou  may  be  fairly  well  simulated  by  using  a  small 
amount  of  magenta. 

—  (New  Idea.} 

LINIMENTS. 

BARREL'S  INDIAN  LINIMENT. 

I£     Tr.    capsicum i  dr. 

Oil   origanum l/2  oz. 

Oil  sassafras l/2  oz. 

Oil    pennyroyal y2  oz. 

Oil  hemlock l/t  oz. 

Alcohol , i  qt. 

Mix.  — (Nezv  Idea.) 

BARKER'S  BONE  AND  NERVE  LINIMENT. 
For  man  or  beast. 

I£     Camphor 70  gr. 

Oil  of  tar y2  dr. 

Oil  of  thyme .  I  dr. 

Oil  of  turpentine 2  dr. 

Franklin  oil  (black  oil,  lubricating  oil) 

sufficient  to  make. 2  oz. 

Mix.  — (New  Idea.) 


NOSTRUMS.  259 

BRODIE'S  LINIMENT. 

I£     Sulphuric  acid I  dr. 

Olive   oil i  oz. 

Turpentine I  oz. 

Add  the  acid  gradually  to  the  oil,  stirring  in  a  mortar ; 
afterward  add  the  turpentine. 

BRODIE'S  LINIMENT  FOR  ASTHMA. 

^     Oil  of  stillingia 4  dr. 

Oil  of  cajeput 2  dr. 

Oil  of  lobelia I  dr. 

Alcohol    i  oz. 

Mix.  Bathe  the  chest  and  throat  three  times  a  day. 

CALIFORNIA  LINIMENT. 

^     Tinct.    myrrh I  oz. 

Tinct.  capsicum i  oz. 

Sweet  spirits  nitre I  oz. 

Sulph.    ether i  oz. 

Chloroform   Y?.  oz. 

Tinct.  arnica i  oz. 

Oil  spearmint 2  dr. 

Oil  wintergreen 2  dr. 

Oil  lobelia i  dr. 

Aqua   ammonia ]/?.  oz. 

Alcohol    i  qt. 

—  (Kilner.) 

CENTAUR  LINIMENT. 

This  widely  advertised  nostrum  comes  in  two  forms, 
"For  Man"  and  for  Beast." 

For  Man. 

I£     Oil  pennyroyal ^  oz. 

Oil    thyme %  oz- 

Oil  turpentine J4  oz- 

Soap 130  gr. 

Caustic   soda 10  gr. 

Water  to  make i  pt. 


260  NOSTRUMS. 

For  Beast. 

I£     Oil  spearmint I  dr. 

Oil  mustard 15  min. 

Oil  turpentine l/±  oz- 

Oil  amber  (crude) ^2  oz. 

Black  oil YZ  oz. 

Soap   130  gr. 

Caustic   soda 10  gr. 

Water  to  make I  pt. 

Mix.  —(New  Idea.) 

COOK'S  ELECTRO-MAGNETIC  LINIMENT. 

I£     Alcohol    i  gal. 

Oil  amber 8  oz. 

Gum  camphor 8  oz. 

Castile  soap  (fine) 2  oz. 

Beef's  gall 4  oz. 

Aqua   ammonia 12  oz. 

Mix.  —(Kilner.) 

CRAM'S  FLUID  LIGHTNING. 

Mr.  I.  L.  Fulton  (Western  Druggist)  gives  the  follow- 
ing formula,  which  was  represented  to  him  as  being  the 
original  from  which  Cram's  Fluid  Lightning  is  prepared : 

I£     Oil   mustard 2  dr. 

Oil  cajeput 2  dr. 

Oil  cloves 2  dr. 

Sassafras   2  dr. 

Ether    I  oz. 

Tinct.   opium \y2  oz. 

Alcohol 20  oz. 

Mix  and  filter. 

DERBY'S  LINIMENT. 

~ty     Linseed   oil I  gal. 

Aqua   ammonia 4  oz. 

Tinct.  capsicum I  oz. 

Oil  origanum I  oz. 

Mix.  — (Kilner.) 


NOSTRUMS.  261 

ECLECTIC  STILLINGIA  LINIMENT  FOR  CROUP. 

^     Oil   stillingia 8  dr. 

Oil    cajeput 4  dr. 

Oil  lobelia 2  dr. 

Alcohol   16  dr. 

Mix.  In  addition  it  is  sometimes  given  internally 
in  one-drop  doses. 

ELLIMAN'S  ROYAL  EMBROCATION. 

1$     Oil  turpentine ^  oz. 

Oil   thyme Yz  oz. 

Oil  amber    (crude) l/&  oz. 

Soap    130  gr. 

Caustic  soda 10  gr. 

Water  sufficient I  pt. 

To  be  prepared  in  the  same  manner  as  Mex'can 
Mustang  Liniment.  — (New  Idea.} 

GARGLING  OIL. 

¥f     Crude   petroleum 13  oz. 

Ammonia  water . 6  oz. 

Soft  soap 16  oz. 

Benzine    16  oz. 

Crude  oil  amber 2  oz. 

Tincture  iodine I  oz. 

Water 5  pts. 

Mix  the  petroleum  and  soap,  add  the  ammonia  water, 
oil  of  amber,  and  tincture  of  iodine,  and  mix  thoroughly. 
Then  add  the  benzine  and  finally  the  water. 

— (Salmon's  Phamaceutical  Compendium.') 

GREEN  WONDER  OIL. 

I£     Terebinth  venet 4  oz. 

Zinci  sulphat 15  gr. 

Cupri  acetat i^  oz. 

Bals.   Peru i  dr. 

Ol.  olivae i  ft>. 

Ol.  lini..  ..i  It). 


262  NOSTRUMS. 

Boil  the  oils ;  when  warm  add  the  turpentine  and  zinc ; 
when  almost  cold  add  the  other  ingredients  and  stir  well. 
For  scalds,  burns,  wounds,  and  piles. 

GOMBAULTS  CAUSTIC  BALSAM. 

IJ     Croton  oil 4  dr. 

Cotton-seed  oil 2  oz. 

Oil  of  camphor i  dr. 

Oil  of  turpentine 2  dr. 

Oil  of  thyme y*  dr. 

Kerosene   . . . . 4  dr. 

Sulphuric  acid 20  min. 

To  the  mixture  of  croton  and  cotton-seed  oils  add 
the  sulphuric  acid,  stirring  continually,  then  add  the 
other  constituents.  After  standing  a  few  days  it  re- 
sembles the  original  preparation  fairly  well. 

Mix.  — (Western  Druggist.) 

« 

GUNN'S  RHEUMATIC  LINIMENT. 

I£     Linseed  oil I  oz. 

Oil   cedar I  oz. 

Oil  amber I  oz. 

Take  gum  camphor  y2  ounce ;  rub  in  a  mortar  with 
alcohol  or  sulphuric  ether  till  pulverized,  and  while  still 
damp  add 

Olive   oil 1/2  oz. 

Turpentine ^2  oz. 

Laudanum   *4  oz. 

After  which  add  the  first  three  articles. 

GOOD  SAMARITAN  LINIMENT. 

I£     Oil  of  sassafras i  oz. 

Oil  of  hemlock I  oz. 

Spirits  of  turpentine i  oz. 

Tinct.  of  capsicum i  oz. 

Tinct.  of  opium i  oz. 

Tinct.  of  myrrh 4  oz. 

Oil  of  origanum 2  oz. 


NOSTRUMS.  263 

Oil  of  wintergreen 4  dr. 

Gum  camphor 2.  oz. 

Chloroform   il/2  oz. 

Alcohol    4  pts. 

Mix.  —(Kilner.) 

GILE'S  IODIDE  OF  AMMONIA  LINIMENT. 

1$     Iodine    I  dr. 

Camphor    i  oz. 

Oil  of  rosemary l/2  oz. 

Oil  of  lavender l/2  oz. 

Aqua  ammonia 4  oz. 

Alcohol    2.  pts. 

Dissolve  the  iodine  in  the  alcohol ;  add  the  camphor 
and  then  the  oils;  then  add  water  of  ammonia  enough 
to  remove  the  dark  color  of  the  mixture.  — (Kilner.) 

GENUINE  WHITE  OIL  LINIMENT. 

I£     Ammonia   carbonate 19  parts. 

Camphor   20  parts. 

Oil  turpentine 21  parts. 

Oil  origanum 20  parts. 

Castile  soap 19  parts. 

Water  to  make  (by  weight) 300  parts. 

GREAT  LONDON  LINIMENT. 

I£     Acetate  of  morphia .10  gr. 

Chloroform   i  oz. 

Olive   oil i  oz. 

Water  of  ammonia i  oz. 

HAMLIN'S  WIZARD  OIL. 

^     Alcohol   i  pt. 

Gum    camphor    i  oz. 

Oil  sassafras   l/2  oz. 

Tinct.  myrrh   l/2  oz. 

Tinct.  capsicum    l/2  oz. 

Chloroform    y2  oz. 

— (Dr.  Douglas  in  Medical  World.) 


264  NOSTRUMS. 

HARLEM  OIL. 

I£     Flowers  of  sulphur  2  oz. 

Linseed  oil I  Ib. 

Oil  of  amber 2  oz. 

Oil  of  turpentine sufficient. 

Boil  the  sulphur  and  linseed  oil  on  a  gentle  fire  until 
the  sulphur  is  dissolved;  then  withdraw  from  the  fire, 
and  when  the  mixture  has  somewhat  cooled,  add  the  oil 
of  amber  and  enough  oil  of  turpentine  to  bring  the  prepa- 
ration to  the  consistence  of  molasses. 

— (National  Druggist.) 

HINKLEY'S  BONE  LINIMENT. 

^     Oil  of  wormwood 40  min. 

Oil  of  hemlock 2  dr. 

Oil  of  thyme 2  dr. 

Oil  of  turpentine   4  dr. 

Fl.  ext.  of  capsicum I  dr. 

Alcohol  to  make 4  oz. 

KENDALL'S  SPAVIN  CURE. 

The  following  formula  makes  a  preparation  substan- 
tially the  same  as  the  proprietary  liniment: 

^     Turpentine    I  oz. 

Alcohol  2  oz. 

Camphor    240  gr. 

Iodine   25  gr. 

Petroleum  oil  (heavy) y2  dr. 

Oil  of  rosemary I  dr. 

In  the  mixed  oils  (without  filtering)  dissolve  the 
camphor  and  the  iodine.  — (New  Idea.) 

KICKAPOO  INDIAN  OIL. 

~S?     Camphor y2  oz. 

Oil  turpentine I  dr. 

Oil  peppermint y2  dr. 

Oil  wintergreen   l/2  dr. 

Tinct.  capsicum   y2  oz. 

Alcohol   sufficient  to  make  I  pt. 

Mix.  — (New  Idea.) 


NOSTRUMS.  265 

KITCHELL'S  LINIMENT. 

J     Water  ammonia   i  part. 

Water    3  parts. 

Caramel   q.  s.  color. 

Mix.  — (Western  Druggist.) 

LAUBACH'S  ECLECTIC  LINIMENT. 

Oil  of  turpentine 60  parts. 

Tincture  of  arnica  flowers 120  parts. 

Stronger  water  of  ammonia 120  parts. 

Soap  liniment    900  parts. 

Oil  of  sassafras 6  parts. 

Oil  of  thyme 2  parts. 

Alcohol    240  parts. 


Total  parts   (by  measure) 1448 

— (New  Idea.) 

LINIMENT  FOR  MAN  AND  BEAST. 

IJ     Powdered    myrrh    i  oz. 

Powdered  aloes    i  oz. 

Balsam  fir   i  oz. 

Alcohol  '. . .  .8  oz. 

Mix.  — (National  Druggist.) 

LOW'S  MAGNETIC  LINIMENT. 

The  following  formula  furnishes  a  liniment  nearly 
identical  in  contents,  character,  and  color: 

I£     Oil  of  turpentine   90  parts. 

Tinct.    of   capsicum 120  parts. 

Spirits   of   camphor.  ...r 960  parts. 

Stronger  water  of  ammonia 90  parts. 

Alcohol  (sp.  gr.  820) 1 80  parts. 

Oil  of  sassafras  6  parts. 

Fluid  ext.  of  sassafras 40  parts. 

Total  (parts  by  weight) 1486 

— (New  Idea.) 


266  NOSTRUMS. 

MEXICAN  MUSTANG  LINIMENT. 

I£     Oil    turpentine    y*  dr. 

Oil  thyme    V?.  dr. 

Oil  amber,  crude ^2  dr. 

Black   oil    i  dr. 

Kerosene  oil    3  dr. 

Water 3   oz.  2  dr. 

Soap    35  gr. 

Caustic  potash    3  gr. 

Mix. 

— (New  Idea.) 

MILLER'S  GOLDEN  OIL. 
According  to  New  Idea,  this  consists  mainly  of : 
I£     Essential  oil  of  lavender.  . .  . : 30  min. 

Essential  oil  of  eucalyptus 20  min. 

Essential  oil  of  sassafras 20  min. 

Oil    of    turpentine I  min. 

Cotton-seed  oil   7  dr. 

OIL  OF  GLADNESS. 

I£     Oil   of  marjoram I  dr. 

Oil  of  peppermint i  dr. 

Oil  of  horsemint i  dr. 

Ether 2  dr. 

Tincture  of  capsicum 4  dr. 

Tincture   of   opium i  dr. 

Tincture  of  red  sanders i  dr. 

Alcohol,  sufficient  quantity  to  make.  .  .8  oz. 
Mix.  — (Druggists'  Circular.') 

OIL  OF  JOY. 

I£     Alcohol   4  pts. 

Gum   camphor    y2  oz. 

Oil  of  sassafras i  oz. 

Oil  of  cedar i  oz. 

Tinct.    of   guaic i  oz. 

Tincture   of    capsicum 2  oz. 

Water  of  ammonia 4  oz. 

Chloroform    3  oz. 


NOSTRUMS.  267 

PERRY  DAVIS'  PAIN  KILLER. 

3$      Gum    myrrh    2^4  lb . 

Capsicum   10  oz. 

Gum  opium   8  oz. 

Gum   benzoin 6  oz. 

Gum   guiac    3  oz. 

Gum    camphor    10  oz. 

Alcohol    5  gal. 

RADWAY'S  READY   RELIEF. 

I£     Soap   liniment,   about 1^2  oz. 

Tinct.    capsicum,   about ^2  oz. 

Water  of  ammonia,  about ^  oz. 

Alcohol,    about YZ  oz. 

Mix.  —  (/.  /.  Pier  son,  Ph.  C.) 

REAVE'S  EMBROCATION. 

3^     Olive    oil    il/2  oz. 

Aq.   ammonia    I  oz. 

Goulard's  extract  of  lead i  oz. 

Oil   origanum    2  oz. 

SEQUAH'S  OIL. 

A   mixture  of  two-thirds   Turpentine   and   one-third 
Fish  Oil,  scented  with  a  few  drops  of  Oil  of  Camphor. 

— (Stokes,  in  Hygiene.) 

ST.  JACOB'S  OIL. 

1^     Gum   camphor    i  oz. 

Chloral  hydrate    i  oz. 

Chloroform    i  oz. 

Sulp.    ether    i  oz. 

Tinct.  opium   l/2  oz. 

Oil   origanum    l/2  oz. 

Oil  sassafras   l/2  oz. 

Alcohol   l/2  gal . 

Mix.  —(Medical  World.) 


268  NOSTRUMS. 

ST.  JOHN  LONG'S  LINIMENT.     . 

^     Yolks  of  eggs 8 

Oil   turpentine    24  oz. 

Acetic   acid    16  oz. 

Water   24  oz. 

Mix.  — (Philadelphia  Medical  Times.) 

J.  L.  ST.  JOHN'S  LINIMENT. 

According  to  Eclectic  Medical   Advocate,   this   prepa- 
ration is  composed  of: 

^     Turpentine    7  oz. 

Sweet  oil   3  oz. 

Tinct.  arnica 4  oz. 

Oil  origanum    i  oz. 

Oil   hemlock    i  oz. 

Oil  juniper    i  oz. 

Oil  amber    2  oz. 

Laudanum   2  oz. 

Spirits   ammonia    y2  oz. 

Camphor    y2  oz. 

"THAT  LINIMENT." 

~ty     Oil  of  turpentine  i  oz. 

Oil   of   spike i  oz. 

Oil   of  origanum i  oz. 

Barbadoes    tar    2  dr. 

Spirits  of  camphor y2  dr. 

THOMAS'  ELECTRIC  OIL. 

~Sf     Gum   camphor    4  dr. 

Oil    gaultheria    4  dr. 

Oil  origanum    4  dr. 

Chloroform    i  oz. 

Tinct.    opium    i  oz. 

Oil  sassafras   i  oz. 

Oil   hemlock    i  oz. 

Oil   turpentine    i  oz. 

Balsam  fir   .  , .  i  oz. 


NOSTRUMS.  269 

Tinct.   guaiacum    i  oz. 

Tinct.   catechu    I  oz. 

Alcohol   4  pt. 

Alkanet    sufficient  to  color. 

Mix.  — (Medical  World.) 

TOBIAS  VENETIAN   LINIMENT. 

ty     Spirits  of  ammonia   5  parts. 

Tinct.  of  capsicum 5  parts. 

Camphor   2  parts. 

Alcohol    • 34  parts. 

Mix.  — (Hager.) 

Water 10  parts. 

TIP  TOP. 
I£     Calomel .60  gr. 

Tinct.  iodine   I  oz. 

Oil  sassafras    I  dr. 

Kerosene  oil    3  oz. 

Mix.     Shake  well  before  using. 

This  preparation  is  "tip  top"  in  some  skin  diseases, 
and  does  not  belie  its  name.  With  a  few  drops  of  car- 
bolic acid  added,  it  will  arrest  or  stop  a  spider  or  any 
other  poisonous  insect  bite  from  assuming  the  erysipe- 
latous  or  gangrenous  form  that  we  frequently  see  in  course 
of  the  practice  of  medicine. 

— (Dr.  Sturdivant  in  Medical  Summary.) 

WILSON'S  LIGHTNING  LINIMENT. 

I£     Oil  of  cedar 3  oz. 

Oil  of  sassafras    3  oz. 

Tinct.  of  opium   3  oz. 

Tinct.    of   guaiac 3  oz. 

Tinct.  of  capsicum 3  oz. 

Aqua   ammonia    4  oz. 

Spirit  of  camphor 4  oz. 

Spirit   of  turpentine 4  oz. 

Chloroform    3  oz. 

Alcohol    i  gal . 

Mix.  — (Druggists'  Circular.) 


270  NOSTRUMS. 

WOLCOTT'S  PAIN  PAINT. 

I  have  made  an  article  closely  resembling  this,  and 
answering  the  same  purpose,  by  taking: 

3£     Oil  of  peppermint I  to  2  dr. 

Dried  mint  leaves,  finely  pulv. . .  .1  tc2  dr. 
Moisten  the  leaves  with  the  oil,  enclose  in  lead  wrap- 
pers (to  prevent  evaporation),  leave  enclosed  a  few  days, 
then    dissolve    in    four   ounces    of   alcohol ;    add    twelve 
ounces  of  water,  shake  and  filter. 

— (Dr.  Crull,  in  Medical  World.) 

RHEUHATISn,  GOUT  AND  KIDNEY  CURES. 

ATHLOPHOROS. 

I£     Acetate  of  potash I  dr. 

Salicylate  of  soda 490  gr. 

Sugar   4  oz. 

Caramel    3  drops. 

Water 14  fl.  oz. 

Mix.  — (New  Idea.) 

BLAIR'S  GOUT  AND  RHEUMATIC  PILLS. 

Are  composed  of  acetic  extract  of  colchicum  and  ex- 
tract of  hyoscyamus.  — (New  Idea.) 

CATANI'S  SPECIFIC. 

Catani's  specific  for  uric  acid  is  a  mixture  of : 

I£     Carbonate  of  lithium.          I  part. 

Carbonate  of  sodium 2  parts. 

Citrate  of  potassium 4  parts. 

All  in  powdered  form.  — (Pharm.  Post.) 

COBB'S  PILLS. 

I£     Extract  of  hyoscyamns l/2  dr. 

Extract  of  conium y2  dr. 

Extract  of  colocynth 1 1  gr. 

Extract  of  nux  vomica 4  gr. 

Mix.     Divide  into  thirty  pills. 


NOSTRUMS.  271 

HELMBOLD'S  BUCHU. 

I>     Short   buchu    9  oz. 

Uva   ursi    4^4  oz. 

Licorice    root    10  dr. 

Macerate  in  9  pints  of  boiling  water,  strain,  and  add: 

Caramel    2  oz. 

Molasses    8  oz. 

Mix  well,  and  add : 

Fluid   extract   cubeb 5  oz. 

Alcohol   2  pt. 

Oil    peppermint    , I  oz. 

\Yater  sufficient  to  make 12  pt. 

— (Lillard's  Prac.  Hints  and  Formulas.) 

LAVILLES'  GOUT  CURE. 

This  patent  preparation  is  said  to  have  the  following 
composition: 

^     Quinine    7.7  gr. 

Cinchonine 9.3  gr. 

Colocynthin   3.8  gr. 

Lime  salts   7.6  gr. 

Coloring  matter    4.6  gr. 

Alcohol    3^3  dr. 

Water   2^  dr. 

Port   wine    1234.0  dr. 

Mix. 

— (National  Druggist.} 

LEE'S  GRAVEL  REMEDY. 

^     Sapo.   Venet    4  oz. 

Sal.   nitre  pulv 4  oz. 

Oil   juniper    4  oz. 

Gum  arabic  pulv i  oz. 

Sal.   absynth    I  oz. 


272  NOSTRUMS. 

LEE'S  LITHONTRIPTIC. 

I£     Powdered  castile  soap 2  oz. 

Carbonate   of   potassium 4  dr. 

Nitrate  of  potassium 2  dr. 

Powdered  gum  arabic 5  dr. 

Oil  of  juniper 2  dr. 

Mix.  — (Druggists'  Circular.) 

NUMBER  THIRTEEN. 

I£     Ol.  santal  alb.  opt 2  dr. 

Tinct.   cubebs    YZ  oz. 

Spts.    lavender    comp l/2  oz. 

Spt.   nit.   dulc l/2  oz. 

Ol.  cassia  opt 15  min. 

Syr.  acacia    2l/2  oz. 

Mix.     Dose : — A  teaspoonful  before  meals. 

WATT'S  ANTI-RHEUMATIC  PILLS. 

Said  to  be  as  follows : 
I£     Powd.    aloes    4  dr. 

Powd.  gamboge   4  dr. 

Powd.  hellebore 2  dr. 

Powd.   guaic    ^2  dr. 

Calomel l/2  dr. 

Precip.  sulphide  of  antimony . .  15  gr. 

Oil  of  cloves y2  dr. 

Soap    i  dr. 

Sp.  of  camphor sufficient. 

Mix.     Make  into  five-grain  pills. 

WASHBURNE'  SALICYLICA. 

A  preparation  bearing  a  close  resemblance  to  Salicylica 
may  be  made  by  the  following  simple  prescription : 

I£     Salicylate  of  soda 4  dr. 

Make  24  powders.  —(Druggists'  Circular.) 

Simple  syrup  sufficient  to  make. ...      i  pt. 
Mix.     One  dessert-spoonful  three  or  four  times  daily. 
— (Dr.  Crider,  in  Medical  World.) 


NOSTRUMS.  273 

WAYN'E  DIURETIC  ELIXIR. 

I£     Potass,  acetate   . 3  oz. 

Fl.  ext.  buchu  3  oz. 

Fl.   ext.   juniper 1^2  oz. 

WARNER'S  SAFE  CURE. 

In  Germany  each  maker  of  patents  must  furnish  the 
government  with  the  formula  for  the  patent  he  makes. 
This  is  the  one  furnished  by  Warner  for  "Safe,  Kidney, 
and  Liver  Cure:" 

^     Ext.  of  lycopus  Virg.  (the  herb) .  . .  .308  gr. 

Ext.  of  hepatica  (the  herb) 232  gr. 

Ext.  of  gaultheria 7^  gr. 

Potassium   nitrate    39  gr. 

Alcohol    (90  deg.) 2^2  oz. 

Glycerine    10  dr. 

Water  sufficient  to  make •  I  pt. 

—  (Formulary  and  Druggists'  Magazine.) 


OINTMENTS. 


BECKER'S  EYE  SALVE. 

I£     Calmine    il/2  dr. 

Tutty    il/2  dr. 

Red  oxide  of  mercury 6  dr. 

Camphor  in  powder I  dr. 

Almond  oil i  dr. 

White  wax 1 1/2  oz. 

Fresh  butter 8  oz. 

Reduce  the  mineral  substances  to  a  very  fine  powder 
and  incorporate  with  the  oil,  in  which  the  camphor  has 
been  dissolved  with  the  wax  and  butter,  previously 
melted  together.  — (Kilner's  Modern  Pharmacy.) 

[18] 


274  NOSTRUMS. 

BUCKLEN'S  ARNICA  SALVE. 

I£     Extract   arnica i  oz. 

Resin   cerate 8  oz. 

Vaseline    2  oz. 

Raisins,    seedless 8  oz. 

Fine  cut  tobacco. .  . .  ~ ^2  oz. 

Water   q.  s. 

Boil  the  raisins  and  tobacco  in  one  pint  of  water  until 
the  strength  is  extracted ;  express  the  liquid  and  evapor- 
ate to  four  ounces.  Soften  the  extract  of  arnica  with  a 
little  hot  water  and  mix  the  liquid  with  it ;  add  this  to  the 
resin  cerate  and  vaseline  previously  warmed,  and  mix 
thoroughly.  — (Kilner's  Modern  Pharmacy.) 

CAZEAUX'S  NIPPLE  OINTMENT. 

^     White  wax . .  .4^  oz. 

Oil  sweet  almonds I  oz. 

Clarified   honey %  oz. 

Balsam  Peru 2^  dr. 

Mix.  — (Kilner.) 

CUTICURA  OINTMENT 

The  much  advertised  "Cuticura  Ointment"  has  been 
found  to  consist  of  a  base  of  petroleum  jelly,  colored 
green,  perfumed  with  oil  of  bergamot  and  containing  two 
per  cent,  of  carbolic  acid.  — (Northwestern  Lancet.) 

DESHLER'S  SALVE. 

^     Resin 12  oz. 

Suet .12  oz. 

Yellow  wax 12  oz. 

Turpentine    6  oz. 

Linseed  oil 7  oz. 

EGYPTIAN  EYE  SALVE. 

I£     White  rosin 6  dr. 

Burgundy  pitch 30  gr. 

Beeswax  30  gr. 

Mutton  tallow 30  gr. 

Venice  turpentine .30  gr. 

Balsam   fir 30  gr. 

Spread  on  thin  leather  or  cloth  and  apply  to  affected 
part. 


NOSTRUMS.  275 

GREEN  MOUNTAIN  SALVE. 
^     Resin    5  ib. 

Burgundy  pitch %  ft)- 

Beeswax y±  Ib. 

Mutton  tallow %  rt>. 

Oil  of  hemlock I  oz. 

Balsam  fir I  oz. 

Oil  origanum i  oz. 

Oil  of  red  cedar i  oz. 

Venice  turpentine i  oz. 

Oil  wormwood y2  oz. 

Verdigris  (powdered) i  oz. 

Melt  the  first  articles  together,  and  add  the  oils ;  hav- 
ing rubbed  up  the  verdigris  with  a  little  oil,  put  it  in  with 
the  other  articles,  stirring  well ;  then  put  into  cold  water 
and  work  until  cold  enough  to  roll. 

HARDY'S  OINTMENT. 

^     Beef  tallow    17  dr. 

Castor   oil 6  dr. 

Gallic  acid 30  gr. 

Essence  vanilla  sufficient  to  flavor. 

HEISKELL'S  TETTER  OINTMENT. 
Heiskell's  Tetter  Ointment,  according  to  the  Western 
Druggist,  is  said  to  be  simply  cerate  of  subacetate  of  lead. 

HOLLOWAY'S  OINTMENT. 
The  formula  for  .this  preparation  is  said  to  be : 

I£     Yellow  wax   10  parts. 

White  wax . .  .  10  parts. 

Turpentine   25  parts. 

Lard   ^J_J~--=— 50  parts. 

Sweet  oil   75  parts. 

MAYER'S  OINTMENT. 

^     Olive  oil   2.y2  Ib. 

White   turpentine ^2  Ib. 

Beeswax 4  oz. 

Unsalted  butter   4  oz. 

Mix.  — (Pharmaceutical  Era.) 


276  NOSTRUMS. 

MITCHELL'S  EYE  SALVE. 

I£     Saxoline,  snow  white 350  gr. 

White  wax 130  gr. 

Oxide  of  zinc 45  gr. 

Oxide  of  mercury 5  gr. 

Oil  of  lavender 10  min. 

Melt  the  wax  and  saxoline  together,  and  stir  con- 
stantly while  cooling.  As  soon  as  the  mass  begins  to 
solidify  incorporate  the  oxides  and  oil  of  lavender. 

— (New  Idea.) 

PRICE'S  PILE  OINTMENT. 

I£     English  calomel   I  oz. 

Powdered  opium   l/2  oz. 

Pure  carbonate  of  lead I  Ib. 

Oxide  of  zinc i  Ib . 

Olive   oil    2  Ib . 

Fresh  lard  (without  salt) '.   2  Ib. 

Mix  by  trituration  in  wedge  wood  mortar.  It  was 
put  up  in  two-ounce  gallipots,  tied  over  with  a  bit  of 
bladder,  and  was  sold  readily  at  $i,  the  principal  pur- 
chasers being  river  and  flat-boat  men. 

PETTIT'S  EYE  SALVE. 

The  formula  for  this  old  and  popular  remedy  is  as 
follows : 

I£     Olive   oil    4  dr. 

Spermaceti iy2  dr. 

White  wax    l/2  dr. 

Melt  together,  and  add  gradually,  under  trituration 
in  a  warm  mortar,  to  the  following  in  fine  powder,  and 
thoroughly  mix: 

White  precipitate    20  gr. 

Oxide  zinc  30  gr. 

Acid  benzoic   2  gr. 

Morphine  sulph £4  ST- 

Oil    rosemary y2  gr. 

Finally  stir  until  cool,  and  preserve  in  a  well  covered 
vessel.  — (Western  Druggist.) 


NOSTRUMS.  277 

RUSSIA  SALVE. 

A  formula  for  a  preparation  said  to  resemble  this 
preparation  is  given  in  the  Druggists'  Circular: 

1^     White  pine  pitch 2  Ib. 

Beeswax   I  Ib. 

Temper  it  with  olive  oil  to  the  proper  consistence. 
The  "pitch"  and  wax  are,  of  course,  to  be  melted  before 
the  "tempering"  process  begins. 

SEELEY'S  PILE  OINTMENT. 

^     Sulph.    morphia    3  gr. 

Tannin    48  gr. 

Pine  tar 72  gr. 

White  wax    72  gr. 

Benzoated    lard    766  gr. 

STRON'S  ARNICA  JELLY. 

The  following  formula  may  be  taken  as  one  which 
will  duplicate  the  proprietary  article  in  all  essential  par- 
ticulars : 

^     Glycerine    I  oz. 

Water   i  oz. 

Starch   120  gr. 

Fl.   ext.   arnica 2  dr. 

Sp.  of  bitter  almonds  (i  to  8) 2  min. 

Carbolic   acid    8  min. 

Mix.  — (New  Idea.) 

SWAYNE'S  OINTMENT. 

Its  composition  appears  to  be  precipitated  sulphur, 
2  parts;  tallow,  3  parts;  lard,  3  parts.  It  states  on  the 
label  that  this  ointment  cures  tetter,  itch,  salt-rheum, 
scald-head,  piles,  ringworm,  pimples,  blotches,  barber's 
itch,  ulcers,  and  eruptions  of  the  skin.  — (New  Idea.) 

TRASK'S  MAGNETIC  OINTMENT. 

^     Lard i  oz. 

Raisins   i  oz. 

Fine  cut  tobacco..  ,.i  oz. 


278  NOSTRUMS. 

Simmer  well  together.  Then  strain,  and  press  out 
all  from  the  drugs.  "This  is  a  splendid  remedy  in  all 
skin  diseases,  as  salt  rheum,  tetter,  etc." 

— (Kilner.) 

WITCH-HAZEL  OINTMENT. 

^     Tinct.  hamamelis  12  dr. 

Lanoleum 6  dr. 

Petrolatum    16  oz. 

Mix.  Lanoleum  is  here  used  in  place  of  the  copy- 
righted term  lanolin. 

— (Medical  Standard.) 

RESTORATIVES. 

AUGSBURG  ESSENCE  OF  LIFE. 

^     Rad.  rhei i  oz. 

Myrrhae   2  oz. 

Rad.  gentian 2  oz. 

Croci  opt YZ  oz. 

Camphor   ^  oz. 

Rad.   zedoar I  oz. 

Rad.   angelica 2^2  oz. 

Castor  Y-Z  oz. 

Aloes,  socot 2  oz. 

Sp.  vini.  rect 2  pts. 

Aqua   2  pts. 

Mix.  Digest  five  days  and  filter.  Dose — Teaspoonful 
twice  a  day.  — (Medical  World.) 

AVER'S  VITA  NUOVA. 

Dr.  R.  G.  Eccles  published  in  the  Druggists'  Circular 
a  lengthy  article  on  the  Hubbard-Ayer  preparations,  and 
calls  attention  particularly  to  the  presence  of  cocaine  in 
the  Vita  Nuova.  We  have  recently  examined  this  prep- 
aration also  and  find  it  to  contain  notable  quantities  of 
cocaine  easily  detected  by  the  organo-leptic  test,  and  also 
about  19*^  per  cent.,  by  volume,  of  alcohol. 

— (Boston  Herald.) 


NOSTRUMS.  279 

BOERHAVER'S  BITTERS. 

I£     Alcohol,  90  per  cent 140  parts. 

Sugar    76  parts. 

Aloes 10  parts. 

Cinnamon    23  parts. 

Galangal 23  parts. 

Zedoary    23  parts. 

Angelica    23  parts. 

Cloves    23  parts. 

Gentian    23  parts. 

Quassia,    cut 23  parts. 

Water    200  parts. 

Mix.  — (Hager.) 

BROWN'S  IRON  BITTERS. 
Are  said  to  contain  in  each  fluid  drachm : 

IJ     Iron   I  gr. 

Calisaya  bark 2  gr. 

Phosphorus   1-200  gr. 

Coca   i  gr. 

Viburnum   prunifolium • I  gr. 

ELIXIR  THION  COMPOUND. 

~E?     Powdered    rhubarb 5  oz. 

Powdered  golden  seal 5  oz. 

Sodium   hypophosphite 100  gr. 

Sodium  sulpho-carbolate 40  gr. 

Alcohol 5  pts. 

Water    40  pts. 

Dissolve  the  salts  in  the  water  and  alcohol  and  with 
this  menstruum  percolate  the  powdered  rhubarb  and 
golden  seal.  Flavor  with  peppermint. 

—(Indiana  Medical  Journal.} 

FELLOW'S  HYPOPHOSPHITES. 

I£     Glucose    i  Ib. 

Simple   syrup i  pt. 

Hypophosphite  calcium 128  gr. 

Hypophosphite  potassium 48  gr. 

Sulphate  iron 48  gr. 


280  NOSTRUMS. 

Sulphate  magnese 32  gr. 

Sulphate   quinine 14  gr. 

Sulphate  strychnine 2  gr. 

Water . q.  s.  ad.  2  pt. 

Mix.  —(^'  B.  Lyons,  Therapeutic  Gazette.) 

HOP  BITTERS. 
The  following  is  said  to  be  the  formula : 

^     Tinct.  of  hops l/2  oz. 

Tinct.  of  buchu 3  dr. 

Tinct.   of   senega 3  dr. 

Podophyllin  (dis.  in  spts.  of  wine)  .  . .  .  10  gr. 

Tinct.  of  cochineal  .20  drops. 

Distilled  water  sufficient  to  make.  ...   I  pt. 
Mix.  — (Medical  World.) 

HOSTETTER'S  BITTERS. 

^     Sugar    2  Ib. 

Calamus  root 2  Ib . 

Orange  peel  2  Ib . 

Peruvian  bark 2  Ib . 

Gentian  root    2  Ib . 

Columbo  root  2  Ib . 

Rhubarb    8  oz. 

Cinnamon    4  oz. 

Cloves 2  oz. 

Diluted   alcohol    4  gal. 

Mix.  — (The  Medical  Bulletin.) 

BARTER'S  WILD  CHERRY  BITTERS. 

I£     Wild  cherry  bark 8  oz. 

Yellow  cinchona  bark i  oz. 

Orange  peel    2  oz. 

Cardamom  seed   i  oz. 

Asarum   canadense    l/2  oz. 

Alcohol   dilute    6  pts . 

Honey    i  pt . 

Syrup i  pt. 

Percolate  the  drugs,  in  moderately  fine  powder,  with 
the  dilute  alcohol,  and  when  six  pints  are  obtained  add 
the  honey  and  syrup. 


NOSTRUMS.  281 

KENNEDY'S  MEDICAL  DISCOVERY. 
^  Sneezewort  I  oz. 

Bitter  root  4  dr. 

Mix  and  add: 

Boiling  water   8  oz. 

Proof  spirits    10  oz. 

Licorice  root  4  dr. 

Macerate  for  48  hours,  then  add : 

White  sugar   4  oz. 

Tinct.  gaultheria  I  oz. 

—  (King's  American  Dispensatory.} 

LALLEMAND'S  SPECIFIC. 

IJ     Sulph.  quinia   i  dr. 

Sulph.  cinchona I  dr. 

Ext.  colocynth   4  dr. 

Wine  colchicum  seeds 8  oz. 

Tinct.  verat.  viride I  oz. 

Dilute   alcohol    8  oz. 

Sherry  wine    31  oz. 

Mix.     Dose: — One  teaspoonful. 

— (National  Druggist.) 

MOXIE. 

This  "Moxie,"  despite  the  wonderful  tale  of  its  dis- 
covery, and  although  so  "wholly  unknown  to  botanists," 
is,  we  presume  to  say,  a  plant  otherwise  termed  avena 
sativa.  The  great  "Nerve  Food"  is  a  decoction  of  oats, 
made  into  a  syrup  and  flavored  with  sassafras  and  win- 
tergreen.  — (Western  Druggist.) 

MURRAY'S  INFALLIBLE  SYSTEM  TONIC, 

M.  I.  S.  T. 
Our  examination  proved  it  to  be : 

I£     Aloes  . . .  50  gr. 

Cinnamon,  pulv 25  gr. 

Glycyrrhiza  root,  pulv 25  gr. 

Water   sufficient. 

Make  into  a  pill  mass  with  a  little  water,  and  divide 
into  50  parts.  Press  into  gelatine  capsules  for  use. 

— (New  Idea.) 


282  NOSTRUMS. 

McLEAN'S  STRENGTHENING  CORDIAL. 

I£     Gentian  root   8  oz. 

Columbo  root   8  oz. 

Orange  peel 2  oz. 

Coriander  seed  i  oz. 

Cardamom  seed YZ  oz. 

Serpentaria    i  oz. 

Whisky    7  pts . 

Glycerine  i  pt . 

Grind  the  drugs  to  coarse  powder,  moisten  with 
whisky,  pack  in  the  percolator,  percolate  with  the 
whisky,  forcing  out  the  last  with  water,  and  in  the  per- 
colate mix  the  glycerine. 

NERVURA  NERVE  TONIC. 

Smile-ax  writes  to  the  Druggists'  Circular  that  he  is 
informed  from  a  reliable  source  that  Dr.  Green's  Nervu- 
ra  so  much  advertised  is  composed  about  as  follows : 

3£     Coca  tincture    4  oz. 

Damiana   tincture    4  oz. 

Calisaya    tincture    4  o-z. 

While  by  no  means  a  "wonderful  discovery"  still  if 
made  from  the  best  materials  it  would  afford  a  handsome 
profit  to  the  manufacturer. 

PAINE'S  CELERY  COMPOUND. 

I£     Celery  seed 2  oz. 

Red  cinchona    i  oz. 

Orange  peel    l/\.  oz. 

Coriander  seed   ^4  °z- 

Lemon  peel    %  °z- 

Hydrochloric  acid   15  drops. 

Alcohol  5  oz. 

Glycerine   3  oz. 

Water   4  oz. 

Syrup    4  oz. 

Grind  the  solids  to  No.  40  powder,  mix  the  acid  and 
the  water,  add  the  glycerine  and  alcohol,  and  in  the 


NOSTRUMS.  283 

menstruum  so  prepared  macerate  the  powder  for  twenty- 
four  hours;  then  percolate,  adding  enough  water  and 
alcohol  in  the  proportion  to  make  12  fluid  ounces.  Final- 
ly add  the  syrup  and  if  necessary,  filter. 


PERUNA. 

3$     Copaiba    6  dr. 

Cubebs    2  dr. 

Calisaya  bark,  ground 2  oz. 

Stone  root  (Collinsonia)  ground 2  oz. 

Corydalis  (Turkey  Corn)  ground 2  oz. 

Deodorized   alcohol    I  pt. 

Add  all  the  ingredients  to  the  alcohol.  Let  stand 
one  week.  Shake  the  bottle  frequently,  and  finally  strain 
through  several  thicknesses  of  muslin,  or  filter  through 
filtering  paper,  which  may  be  obtained  at  any  drug  store. 


PIERCE'S  FAVORITE  PRESCRIPTION. 

I£     Savin 150  gr. 

Cinchona    150  gr. 

Agaric 75  gr. 

Cinnamon    75  gr. 

Water  sufficient  to  make  a  decoction 
of  8  oz. 

To  this  add : 

Acacia  150  gr. 

Sugar    '^^— 75  gr. 

Tinct.  digitalis   . .  .TT77 ^  dr. 

Opium y2  dr. 

Oil   anise    8  min. 

Dissolve  the  gum  and  sugar  in  the  strained  decoction, 
then  add  Alcohol,  2  fluid  ounces,  in  which  the  oil  has 
previously  been  dissolved. 

— (Hager.} 


284  NOSTRUMS. 

PIERCE'S  GOLDEN  MEDICAL  DISCOVERY. 

I£     Fluid   extract   of   cinchona 16  oz. 

Fluid  extract  of  columbo 4  oz. 

Third  extract  of  guaiacum 8  oz. 

Fluid  extract  of  licorice 4  oz. 

Tincture   of  opium I  oz. 

Podophyllin    (resinoid)    120  gr. 

Glycerine    6  pt . 

Alfcohol sufficient. 

Dissolve  the  podophyllin  in  the  alcohol,  and  add  the 
rest  of  the  ingredients.  Mix  them.  Dose: — A  tea- 
spoonful.  — (The  Drug  Mill.) 

SCOTCH  OATS  ESSENCE. 

Recent  analysis  assert  that  a  certain  nostrum,  "Scotch 
Oats  Essence"  widely  advertised  as  a  wonderful  nerve  tonic 
containing  neither  alcohol  nor  other  harmful  ingredients,  is, 
in  fact,  loaded  with  35  per  cent,  alcohol,  and  with  two  grains 
of  morphine  to  each  bottle.  — (Western  Druggist.) 

WALKER'S  VEGETABLE  VINEGAR  BITTERS. 

^     Aloes  Socotrin  2  dr. 

Guaiaci  Resinae 4  dr. 

Sassafras  Mucil  i  oz. 

Aceti ...  2  dr. 

Aquae    q.   s. 

Coque,  et  ft.  dococtum,  ad  19  ounces  deinde  cola,  et 
addanti-.r — 

Sodii  Sulphatis I  oz. 

Acaciae 2  dr. 

Spt.  Anisi,  10  p.  c 2  dr. 

Alcoholis  i  oz. 

Mix.     Dose: — Two  teaspoonfuls.          — (Eberbach.) 

WILLIAMS'  PINK  PILLS  FOR  PALE  PEOPLE. 

I>     Iron,  pure  sulphate  of y2  oz. 

Potash,  carbonate  of .  140  oz. 

Sugar 48  oz. 


NOSTRUMS.  285 

Tragacanth  in  fine  powder 16  oz. 

Glycerine  10  drops. 

Water  enough  to  make  a  mass. 

Mix  all  thoroughly  and  divide  into  150  pills.  Coat  with 
pink  colored  sugar. 

STOMACH  REMEDIES. 

COE'S  DYSPEPSIA  CURE. 

^     Powdered  rhubarb 2.  dr. 

Fluid  ext.  of  gentian 3  dr. 

Peppermint  water 7^2  oz. 

Bicarbonate  of  sodium 6  dr. 

Mix.  Dose:— A  teaspoonful  half  an  hour  before 
meals.  — (The  Drug  Mill.) 

STUART'S  DYSPEPSIA  TABLETS. 

Each  tablet  contains  the  following : 

^     Common  baking  soda 10  gr. 

Morphine   i.io  gr. 

GREEN'S  AUGUST  FLOWER. 

]$     Rhubarb    360  gr. 

Golden  seal 90  gr. 

Cape  aloes 16  gr. 

Peppermint  leaves 120  gr. 

Carb.  of  potash 120  gr. 

Capsicum    5  gr. 

Sugar   5  oz. 

Alcohol  3  oz. 

Water   10  oz. 

Ess.  of  peppermint 20  min. 

Powder  the  drugs  and  macerate  with  the  mixed 
alcohol  and  water  for  several  days ;  filter  and  add  enough 
alcohol  to  make  the  product  measure  one  pint. 

— (New  Idea.) 

RIPANS'  STOMACHIC  TABLETS. 
These  widely  advertised  Stomachic  tablets  are  said  to 
derive  their  name  from  the  first  letter  of  the  name  of  the 


286  NOSTRUMS. 

ingredient  they  contain  which  spells  R-I-P-A-N-S.     Each 
tablet  containing  the  following : 

^     Rhubarb  powd 2  gr. 

Ipecac  powd 1-20  gr. 

Peppermint   ^  min. 

Aloes   Y-2.  gr. 

Nux  vomica  %  gr. 

Sodium  bicarb   5  gr. 

Dose : — One  or  two  tablets  after  each  meal. 
The  above  combination  offers  a  splendid  tonic-digestant 
of  known  power  and  activity.  The  chief  aim  in  dyspepsias 
is,  not  to  perform  the  act  that  is  lacking,  but  to  stimulate 
the  organs  to  perform  this  for  themselves.  Thus,  this  com- 
bination tends  to  stimulate  all  the  secretions  of  the  prima 
vitae  and  enable  each  and  every  organ  connected  with  the 
digestive  and  assimilative  processes  to  functionate. 

Where  digestive  ferments — pepsin  and  pancreatin  and 
their  deriatives — are  employed,  it  is  with  the  expectation 
that  they  will  artificially  and  mechanically  perform  the  offices 
that  belong  to  the  digestive  organs,  leaving  the  latter  no 
labor  but  that  of  assimilation.  The  result  is  a  putrefaction 
process  that,  theoretically,  reduces  proteids  to  an  assimilable 
form.  Stomachic  Tablets,  on  the  contrary  stimulate  the 
organs  themselves  to  normal  activity,  whereby  digestion 
becomes  a  physiological  instead  of  forced  and  mechanical 
act.  and  ensures,  with  a  reasonable  degree  of  certainty,  the 
desired  assimilative  function. 

TOILET  PREPARATIONS. 

COKE'S  DANDRUFF  CURE. 

This  preparation  is  said  to  be  a  solution  containing 
large  quantities  of  resorcin,  which  renders  it  a  valuable 
antiseptic  in  parasitic  conditions  of  the  scalp. 

ELY'S  CREAM  BALM. 

I£     Vaseline    i  oz. 

Thymol    3  gr- 

Carb.  bismuth 15  gr. 

Oil  wintergreen 2  min. 

Mix.  — (Kilner's  Modern  Pharmacy.) 


NOSTRUMS.  287 

ESPEY'S  CREAM. 

I£     Cydonium    i^  dr. 

Ac.  boric 4  gr. 

Glycerine    ....    2  oz. 

Alcohol  3  oz. 

Carbolic  acid 10  gr. 

Cologne  water 2  dr. 

Rose  water q.  s.  ad  i  pt. 

Dissolve  the  boric  acid  in  four  ounces  of  rose  water, 
macerate  cydonium  in  solution  for  three  hours,  press 
through  straining  cloth,  add  glycerine,  alcohol,  cologne 
and  sufficient  rose  water  to  make  one  pint.  Lastly  add 
the  carbolic  acid  and  shake  well. — (Druggist  Circular.) 

FALKE'S  SULPHOLINE  CREAM. 

I£     Very    thick    mucilage    of    quince 

seeds    300  parts. 

Glycerine    40  parts. 

Sulpho-carbolate  of  sodium 20  parts. 

Mix.  — (New  Idea.) 

U  FLMBOLD'S  JELLY  OF  GLYCERINE  AND  ROSES. 

Our  examination  shows  the  following  to  be  the  formula 
for  the  above : 

I£     Tragacanth i  dr. 

Triple  ext.  of  rose 6  drops. 

Glycerine 2  oz. 

Water 4  oz. 

— (New  Idea.) 

HIND'S  HONEY  AND  ALMOND  CREAM. 

According  to  Mr.  Geo.  H.  Rose,  this  preparation  may 
be  practically  duplicated  by  the  following  formula: 

I£     Ointment  of  rose-water 5  parts. 

Oil  of  sweet  almonds 5  parts. 

Glycerine 5  parts. 

Boric  acid 5  parts. 


288  NOSTRUMS. 

Solution  of  soda,  U.  S.  P 12  parts. 

Mucilage  of  quince  seed  (2  drs.  to 

i   pt.) 25  parts. 

Water  sufficient  to  make 200  parts. 

Oil  of  bitter  almond,  and  oil  of  rose,  of  each,  sufficient 
to  perfume. 

LYON'S  KATHAIRON. 
The  following  formula  will  exactly  duplicate  the  original: 

I£     Castor  oil   i  oz. 

Tinct.  cantharides   i  dr. 

Oil  of  bergamot 20  min. 

Stronger  water  of  ammonia i  min. 

Alcohol  sufficient  to  make 3  oz. 

Mix.  — (New  Idea.} 

PALMER'S  COSMETIC  LOTION. 

It  is  said  to  be  a  weak  (one  per  cent.)  solution  of  sulpho- 
carbolate  of  zinc  in  glycerine  and  rose-water. 

RECAMIER  BALM. 

1$     Zinc  oxide   5  Ibs. 

Glycerine 2  dr. 

Alcohol 2  oz. 

Mercuric  chloride    4  oz. 

Distilled   water    64  qts. 

—(Boston  Herald.) 

RECAMIER  CREAM. 

^     Rice  flour  48  oz. 

Zinc  oxide 60  oz. 

Glycerine 640  oz. 

Cocoa  butter 48  oz. 

Lard 48  oz. 

Mercuric  chloride 4  oz. 

Make  32  pints.  — (Boston  Herald.) 

SKINNER'S  DANDRUFF  MIXTURE. 

I£     Chloral  hydrate i  part. 

Glycerine 4  parts. 

Bay  rum 16  parts. 

Mix.  —  ( National  Druggist. ) 


NOSTRUMS.  289 

VERMIFUGES. 

BROWN'S  MALE-FERN  VERMIFUGE. 

I£     Fl.  ext.  male  fern 3  oz. 

Oil  wintergreen I  min. 

Simple  syrup 5  oz. 

Mix.  — (New  Idea.} 

FAHNESTOCK'S  VERMIFUGE. 

~ty     Castor  oil 48  parts. 

Oil  worm-seed 48  parts. 

Oil  anise 24  parts. 

Oil  turpentine I  part. 

Tinct.   myrrh . .  3  parts. 

Mix.  — (National  Druggist.) 

FREEMAN'S  VERMIFUGE  OIL. 

I£     Oil  of  worm-seed y2  oz. 

Oil  of  turpentine 2  dr. 

Castor   oil il/2  oz. 

Pink  root l/2  oz. 

Hydrastin 10  gr. 

Syrup  of  peppermint l/2  oz. 

Dose  for  a  child  10  years  old,  a  teaspoonful  three 
times  a  day,  one  hour  after  each  meal.  If  it  purges  too 
freely,  give  it  less  often. 

KENNKLE'S  VEGETABLE  WORM  SYRUP. 

According  to  our  examination  each  bottle  contains : 

I£     Santonine    27  gr. 

'Oil  sassafras   I  min. 

Alcohol 2  oz. 

Fl.  ext.  pink-root 2  oz. 

Fl.  ext.  dandelion l/2  oz. 

Fl.  ext.  golden  seal l/4  oz. 

Molasses    l/2  oz. 

The  santonine  in  a  finely  triturated  condition. 

— (New  Idea.) 

[19] 


290  NOSTRUMS. 

PATTERSON'S  EMULSION  OF  PUMPKIN  SEEDS. 

Patterson's  Emulsion  of  Pumpkin  Seeds  is  said  to  be  a 
good  emulsion  for  expelling  tapeworms. 

Take  two  ounces  of  pumpkin  seeds,  peel  and  pound  to  a 
paste  with  sugar,  then  add  by  degrees  eight  fluid  ounces  of 
water,  the  whole  to  be  taken  in  two  or  three  draughts  at 
short  intervals. 

PROCTOR'S  VERMIFUGE. 

I£     Santonine 16  gr. 

Fluid  ext.  of  senna 2  oz. 

Fluid  ext.  of  pink-root 2  oz. 

Dose  for  a  child  two  years  old,  one  teaspoon ful  night 
and  morning  until  purging  takes  place.  Used  to  expel 
stomach  worms  from  children. 

SWAIM'S  VERMIFUGE. 

I£     Worm-seed 2  oz. 

Valerian i  y2  oz. 

Rhubarb    \y2  oz. 

Pink-root il/2  oz. 

White  agaric 1^2  oz. 

Boil  in  sufficient  water  to  yield  3  quarts  of  decoction, 
and  add  the  following  oils  dissolved  in  a  quart  of  rectified 
spirits : 

Oil  of  tansy 30  drops. 

Oil  of  cloves 45  drops. 

MISCELLANEOUS  NOSTRUMS. 

ARABIAN  BALSAM. 

3$     Oleum  gossypium 15  oz. 

Oleum    origani I  oz. 

Oleum  terebinth 4  dr. 

Mix.  -(S.  W.  Rogers.) 

ASEPTIN. 

^     Borax    2  parts. 

Alum    i  part. 

Mix.  — (National  Druggist.) 


NOSTRUMS.  291 

ATKINSON'S  INFANT  PRESERVATIVE. 

I£     Carbonate   magnesia 6  dr. 

White  sugar 2^  oz. 

Oil    anise 20  drops. 

Comp.   spirits  ammonia 2^  dr. 

Rectified    spirits 2^  dr. 

Tinct.    opium i  dr. 

Syrup    saffron I  oz. 

Caraway  water  enough  to  make i  pint. 

Mix.    Used  as  an  antacid,  anodyne  and  hypnotic. 

— (Pharm.  Record.) 

* 

BENSON'S  SKIN  CURE. 

This  secret  nostrum  consists  of  two  preparations,  one 
for  internal  use  and  one  for  external  application. 

A — Internal. — It  consists,  according  to  our  examina- 
tion, of  clover  blossoms  720  grains,  yellow-dock  root  90 
grains,  gentian  root  120  grains,  boiled  (one  hour)  with 
one  pint  of  water.  Cool,  transfer  to  a  closed  vessel,  and 
add  one  ounce  of  alcohol  in  which  has  previously  been 
dissolved  oil  of  rosemary,  oil  of  thyme  each  one  minim ; 
let  it  stand  over  night,  strain  next  morning;  make  up  to 
one  pint  with  water  sufficient. 

B — External  Application. — This  solution  consists,  ac- 
cording to  our  examination,  of  acetate  of  lead  2  grains, 
acetate  of  copper  i  grain,  acetate  of  zinc  15  grains,  ben- 
zoated  water  12  fluid  ounces ;  mix.  The  benzoated  water 
is  readily  prepared  by  agitating  half  an  ounce  of  tincture 
of  benzoin  with  12  ounces  of  warm  water,  allowing  it  to 
cool  and  settle;  then  filter.  It  is  warranted  to  cure  all 
the  skin  diseases  described  in  "the  medical  dictionaries. 

— (New  Idea.) 

BRUNELLI  PROCESS  OF  EMBALMING. 

The  circulatory  system  is  cleansed  by  washing  with 
cold  water  until  it  issues  quite  clear  from  the  body. 
This  may  occupy  from  two  to  five  hours.  Alcohol  is  in- 
jected so  as  to  take  out  as  much  water  as  possible.  This 


292  NOSTRUMS. 

occupies  about  a  quarter  of  an  hour.  Ether  is  then  in- 
jected to  abstract  the  fatty  matter.  This  occupies  from 
two  to  ten  hours.  A  strong  solution  of  tannin  is  then 
injected.  This  occupies  for  imbibition  from  two  to  ten 
hours.  The  body  is  then  dried  in  a  current  of  warm  air 
passed  ever  heated  chloride  of  calcium.  This  may 
occupy  from  two  to  five  hours.  The  body  is  then  pre- 
served and  resists  decay. 

BROMO-CHLORALUM. 

Kilner  gives  the  following: 

3^     Alum,  coarse  powder I  ft>. 

Boiling   water 2-  pts. 

Aqua   ammonia q.  s. 

Muriatic  acid q.  s. 

Bromine    YZ  oz. 

Water    q.   s.  ^  gal. 

BARNE'S  FROST  BALSAM. 

I£     Copaiba    ^  oz. 

Oil  turpentine ^  oz. 

CASTORIA. 

The  following  formula,  from  the  Indiana  Pharmacist, 
is  given  as  approximating  this  preparation : 

^     Senna 4  dr. 

Manna    i  oz. 

Rochelle  salts . , I  oz. 

Fennel,  bruised i^  dr. 

Boiling  water 8  oz. 

Sugar   8  oz. 

Oil  of  wintergreen q.  s. 

Pour  the  water  on  the  ingredients.  Cover  and 
macerate  until  cool;  strain  and  add  the  sugar,  dissolve 
by  agitation  and  add  oil  of  wintergreen  to  flavor. 

CHLORALUM. 

^     Aluminum  chloride .20  oz. 

Sulphate  of  lime l/$  oz.  per  gal. 

Mix.  — (New  Idea.} 


NOSTRUMS.  293 

ELEPIZONE. 

1^     Magnesii   bromidi 3  dr. 

Sodii   bromidi 3  dr. 

Aquae    i  ^  oz. 

Ol.  cassiae 2  min. 

Syr.  simplex  sufficient  to  make 4  oz. 

Ammonical  sol.  carmine  to  color.        —(New  Idea.) 

FROSTILLA. 

I£     Quince   seeds .60  gr. 

Hot  water 21  oz. 

Glycerine 6  oz. 

Deodorized  alcohol 5  oz. 

Mix.  — (Druggists'  Circular.} 

GRAY'S  SPECIFIC  PILLS. 

I£     Asafretida 2  gr. 

Camphor    I  gr. 

Lupuline l/%  gr. 

The  specific  action  is  in  the  direction  of  an  aphro- 
disiac. — (Western  Druggist.) 

HAINES'  GOLDEN  SPECIFIC  FOR  OPIUM  HABIT. 

^     Bayberry-root  bark,  powdered 16  oz. 

Ginger,  powdered   8  oz. 

Capsicum,  powdered  i  oz. 

Mix.  —  ( Western  Druggist. ) 

HAMBURG  BREAST  TEA. 

It  is  said  that  a  preparation  similar  to  this  may  be  made 
<by  mixing : 

1£     Marshmallow  flowers   8  oz. 

Licorice  root 3  oz. 

Orris  root   i  oz. 

Coltsfoot   4  oz. 

Mullein  flowers    2  oz. 

Anise  seed .  .2  oz. 


294  NOSTRUMS. 

HAMBURG  DROPS. 

I£     Powdered  socotrine-aloes il/2  oz. 

American  saffron 5/2  oz. 

Tincture  of  myrrh 16  oz. 

Macerate  for  fourteen  days  and  filter  through  paper. 

HUNTER'S  RED  DROPS. 

J$     Corrosive  sublimate 10  gr. 

Muriatic  acid   12  drops. 

Rub  in  a  glass  mortar  and  gradually  add : 

Compound  spirits  of  lavender I  oz. 

Dose: — Five  to  twenty  drops  in  wine,  or  spirits  and 
water.     A  powerful  alterative  in  syphilitic  diseases. 

KING'S  ROYAL  GERMETEUR.       • 

I£     Sulphuric  acid   2  oz. 

Water  (saturated  with  sulphureted  hy- 
drogen)     i  oz. 

Hydrant  or  well  Water  to  make i  gal. 

Mix.  — (Dixie  Doctor.) 

LAVARRE'S  SURE  CURE. 

Tfr     Fl.  ext.  poke  berries 80  min. 

Fl.  ext.  sassafras 40  min. 

Liquid  ammonia,  caustic 5  min. 

Sodium  bromide 20  gr. 

Alcohol y2  oz. 

Oil  of  peppermint I  min. 

Powdered  cochineal 4  gr. 

White  sugar 3  dr. 

Water  (enough  to  make) 4  oz. 

Mix.  — (New  Idea.) 

LIQUID  CARBONIS  DETERGENS. 

1$     Quillaya  saponaria  (soap  bark) 4  Ib. 

Alcohol  (65  per  cent.) 2  gal. 

Macerate  and  filter: 

Tinct.  (as  above) 100  parts. 

Coal  tar   50  parts. 

Mix.     After  eight  days,  filter.     Used  externally  in  skin 
diseases. 


NOSTRUMS.  295 

LOWNDES'  MAGIC  CREAM. 

J^     Hydrarg.  ammoniat   i  part. 

Zinc  oxide   3  parts. 

Must  be  thoroughly  incorporated  in  powder;  sufficient 
glycerine  and  lard  then  added  to  make  a  stiff  cream.  For 
application  to  venereal  ulcers. 

LYDIA  PINKHAM'S  VEGETABLE  COMPOUND. 

IJ     Cramp  bark 4  oz. 

Partridge  berry  vine 4  oz. 

Popular  bark    2  oz. 

Unicorn  root 2  oz. 

Cassia 2  oz. 

Beth  root il/2  oz. 

Sugar il/2  lb . 

Alcohol    i  pt . 

Water,  a  sufficient  quantity. 

The  drugs  should  all  be  reduced  to  a  moderately  coarse 
powder;  pour  on  boiling  water,  let  stand  until  cold,  then 
percolate  with  water  until  the  percolate  measures  one  pint, 
add  the  sugar,  bring  to  a  boil,  remove  from  the  fire,  and 
when  cold  add  the  alcohol  and  strain, 
three  or  four  times  a  day. 

Dose: — One  or  two  teaspoonfuls  of  this  may  be  taken 

METZ'S  BALSAM. 

Metz's  Balsam  which  is  quite  popular  in  some  sections 
of  the  country,  it  is  said  is  prepared  as  follows : 

3£     Linseed  oil  180  parts. 

Olive  oil  180  parts. 

Oil  of  laurel  berries 30  parts. 

Turpentine  (oleo-resin) 60  parts. 

Melt  by  a  gentle  heat  arid  add : 

Powdered  aloes 8  parts. 

Powdered  verdigris    12  parts. 

Powdered  white  vitrol 6  parts. 

Pour  into  a  bottle  and  add : 

Oil  -of  juniper 15  parts. 

Oil  of  cloves 4  parts. 

Mix  by  shaking.  It  is  used  as  a  dressing  for  ulcers, 
boils,  wounds,  etc.  — (National  Druggist.) 


296  NOSTRUMS. 

MOTHER  SIEGEL'S  SYRUP. 

B     Cone,  decoction  of  aloes  ( I  to  4) ....    60  min. 

Borax 1.3  gm. 

Capsicum,  powdered 0.13  gm. 

Gentian,  powdered    2.3  gm. 

Sassafras  oil 0.3  gm. 

Wintergreen  oil 0.12  gm. 

Rectified  spirits   7.5  gm. 

Fluid  extract  dandelion 7.5  gm. 

Syrup 125  gm. 

PHENOL  SODIQUE. 

B     Carbolic  acid 188  gr. 

Caustic  soda  .  . .  : 31  gr. 

Distilled  water   4  oz. 

PLEIS'  FIT  POWDERS. 

B     Bromide  of  potassium 15  gr. 

Powdered  gentian   5  gr. 

Mix.     Make  one  powder.  —(The  Drug  Mill.) 

PLATT'S  CHLORIDES. 

Platt's  Chlorides  we  found  to  be  approximately  as  fol- 
lows : 

B     Magnesium  chloride 1 1/2  parts. 

Potassium  chloride  il/2  parts. 

Sodium  chloride   : il/2  parts. 

Zinc  chloride   7^/2  parts. 

Aluminum  chloride 7^  parts. 

Water,  sufficient  quantity 100  parts. 

Mix.  — (New  Idea.) 

RADAM'S  MICROBE  KILLER. 

Dr.  R.  G.  Eccles,  in  the  Druggists'  Circular,  gives  the 
following  formula  for  the  preparation : 

I£     Sulphuric  acid  (strong) 4  dr. 

Hydrochloric  acid    I   dr. 

Red  wine  (about) I  oz. 

Well  water i  gal . 


NOSTRUMS.  297 

REX  MAGNUS. 

According  to  Science,  the  composition  is  roughly  indi- 
cated by  the  following  formula : 

1^     Boric  acid   < 331/2  per  cent. 

Borax 33^  per  cent. 

Chloride  of  potassium 15  per  cent. 

Water 18  per  cent. 

REVALENTA  ARABICA  FOOD. 
Consists  solely  of  Lentils  ground  up  into  a  fine  powder. 

—  (Stokes,  in  Hygiene.} 

ROCHE'S  HERBAL  EMBROCATION. 
I£     Digest  asafoetida 2l/2  parts. 

with 
Olive  oil   60  parts. 

for  some  hours;  decant  and  mix 

the  solution  with — 

Oil  caraway 2,  parts. 

Oil  turpentine    2,  parts. 

And  add  a  few  drops  of  oil  gaultheria. 

— (Western  Druggist.) 

SEA-SHORE   DIPHTHERIA   AND    SORE  THROAT 

SPECIFIC. 

The  following  formula  will  make  a  preparation  practi- 
cally identical  with  the  original : 

1^     Sol.  of  chloride  of  iron 18  min. 

Zinc  chloride    2  gr. 

Magnesia  chloride  2  gr. 

Sodium  chloride . .  . .  .   4  gr. 

Chlorate  of  potassium 6  gr. 

Water 2  oz. 

Mix.  — (Nezv  Idea.) 

SEVEN  BARKS. 

^     Extract  of  hydrangea I  Ib. 

Extract  of  poke  root 12  Ib. 

Extract  of  Culver's  root 12  Ib. 

Extract  of  dandelion.  .  12  Ib. 


293  NOSTRUMS. 

Extract  of  lady-slipper 12  Ib. 

Extract  of  colocynth 1 2  Ib. 

Extract  of  bloodroot 6  Ib. 

Extract  of  blue  flag 6  Ib. 

Extract  of  stone-root . 6%  Ib. 

Extract  of  golden  seal 7^  Ib. 

Extract  of  mandrake 24  Ib. 

Extract  of  black  cohosh 24  Ib. 

Extract  of  butternut 48  Ib. 

Spirits  of  sea  salt !4/^  Ib. 

Aloes 10  Ib. 

Borate  of  sodium 15  Ib. 

Infusion  of  capsicum 4*^  Ib. 

Powdered  sassafras   1 1  Ib. 

Ginger 6  Ib. 

Sugar-house  syrup 40  gal. 

Water,  sufficient  to  make 98  gal. 

Mix.  — (E.  H.  Greelcy,  in  National  Druggist.} 


SEOUAH'S  PRAIRIE  FLOWER. 

Has  to  the  ounce — 

1^     Aloes   525^  gr. 

Carbonate  of  soda 17^  gr. 

Water 362^  gr. 

And  a  few  drops  of  the  Tincture  of  Capsicum  and  Myrrh. 

— (Stokes,  in  Hygiene.} 

.    SIROP  GIBERT. 

Is  a  favorite  French  anti-syphilitic  remedy,  and  has  the 
following  composition : 

^     Biniodide  of  mercury 2  gr. 

Iodide  of  potassium 100  gr. 

Simple  syrup    6  oz. 

Mix.     Dose : — Two  teaspoonfuls  given  after  meals,  three 
times  a  day. 


NOSTRUMS.  299 

TAMAR  INDIEN. 

1>     Tamarind  pulp    450  parts. 

Powd.  sugar 40  parts. 

Powd.  sugar  of  milk 60  parts. 

Glycerine 50  parts. 

Mix  and  evaporate  to  the  consistency  of  a  soft  extract, 
then  add — 

Powd.  anise   10  parts. 

Essence  lemon   3  parts. 

Tartaric  acid   3  parts. 

Mix  and  divide  into  100  boluses  and  roll  in  the  following 
mixture — 

Cream  of  tartar 5  parts. 

White  sugar 35  parts. 

Sugar  of  milk 35  parts. 

Tragacanth 2,  parts. 

Tartaric  acid   2.  parts. 

Powd.  red  sandal 25  parts. 

Dry  and  put  up  in  tin  foil.         —(American  Druggist.} 

TRAFTON'S  BALM  OF  LIFE. 

1^     Iodide  of  potassium 80  parts. 

Fl.  ext.  of  opium 20  parts. 

Fl.  ext.  of  senega 50  parts. 

Fl.  ext.  of  squills 120  parts. 

Alcohol   240  parts. 

Water  enough  to  make,  by  measure  1920  parts. 
Filter.  — (New  Idea.} 

TOLU,  ROCK,  AND  RYE. 

R     Good  whisky   I  gal . 

Rock  candy 4  Ib . 

Balsam  tolu 2  oz. 

Put  the  whole  into  a  two-gallon  jug.  Set  in  a  warm 
place  and  agitate  several  times  a  day  until  the  candy  is  dis- 
solved. Then  strain  through  muslin. 


300  NOSTRUMS. 

WOOLFORD'S   SANITARY  LOTION. 

A  preparation  which  is  substantially  the  same  in  every 
respect  may  be  made  from  the  following  formula : 

^     Sodium  hydrate 3  dr. 

Sulphur   5  dr. 

Water  to  make i  pt . 

Dissolve  the  sodium  hydrate  in  4  or  5  ounces  of  water 
and  add  sulphur,  and  boil  until  the  preparation  assumes  a 
reddish-brown  color,  which  will  require  probably  15  or  20 
minutes.  It  may  now  be  diluted  to  one  pint  and  sulphureted 
hydrogen  passed  through  it  for  a  few  minutes,  and  then 
filtered.  — (New  Idea.) 

YELLOW  FAMILY  DROPS. 

I£     Opium   2  oz. 

Sapo  venet   I  Ib . 

Croci  opt 2.Y-2.  oz. 

Sp.  rosemarini   2  Ib . 

Mix.     Digest  for  a  week  and  add — 

Ol.  rosmarini   i  2  oz. 

Ol.  origani    2  oz. 

Camphor   2  oz. 

Mix  well. 

For  spirit  rosmarini,  take — 

Rosmarini    3  oz. 

Alcohol,  sufficient  to  make 2  Ib . 

The  above,  with  the  Augsburg  Essence  of  Life  and 
'Green  Wonder  Oil,  are  famous  old  formulae  used  for  a 
•century  and  longer  in  Pennsylvania.  They  came  to  me  by 
chance  in  a  curious  old  book  of  prescriptions,  which  be- 
longed to  one  of  the  Fahnestock  family.  The  Yellow  Fam- 
ily Drops  are  still  used  to  break  up  colds,  and  are  an  efficient 
remedy.  — (Prof.  Waugh,  in  Medical  World.) 


INDEX. 


301 


INDEX. 


Acetanilid    in    Nostrums 222 

Actina   256 

Advertising    5 

Albadermine     145 

ALCOHOL  and   Drug   Habit   Spec- 
ialist       26 

Alcoholism,    Treatment    For....  29 

Dr.    Gray's   Treatment   For 60 

Dr.  Keeley's  Treatment  For 
Alcoholism,  Alcoholic  Gastri- 
tis, Neurasthenia,  and  Tobac- 
co Habit 56 

Triumph  Cure  for  Alcoholism, 
Morphine,  Cocaine,  Chloral, 

and    Tobacco    Habit 45 

Drug  Addiction,  Treatment  For  35 
Gradual    Reduction    Method —  35 

Three   Day   Cure 39 

Allen' s    Lung    Balsam 243 

Alteratives     225 

Allen's    Hair    Restorer 140 

Ammonol     222 

Amick's    Consumption    Cure 243 

Anaesthetine    171 

Anaestheto     Obtundent 173 

Antikamnia     222 

Anodynes    222,    228 

Antikol    223 

Antinervin    223 

Anti-Fat     17 

Aperients    231 

Arabian   Balsam    290 

Arophene    174 

Asthma  Remedies   13,  236 

Aseptin     290 

Athlophoros     270 

Atkinson's   Infant  Preservative.  291 

Augsburg's   Essence    of   Life 278 

Auricome     137 

Ayer's  Ague   Cure 254 

Ayer's  Pills   231 

Ayer's    Hair    Vigor 139 

Ayer's    Sarsaparilla    225 

Ayer's    Vita    Nuova 278 

Bareel's    Indian    Liniment 258 

Barker's    Nerve   and    Bone    Lini- 
ment    258 

Barnes'    Frost    Balsam 292 

Bateman's    Pectoral    Drops 244 

Barr's  Anaesthetic    173 

BEAUTY    Specialist 132 

Treatment  For  Bust  Develop- 
ment ...." 141 

Bleaching    the    Hair    137 

Dying    the    Hair 135 

Ecchymosis     149 

Removing    Superfluous    Hair... 138 


BEAUTY  Specialist—  Continued. 

Restoring   the   Hair 139- 

Shampooing    the    Hair 138 

Face   Bleaches    133 

Rejuvenating  Treatment   133 

Steaming    Treatment    133 

Plaster    Treatment    134 

Tan    and    Freckle    Treatment.. 144 

Becker's   Eye   Salve 273 

Beggs'   Ague   Pills 254 

Benson's   Skin   Cure 291 

Big    G    Injection 25T 

Blair's    Gout    Pills 270 

Boerhaver's    Bitters    279 

Bordet's    Hair   Tonic 140- 

Boschee's    German    Syrup 244 

Brady    crotine    228 

Brandreth's   Pills    231 

Brodie's   Asthma    Liniment 259 

Brodie's   Liniment 259 

Bromidia   221 

Bromo-Chloralum    292 

Bronchillin   244 

Brown's    Bronchial    Troches 244 

Brown's  Dentifrice   176 

Brown's    Iron    Bitters    279 

Brown's    Male-Fern    Vermifuge.. 289 
Brunelli's    Process    of    Embalm- 
ing  291 

Buckler's    Croup   Mixture 245 

Bucklin's    Arnica    Salve 274 

Bull's  Blood  Syrup  225 

Bull's    Cough    Syrup    245 

Calder's    Dentine    176- 

California    Liniment    259 

Cascarets    16 

CANCER    Specialist 61 

Bougard's  Paste   76 

Caustic    Remedies    70 

Cerny    and    Trunecek's    Treat-  ^ 

ment 75 

Cosme's   Paste    75- 

Colloma    67 

Davisson's    Cancer    Remedy —  76 

Encephaloma   65 

Epithelioma    66 

Esmarck's    Paste    79 

Fell's    Paste    77 

Fuschius   Paste    79 

Guy's    Arcanum    7S 

Hebra's    Paste    78 

Howard's   Cancer   Clay 78 

Hue's    Treatment    76 

Internal    Treatment 70 

Kline's    Paste    77 

Landolfl's   Paste    74 

Lassar's  Paste   80 


302 


INDEX. 


PAGE. 

CANCER  Specialist— Confirmed. 

Lutterloh's   Paste    '..  80 

Melanoma    68 

Ozone    Plaster    78 

Sarcoma    62 

Scirrhus    64 

Sherman's   Paste    80 

Wheeler's    Paste    76 

Carbolate   Iodine  Inhalant 257 

Carbolic    Smoke    Balls 256 

Carminatives   237 

Carter's  Liver  Pills 232 

Castoria  292 

Catani's   Specific    .• 270 

Catarrh  Remedies   240 

Caseaux's   Ointment    274 

Centaur    Liniment    259 

Chamberlain's    Diarrhoea    Rem- 
edy    237 

Chamberlain's   Relief    237 

Charcot,  Dr 183 

Child's   Cough   Mixture 245 

Chloralum    292 

Citrolene    Dentifrice 178 

Chlorodyne    228 

Churchell's    Prescription    213 

Clark's    Blood    Mixture 225 

Cleary's   Asthma   Powder 236 

Coaline    Headache    Powders 229 

Cobb's    Pills    270 

Coe's    Dyspepsia    Cure 285 

Coke's    Dandruff   Cure 286 

Combe's   Aperient    232 

Comedone  Lotion   146 

Cook's  Liniment   260 

Corn    Remedies    242 

Corrassa  Compound    ,...214 

Cost  of  Nostrums    218 

Cram's    Lightning    Fluid 260 

Cretae    Cream 177 

Cuticura  Ointment    274 

Cuticura    Resolvent    226 

Dellenbaugh's    Cough    Cure 245 

DENTAL    Specialist 150 

Dentistry    150 

Cocaine    151 

How   to   Operate 164 

Hypodermic   Syringe   Ibi 

Obtundent    Formulae    159 

Nostrums   Used    170 

Dentifrices    174 

Dens  Anti  Poena  171 

Dental    Surprise    , 173 

Dentine    177 

Dentalba   178 

Dentenamel    ISO 

Dickson's  Anaesthetic   172 

Dorsenia    :V2 

Derby's  Liniment  260 

Deshler's   Salve    274 

Dow's    Physic     232 

Eclectic  Liniment   261 

Edison's    Polyform    238 

Edwards'    Alterative    Bitters 226 

Egyptian    Eye    Salve 274 

Elepizone    293 

Elixir     lodo-Brom.     of     Calcium 

Comp.    226 

Elixir    Pinus    Comp 245 

Elixir    Thion    Comp 279 

Elliman's    Royal    Embrocation.. 261 


PAGE. 

Ely's    Cream    Balm 286 

Enos'   Fruit   Salt 232 

Enuresis     16 

Epsey's    Fragrant    Cream 287 

Epilepsy    15 

Ethical    Specialist    21 

Eureka   Anaesthetic    173 

Eye    Remedies     254 

Expectorants     243 

Exodyne     223 

Fahnestock'  s  Vermifuge    289 

Falke's  Cream    287 

Fever  and  Ague  Remedies 254 

Febrinol   223 

Febriline    255 

Fere,    Dr 184 

Fellows'    Hypophosphites    279 

Finger    Nail    Polish 147 

Firewein    246 

Flagg's    Relief    238 

Fleury's  Cascarine   232 

Ford's   Balsam    247 

Fosgate's   Anodyne    238 

Fragrant    Sozodont    Powder 175 

Freeman' s   Vermifuge    289 

Frostilla    293 

Funk's    Cream    of   Roses 148 

Gadberry's    Mixture    255 

Garfleld    Tea    232 

Gargling  Oil   261 

GENITO-Urinary     Specialist 109 

Gonorrhoea  and  Gleet 115 

Impotency    114 

Nocturnal    Emmissions 114 

Prostate  Gland    110 

Spermatorrhoea  112 

Stricture    116 

Syphilis    116 

Genuine    White    Oil    Liniment.... 263 

Giles'    Liniment    263 

Gold    Cure    26 

Golden    Eye    Water 254 

Combault's   Caustic   Balsam 262 

Gooche's    Cough    Cure 247 

Good    Samaritan    Cough    Syrup.. 247 

Good   Samaritan  Liniment 262 

Grandmother's      Own      Cough 

Remedy    247 

Gray's    Specific    Pills 293 

Great    London    Liniment 263 

Green    Mountain    Salve 276 

Green's    August    Flower 285 

Green  Wonder  Oil 261 

Grimault's  Injection  of  Matico..257 

Gunn's    Liniment    262 

GYNAECOLOGICAL    Specialist. 119 

Diseases    of    Women 119 

Combined    Treatment    For 127 

Extra-Uterine    Treatment 121 

Intra-Uterine    Treatment    122 

Impotency    129 

Internal   Treatment    126 

Non-Surgical    Treatment 119 

Hagan's  Magnolia  Balm 147 

Haines'    Golden   Specific 293 

Hairs'    Asthma    Cure 237 

Hall's   Catarrh    Cure 240 

Hall's    Hair    Renewer 140 

Hall's  Hygenic  Treatment 193 

Halloway's    Pills    233 


INDEX. 


303 


Hamburg    Tea    293 

Hamburg  Drops    294 

Hair    Shampoo     138 

Hamlet's    Ague    Pilis 255 

Hamlin's    Wizard    Oil 263 

Hanson's    Corn    Cure 242 

Hardy's    Ointment    275 

Harlem    Oil     264 

Barter's   Bitters    280 

Hartley's    Cure    212 

Heart    Disease    15 

Heiskell's    Ointment    275 

Helmbold's    Buchu    271 

Helmbold's    Jelly    287 

HERNIA  Specialist   99 

Application    of    Trusses    100 

Excelsior    Hernia    Fluid 102 

Field's    Fluid     106 

Fidelity    Fluid    108 

Heaton's    Fluid    106 

Hypodermic    Treatment    101 

Miller  Treatment    108 

Method    of    Injecting.., 102 

Provost's   Fluid    107 

Saunder's    Fluid    107 

Testing    the    Cure 105 

Walling's    Fluid    107 

Himrod's    Asthma    Cure 236 

Hinds  Cream   287 

Hinkley's    Liniment    26-i 

Holloway's   Ointment    275 

Holloway's  Pills    233 

Holmes'    Liver  Pills 233 

Hop    Bitters    280 

Hostetter's   Bitters    280 

Hunter's    Red    Drops 294 

Hunyadi    Janos    Water 233 

HYPNOTIC  Specialist   181 

Hypnotism    181 

As  a   Therapeutic  Agent 188 

Awakening   from    188 

History    of    Hypnotism 182 

Methods     of    Inducing 184 

Simple    Suggestion    190 

Things    that    Prevent 187 

Imperial    Tooth    Powder 179 

Inhalents    256 

Injections        257 

Injection    Brou 258 

Itinerant     Specialist 7 

Jackson's    Cough    Syrup 248 

Jayne's    Alterative     227 

Jayne's    Expectorant    248 

Jessop's  Anaesthetic  172 

Keating's    Cough    Lozenges 248 

Kellogg's    Red    Drops 238 

Kendall's    Spavin    Cure 264 

Kennedy's   Discovery    281 

Kennkle's  Worm   Syrup 289 

Kephalgine   229 

Kickapoo   Oil    264 

King's  Discovery   248 

King's    Germateur    294 

Kitchell's    Liniment    265 

Kline's  Nerve  Restorer 229 

Kohler's    Corn    Cure    242 

Kryder's    Ague    Pills 255 

Lac    Virginis    147 

Lallemand's   Specific   281 

Langell's  Asthma  Remedy 237 


Laubach's    Eclectic    Liniment.. '..265 

Lavarre's    Cure    294 

Laville's   Gout  Cure 271 

Lee's    Anti-Billious    Pills 233 

Lee's     Gravel     Remedy 271 

Lee's  Lithontriptic    272 

Liebig's    Corn    Cure 242 

Lindsey's    Pain    Cure 238 

Liniments    258 

Liniment  for  Man  or  Beast 265 

Liquor    Carbonis    Detergens 294 

Little    Hop    Pills    234 

Local    Anaesthetics    159 

Local    Advertising    Specialist 8 

Locock's    Pulrnonic    Wafers 249 

Lowndes  Magic  Cream 295 

Low's    Magnetic    Liniment 265 

Lydia    Pinkham's    Comp 295 

Lyon's   Kathairon    288 

McLean's  Strengthening  Cordial. 282 
Madam  Ruppert's  Face  Bleach.. 146 

Magnetic   Healing    191 

Mail   Order   Specialist 11 

Mai  vina    Cream 148 

Malvina    Lotion 148 

Marshall's  Pills   234 

Mayer's    Ointment    275 

Mesmerism    182 

Meibom's     Balsam 249 

Metz's  Balsam    295 

Mexican   Mustang   Liniment 266 

Micajah's    Uterine    Wafers 128 

Miller's    Golden    Oil 266 

Miscellaneous   Nostrums    290 

Mitchell's    Eye    Salve 276 

Morrison's     Pills     234 

Morehead's   Magnetic   Plaster — 242 

Mother    Siegel's    Syrup 296 

Mountain     Rose 128 

Moxie    281 

Murray's  System  Tonic   281 

Nervura   282 

Nostrum  Specialist   211 

Number  Thirteen   272 

Obesity    17 

Observing   Specialist    17 

Obtundent  System  of  Dentistry.. 150 

Oculine    254 

Odontun/der     170 

Odontodol   172 

Odolgine    173 

Oil    of    Gladness 266 

Oil    of    Joy 266 

Ointments     273 

Office    Specialist    22 

Operating    Table    24 

Orange   Blossom    128 

Osgood's    Cholagogue 256 

Ozone    Uterine    Wafers 128 

Painless   Dentistry    150 

Paine's    Celery    Comp 282 

Palmer's    Cosmetic    Lotion 288 

Parson's    Anaesthetic    171 

Parson's    Purgative    Pills 234 

Pasteur's  Treatment  for  Hydro- 
phobia     204 

Patterson's    Emulsion    290 

Peekskill's   Cough   Syrup 250 

Perry's   Sarsaparilla    227 

Perry  Davis'   Pain  Killer 267 

Petti't's     Eye     Salve 276 


304 


INDEX. 


Phenol    Sodique    296 

Phenolid    223 

Pierce's    Favorite    Prescription.. 283 
Pierce' s  Golden  Medical  Discov- 
ery     284 

Piso's   Consumption   Cure 250 

Platt's    Chlorides    296 

Pleis'    Fit   Powders 296 

Pope's    Cure   for    Neuralgia 229 

Powell's   Balm    230 

Price's    Pile   Ointment 276 

Proctor's  Vermifuge   290 


Quick   Stop   for  Headache. 


.230 


Radam's   Microbe   Killer 296 

Radway's    Pills     234 

Radway's  Relief  267 

Radway's   Resolvent   227 

Ransom's    Hive    Syrup 250 

Reave' s  Embrocation 267 

RECTAL,    Specialist    81 

Allingham's     Ligature     Opera- 
tion     81 

Brinkerhoff's   Fluid    97 

Diagnosis  of  Rectal  Diseases..  83 

Fistula    91 

Fissure    93 

Green's    Treatment    98 

Hemorrhoids    85 

Hoyt's    Formula    98 

Injection    Treatment 86 

Overall's  Formula  97 

Polypus    96 

Powell's   Formula    97 

Prolapsus    95 

Pruritus    96 

Rectal  Ulcers    94 

Rorick's    Formula    98 

Shuford's  Formula   98 

Smith's   Formula    98 

Recamier  Balm    288 

Recamier   Cream    288 

Red  Star  Cough  Cure 251 

Red   Lip   Salve 145 

Ree's    Cholera    Mixture 239 

Reid's    Dentifrice 174 

Restoratives    278 

Revalenta    Food 297 

Rex     Magnus 297 

Rheumatism   Cure    ..14,   270 

Ripan's    Tablets 285 

Richmond's    Nervine 230 

Roche' s    Embrocation    297 

Roger' s    Anti-Neuralgia    Pills 230 

Roger's    Corn    Cure 242 

Rose    Dentoline    176 

Rose    Dentifrice    180 

Rubicreme   i 179 

Russell's    Botanic    King 227 

Russia  Salve    277 

Rushmere   Dentifrice   175 

Sage's  Catarrh   Remedy    241 

Sanford's    Catarrh    Cure 241 

Saul's    Catarrh    Cure 240 

Schenck's    Pulmonic    Syrup 251 

Scotch    Oats   Essence 284 

Sea-Shore    Diphtheria    Cure 297 

Secret    Prescription    Writing 210 

Seeley's   Pile   Ointment 277 

Senckenburg's      Migraine      Pas- 
tilles     231 

Sexual    Indifference    129 

Seven    Barks    297 


PAGE. 

Sequah's  Oil   267 

Seven  Seals   239 

Sequah's    Prairie   Flower 298 

Seven   Southerland   Sisters'   Hair 

Grower   141 

Shiloh's    Consumption    Cure 252 

Slocum's  Consumption  Cure 14 

Silver    Hair    Dyes 13b 

Simmon's     Liver    Regulator 235 

Sirop  Gibert   ..298 

Skin  Treatment   144 

Skinner's   Dandruff  Cure 288 

Smedley's   Fever    Powders 256 

Smith    Bros.'    Cough    Drops 252 

Stammering  Speciliast   206 

Steedman's    Soothing    Powders.. 231 

St.    Jacob's   Oil 267 

St.    John's    Liniment 268 

St.   John   Long's   Liniment 268 

Stokes'     Expectorant 252 

Stomach    Remedies    15,    285 

Stron's    Arnica   Jelly 277 

Succus    Alterans 118 

Sykes'    Catarrh    Cure 241 

Syrup    of    Figs 235 

Syrup   Stillingia    Com 228 

S.    S.    S 118 

Specialist    5 

Special    Disease    Specialist 10 

Spermatorrhoea    Ring    114 

Swaim's    Vermifuge    290 

Swayne's   Ointment    277 

Tamar  Indien   » 299 

Tanno-Quinine     Hair    Restorer.. 139 

Tape-Worm  Specialist   202 

Tarrant's    Seltzer   Aperient 235 

That  Liniment    268 

Thielman's    Cholera    Mixture Z40 

Thomas'    Electric   Oil 268 

Thompson's    Eye    Water 254 

Thorn's    Cough    Mixture 252 

Tip   Top 2di> 

Toilet  Prenarations    13o,   186 

Tolu,  Rock  and  Rye 299- 

Townsend's    Pills 236 

Traf ton's  Balm ...299 

Trask's    Ointment    277 

Triumph     Corn     Plaster 242 

Tropic    Fruit    Laxative 236 

Vacuum  Treatment   142 

Van    Buskirk's    Sozodont 175 

Vegetable  Treatment  for  Syphi- 
lis    .  ....116 

Vermifuges    289 

Viavi    127 

Walker's    Bitters    284 

Warner's  Safe  Cure 273 

Washburne's    Salicylica    272 

Watt's    Rheumatic    Pills 272 

Wayne's    Diuretic    Elixir 273 

Wei  De  Meyer's  Catarrh  Cure.... 241 

Wheelock's    Cough    Mixture 253 

White's    Elixir     253 

Williams'    Pink    Pills 284 

Wilson's     Liniment 269 

Winslow's    Soothing    Syrup 231 

Wistar's    Balsam    253 

Witch-Hazel    Ointment 278 

Wolcott's  Pain  Paint 270 

Woolford's    Sanitary   Lotion 300 

Yellow  Family  Drops 300 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  LIBRARY 

Los  Angeles 

This  book  is  DUE  on  the  last  date  stamped  below. 


Form  L9-Series  4939 


A     000346158     9 


